manualshive.com logo in svg

Canon imagePRESS 1110, Service Manual

The Canon imagePRESS 1110 is a high-performance printing machine designed for professional use. For easy maintenance and troubleshooting, make sure to download the free Service Manual from our website. This manual provides comprehensive instructions and detailed information to keep your imagePRESS 1110 running smoothly.

Share
Download
background image

4

4

4-226

4-226

Parts Replacement and Cleaning > Periodic Replacing Parts, Durable Parts, Cleaning Parts > ITB Secondary Transfer Inlet Upper Guide

Parts Replacement and Cleaning > Periodic Replacing Parts, Durable Parts, Cleaning Parts > ITB Secondary Transfer Inlet Upper Guide

6) Turn over the ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide and clean the sheet [A] and sheet [B] with lint-free paper moistened with alcohol.

Sheet [A]

Sheet [B]

ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide

F-4-473

Summary of Contents for imagePRESS 1110

Page 1: ... 1110 Series Service Manual imagePRESS 1135 1125 1110 Series December 13 2014 Revision 3 Product Overview Technology Periodical Service Parts Replacement and Cleaning Adjustment Troubleshooting Error Code Service Mode Installation Appendix ...

Page 2: ...mation as the need arises In the event of major changes in the contents of this manual over a long or short period Canon will issue a new edition of this manual The following paragraph does not apply to any countries where such provisions are inconsistent with local law Trademarks The product names and company names used in this manual are the registered trademarks of the individual companies Copy...

Page 3: ...switch closing the front door and closing the delivery unit door which results in supplying the machine with power 2 In the digital circuits 1 is used to indicate that the voltage level of a given signal is High while 0 is used to indicate Low The voltage value however differs from circuit to circuit In addition the asterisk as in DRMD indicates that the DRMD signal goes on when 0 In practically a...

Page 4: ...specifications 1 12 Weight and Size 1 13 Productivity Printing Speed 1 13 Paper Types 1 19 External and Internal views 1 27 External View 1 27 Contents Sectional View 1 28 Operation 1 29 Power Supply Switches 1 29 Control Panel 1 30 Additional Function Mode Mode for User Administrator 1 31 2 Technology Basic Configuration 2 2 Functional Configuration 2 2 Controller System 2 4 Overview 2 4 Controls...

Page 5: ...g the Hard Disk Restoring the MEAP Application Area with the Backup Using the SST Service Support Tool 2 173 Replacing the Hard Disk Drive 2 174 MEAP Safe Mode 2 175 Setting HTTP port for MEAP application level 2 2 176 Reference material 2 178 Option for exclusive individual measure 2 180 eM Controller E1 2 182 Overview 2 182 Settings procedures 2 183 FAQ 2 187 Troubleshooting guide 2 189 Service ...

Page 6: ...der 4 163 Replacing Primary Charging Wire right 4 165 Removing Primary Charging Wire left Pad Holder 4 169 Removing Primary Charging Wire left Slider 4 171 Replacing Primary Charging Wire left 4 173 Removing Pre Primary Transfer Charging Assembly 4 177 Removing Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire Pad Holder 4 178 Removing Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire Slider 4 180 Replacing Pre Primary Transfe...

Page 7: ...ler Belt Unit 1 4 316 Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 1 4 318 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 4 321 Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 2 4 323 Cleaning Buffer Delivery Unit 2 hundred thousand sheet 4 326 Cleaning Buffer Delivery Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 4 327 Removing Duplex Decurler Belt Unit 4 332 Removing Duplexing Decurler Belt 4 334 Removing Deck Separation Pad Right Deck Separation Pa...

Page 8: ...ms 6 5 List of Troubleshooting Items 6 5 Image Faults 6 6 Random black belt horizontal lines halftone 6 6 Splash on characters coated paper 6 7 Dark image edge on 13 x 19 inch paper 6 8 Splash trailing edge of halftone 6 9 Density loss due to excessive transfer 2nd side 6 10 Mottled image 2nd side 6 11 Unfocused image margin 6 12 Separation claw trace solid image 1st side of 2 sided print 6 13 Hor...

Page 9: ...ut of the service data print 8 8 COPIER 8 12 DISPLAY Status Display Mode 8 12 I O 8 41 ADJUST Adjustment Mode 8 161 FUNCTION Operation Inspection Mode 8 212 OPTION Mechanical specifications Setting Mode 8 230 TEST Test Print Mode 8 323 COUNTER 8 326 FEEDER 8 422 DISPLAY 8 422 ADJUST 8 423 FUNCTION 8 424 OPTION 8 426 SORTER 8 427 ADJUST 8 427 FUNCTION 8 444 OPTION 8 447 BOARD 8 457 OPTION 8 457 Sit...

Page 10: ...r Kit A1 9 75 Checking Contents 9 75 Turning OFF Host Machine 9 75 Installation Procedure 9 76 Post installation Check 9 77 To Obtain and Register License Key 9 77 Cassete Heater 32 9 78 Checking the Contents 9 78 Check Items when Turning OFF the Main Power 9 78 Installation Procedure Connecting to Host Machine 9 79 Installation Procedure Connecting to POD Deck Secondary POD Deck 9 86 Reader Heate...

Page 11: ...Diagram 15 34 10 20 General Circuit Diagram 16 34 10 21 General Circuit Diagram 17 34 10 22 General Circuit Diagram 18 34 10 23 General Circuit Diagram 19 34 10 24 General Circuit Diagram 20 34 10 25 General Circuit Diagram 21 34 10 26 General Circuit Diagram 22 34 10 27 General Circuit Diagram 23 34 10 28 General Circuit Diagram 24 34 10 29 General Circuit Diagram 25 34 10 30 General Circuit Diag...

Page 12: ...f Laser System Turn power switch ON Points to Note About Turning Off the Main Power Switch Safety of Toner Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery Notes Before it Works Serving Safety Precautions imagePRESS 1135 1125 1110 Series ...

Page 13: ... means of a warning label Figure If you must open the cover and defeat interlock switches be sure not to enter the laser beam into an eye during the work The following warnings are given to comply with Safety Principles EN60950 1 Diese Maschine ist der Klasse 1 der Laserprodukte zugeordnet Innerhalb der Maschine wird jedoch ein Laserstrahl der Klasse 3B ausgestrahlt und es ist gefährlich wenn dies...

Page 14: ...ing Off the Main Power Switch When the main power switch is turned OFF be sure to press the power switch of the control panel for 3 sec or more and execute shutdown sequence When Sending Data to the Printer or Using the Fax Unit Be sure that the Execution Memory lamp on the control panel is off before operating the main power switch Turning off the main power while a job is under way can cause los...

Page 15: ... it off with water Do not use warm water which will cause the toner to jell and fuse permanently with the fibers of the cloth Tonner is easy to react with plastic material avoid contact with plastic Notes When Handling a Lithium Battery RISK OF EXPLOSION IF BATTERY IS REPLACED BY AN INCORRECT TYPE DISPOSE OF USED BATTERIES ACCORDING TO THE INSTRUCTIONS Notes Before it Works Serving At servicing be...

Page 16: ...1 1 Product Overview Product Overview Product Lineup Features Service features External and Internal views Operation ...

Page 17: ...mmunication system used in current low and mid speed models for communication with paper deck and finisher F 1 1 T 1 1 Pickup and delivery system options Options for each model main options There are two main groups of pickup and delivery options depending on the communication I F used Depending on the model the types of pickup and delivery options and the numbers of units that can be connected ar...

Page 18: ...apan model all models one unit only I F ARCNET Multi Drawer Document Insertion Unit A1 Can only be connected to Document Insertion Unit F1 Paper feed capacity max 4 000 sheets Paper types thick paper thin paper coated paper Paper sizes B5 to 13 x 19 2 Paper weight 52 to 300g m2 Double feed detection Yes I F ARCNET Document Insertion Unit F1 Option for iPR 1110 1110 Can only be connected to Multi D...

Page 19: ...7 through path B5 to 13 x 19 2 Paper weight 52 to 105 g m2 four way fold 52 to 90g m2 I F Serial Finisher AK1 There is no particular required options and conditions Paper weight 52 to 300g m2 I F ARCNET Product Name Required options conditions etc Saddle Finisher AK2 There is no particular required options and conditions Saddle B5 to 13 x 19 2 irregular middle stitching stitched sheets 25 unstitch...

Page 20: ...ions Color Image Reader L1 DADF V1 Reader Reader Heater Product Name Required options conditions etc Color Image Reader L1 To perform color scanning at 600dpi resolution System Upgrade RAM B1 is required Without this expanded memory the maximum color scanning resolution is 300dpi Product configuration Reader DADF V1 Double sided simultaneous scanning B W single sided double sided 600dpi 120 120ipm...

Page 21: ...hina version product HDD Data Encryption Kit B7 There is no China version product HDD Data Encryption Mirroring Kit D1 3 5inch 80GB HDD F1 required 3 5inch 80GB HDD F1 Removable Hard Disc Kit AA1 There is no particular required option and condition imagePRESS Printer Kit A1 License number needs to be input to activate functionality Packaged System Upgrade Memory is necessary for PDL print F 1 6 Pr...

Page 22: ...Set B1 Color Universal Send Kit Q1 There is no North America version product Universal Send Advanced Feature Set C1 Color Universal Send Kit Q1 North America only Universal Send Security Feature Set B1 Color Universal Send Kit Q1 There is no North America China version product Universal Send Security Feature Set C1 Color Universal Send Kit Q1 North America only Digital User Signature Kit B1 Color ...

Page 23: ...ality High image Quality F 1 7 Service features SITUATION Mode SITUATION mode has been newly added to improve workability and searchability of on site technicians This mode makes it possible to easily use the service mode appropriate for the scene at the site Features The service mode items are categorized according to purpose in order to improve searchability and workability Major troubleshooting...

Page 24: ... code display specifications Jam codes When a jam occurs the window will show the Jam code and the Error location code Error codes When an error occurs the window will show the Error code and the Error location code Jam codes aabbbb aa location bbbb jam code Error code yyyy sub code Exxxxxx yyyy aa xxxxxx error code aa location Service advantages When the user reports a jam or an error the error l...

Page 25: ...immer A1 02 Document Insertion Unit F1 71 02 Side Paper Deck AF1 Multi Drawer 00 T 1 7 Use of new connectors Some connectors on controller boards now use a new connector construction Purpose The purpose of the new connector construction is to prevent communication errors as a result of the following Connectors loosening and disconnection due to vibrations during transportation Poor connection of c...

Page 26: ... 8 min 30 sec or less Gradation 256 gradation Printing Resolution Max 1200 dpi X 1200 dpi PCL XL 600dpi 1200dpi PCL5 600dpi PS 600dpi 1200dpi Paper size for paper deck B5 to 13 X 19 2 330 2 X 487 7 mm Pickup capacity of paper deck 2000 sheets 80 g m2 2500 sheets 64 g m2 Duplexing method Through path Memory capacity For main controller 1 Max 1GB standard 512MB optional 512MB For main controller 2 M...

Page 27: ...er Power socket 1 120 127 4 220 240 2 Multi Drawer Document Insertion Unit A1 Power socket 1 100 10 120 127 8 220 240 5 Document Insertion Unit F1 Power socket 1 100 240 1 100 240 1 100 240 1 Professional Puncher B1 Integration Unit A1 Professional Puncher Integration Unit A1 Power socket 1 120 127 5 5 220 240 3 1 High Capacity Stacker E1 Power socket 1 From 1st stacker 100 12 120 127 12 220 240 6...

Page 28: ...00 310 Paper Folding Unit F1 336 793 1190 65 Saddle Finisher AK2 800 792 1180 180 Finisher AK1 800 792 1180 130 Booklet Trimmer D1 1575 770 1040 152 Two Knife Booklet Trimmer A1 536 770 1040 145 Color Image Reader L1 635 590 253 40 For ease of maintenance at least 1m of space is required surrounding all of the dimensions described above When devices are connected together they require to be separa...

Page 29: ...38 38 A3 420 297 39 39 35 35 LDR 431 8 279 4 38 38 34 34 SRA3 450 320 37 37 33 33 12 18 457 2 304 8 36 36 32 32 13x18 5 469 9 330 2 36 36 32 32 13x19 482 6 330 2 35 35 31 31 12 19 2 487 68 304 8 34 34 31 31 T 1 11 imagePRESS 1135 1135 2 3 Mode Size Feeding direction mm Width direction mm Productivity ppm Embossed Bond Lavel Vellum 80 105 g m2 Vellum 106 128 g m2 Transparency Coated paper1 52 90 g ...

Page 30: ...0 7 B4 364 257 32 21 15 10 7 A3 420 297 29 19 14 9 7 LDR 431 8 279 4 29 19 14 9 7 SRA3 450 320 28 19 14 9 7 12 18 457 2 304 8 28 19 14 9 7 13x18 5 469 9 330 2 27 18 14 9 7 13x19 482 6 330 2 27 18 14 9 7 12 19 2 487 68 304 8 27 18 14 9 7 T 1 13 imagePRESS 1125 1125 1 3 Mode Size Feeding direction mm Width direction mm Productivity ppm Plain paper1 52 80 g m2 Plain paper2 81 105 g m2 Thick paper1 10...

Page 31: ... 12 18 457 2 304 8 14 9 19 32 13x18 5 469 9 330 2 14 9 18 32 13x19 482 6 330 2 14 9 18 31 12 19 2 487 68 304 8 14 9 18 31 T 1 15 imagePRESS 1125 1125 3 3 Mode Size Feeding direction mm Width direction mm Productivity ppm Coated paper2 91 120 g m2 Coated paper3 121 128 g m2 Coated paper4 129 150 g m2 Coated paper5 151 180 g m2 Coated paper6 181 240 g m2 Single side B5 182 257 117 78 58 39 29 Execti...

Page 32: ...1 A3 420 297 35 35 28 28 LDR 431 8 279 4 34 34 28 28 SRA3 450 320 33 33 27 27 12 18 457 2 304 8 32 32 27 27 13x18 5 469 9 330 2 32 32 26 26 13x19 482 6 330 2 31 31 26 26 12 19 2 487 68 304 8 31 31 25 25 T 1 17 imagePRESS 1110 1110 2 3 Mode Size Feeding direction mm Width direction mm Productivity ppm Embossed Bond Lavel Vellum 80 105 g m2 Vellum 106 128 g m2 Transparency Coated paper1 52 90 g m2 S...

Page 33: ...10 7 Exective R 266 7 184 2 36 23 16 10 7 LTRR 279 4 215 9 35 23 16 10 7 A4R 297 210 34 22 16 10 7 LGL 355 6 215 9 31 21 15 10 7 B4 364 257 31 21 15 10 7 A3 420 297 28 19 14 9 7 LDR 431 8 279 4 28 19 14 9 7 SRA3 450 320 27 19 14 9 7 12 18 457 2 304 8 27 19 14 9 7 13x18 5 469 9 330 2 26 18 14 9 7 13x19 482 6 330 2 26 18 14 9 7 12 19 2 487 68 304 8 25 18 14 9 7 T 1 19 Aforementioned productivity may...

Page 34: ... 182 0 279 3 Non standard 2 1 364 0 487 7 304 9 320 0 Non standard 2 2 279 4 363 9 Non standard 2 3 228 7 279 3 Non standard 2 4 182 0 228 6 Non standard 3 1 457 3 487 7 257 0 304 8 Non standard 3 2 364 0 457 2 Non standard 3 3 279 4 363 9 Non standard 3 4 228 7 279 3 Non standard 3 5 182 0 228 6 Non standard 4 1 457 3 487 7 210 0 256 9 Non standard 4 2 279 4 457 2 Non standard 4 3 182 0 279 3 Non...

Page 35: ... 256 257 300 1 Vellum paper 80 105 106 128 129 150 151 180 181 209 210 256 257 300 Texture paper 80 105 106 128 129 150 151 180 181 209 210 256 257 300 Bond paper 64 79 80 105 106 300 Pre punched paper 64 79 80 105 A3 B4 A4R A4 B5R B5 11x17 LGL LTR LTRR SRA3 12x18 EXEC EXEC R OFFICIO E OFFICIO B OFFICIO M OFFICIO A OFFICIO A LTR A LTRR GLTR R GLTR GLGL AFLS FLS 13x19 K8 K16 Non standard 1 1 Non st...

Page 36: ...old Outerthird fold Quartro fold Reverse delivery FD Straight delivery FU Sort collate Shift sort Reverse delivery FD Straight delivery FU Sort collate Shift sort Front rear 1 staple 2 staples Middle staple no staple Thin paper 52 63 64 79 Recycled paper 64 79 80 105 210 256 Color paper 64 79 Plain paper 80 105 Thick paper 106 128 129 150 151 180 181 209 210 256 257 300 Single side coated 80 105 1...

Page 37: ... 3 ο 3 ο 3 LTRR ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο 2 ο 2 ο 2 ο 2 ο 2 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο STMTR ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 SRA3 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 12x18 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 EXEC ο 1 ο 3 hole only 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 EXEC R ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 OFFICIO ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο...

Page 38: ...s Middle staple no staple A LTRR ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 GLTR R ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 GLTR ο 1 ο 3 hole only 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 GLGL ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 AFLS ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 FLS ο 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 2 hole only 1 ο 1 ο ο ο...

Page 39: ...ight delivery FU Sort collate Shift sort Reverse delivery FD Straight delivery FU Sort collate Shift sort Front rear 1 staple 2 staples Middle staple no staple Non standard 2 2 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 Non standard 2 3 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 Non standard 2 4 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 Non standard 3 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 Non standard 3 2 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 Non standard 3 3 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 4 Non standard 3 4 ο...

Page 40: ...old Reverse delivery FD Straight delivery FU Sort collate Shift sort Reverse delivery FD Straight delivery FU Sort collate Shift sort Front rear 1 staple 2 staples Middle staple no staple Non standard 5 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 Non standard 5 2 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 Non standard 6 1 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 Non standard 6 2 ο ο ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 ο 3 Transparency A4R A4 LTR LTRR ο Labels A3 B4 A4 LTR ο ο Tab paper...

Page 41: ... Vellum paper 80 105 106 128 129 150 151 180 181 209 210 256 257 300 Texture paper 80 105 106 128 129 150 151 180 181 209 210 256 257 300 Bond paper 64 79 80 105 106 300 Pre punched paper 64 79 80 105 A3 B4 A4R A4 B5 11x17 LGL LTR LTRR SRA3 12x18 EXEC OFFICIO E OFFICIO B OFFICIO M OFFICIO A OFFICIO A LTR A LTRR GLTR FLS 13x19 K8 K16 non standard1 1 non standard1 2 non standard1 3 non standard2 1 n...

Page 42: ...power switch cover 17 Arm cover 18 Upper left cover2 19 Hopper right cover 20 Hopper rear cover 21 Duct cover1 22 Duct cover2 23 Rear right cover 24 Window cover 25 Rear lower cover 26 Rear left cover 27 Duct cover 3 F 1 12 T 1 26 Inner Covers 1 2 3 5 6 8 7 9 12 13 11 10 15 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 4 No Parts Name No Parts Name No Parts Name 1 Registration upper cover 8 Fixing feed lower cover small 1...

Page 43: ... supply When checking the operation of Breaker turn OFF the main power Be sure to operate after confirming that LED of Control Panel is turned OFF F 1 14 Sectional View Hopper unit IITB cleaning unit Escape unit Drum cleaning unit Pre Registration unit Control panel assembly Registration unit Primary charging assembly Photosensitive drum Laser scanner unit Pre primary transfer charging assembly Si...

Page 44: ...POWER OFF WHILE THE MAIN UNIT IS BOOTING UP As the main unit is booting up progress bar is being displayed the HDD is being accessed so the main power switch must NEVER be turned OFF at this time otherwise there is a danger that the HDD will be damaged E602 display Confirm that the standby window is displayed before commencing the shutdown sequence Then turn the main power switch OFF Power OFF Swi...

Page 45: ...ring shutdown process Concerning main power supply OFF during regular service When switching off the main power supply during regular service installation periodical maintenance etc after shutdown process start wait until the above screen appears then switch off the main power supply manually If the main power supply is shut down before the above screen appears HDD trouble might occur If you frequ...

Page 46: ...tting Value Image Location Adjustment Test Print Lead Edge Alignment Adjustment Front Side 18 to 18 pixels 0 Step by 1pixel Back Side 18 to 18 pixels 0 Step by 1pixel Right Edge Alignment Adjustment Front Side 18 to 18 pixels 0 Step by 1pixel Back Side 18 to 18 pixels 0 Step by 1pixel Zoom Fine Adjustment Front Side a 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 Step by 0 01 b 1 00 to 1 00 0 00 Step by 0 01 Back Side a 1 00...

Page 47: ...r other endurance Item Setting Value Auto Gradation Adjustment 1 Full Adjust Test print Scaning x 3 times Quick Adjust Start Wire Cleaning Start Fog Correction 2 2 to 2 0 Paper Finish 1 Sided Coated 2 Sided Coated Vellum Film Paper Finish Uncoated Recycled Texture Labels Cotton Postcard Adjust Fixing of Paper Sources Adjust Fixing for Natural Conditions 2 Productivity Standard Fixing Priority Fixi...

Page 48: ...0 04 1 0 mm to 1 0 mm in 0 01 0 1 mm increments 0 00 0 0 mm Fold Placement Adjustment 1 Saddle Fold Placement Adjustment 8 50mm to 8 50mm in 0 25mm increments 0 00mm C Fold Placement Adjustment 7 0mm to 5 0mm in 0 5mm increments 1 0mm Z Fold Placement Adjustment 2 0mm to 1 5mm in 0 5mm increments 0 0m Accordion Z Fold Placement Adjustment 7 0mm to 5 0mm in 0 5mm increments 1 0mm Half Fold Placemen...

Page 49: ...2 2 Technology Technology Basic Configuration Controller System Laser Control System Image Formation System Fixing System Pickup Feed System MEAP eM Controller E1 ...

Page 50: ...osition Gain correction Offset correction Backwarding Forwarding Shift shading Fixing shading White plate dust detection control Shading correction HP Shading position Main power switch ON Printer Unit WMUP WMUPR PSTBY Main heater H2 Sub heater H3 Fixing roller Target temperature Pressureroller External heat lower roller Externalheat upperroller Engage disengage Fixing roller 180 degree C Dependin...

Page 51: ...g HP Shading HP Shading Stream reading position ON ON Forwarding Backwarding Forwarding Backwarding Printer PINTR PRINT LSTR PSTBY PSTBY POWER ON Main heater H2 Sub heater H3 Fixing roller Pressureroller External heat lower roller Externalheat upperroller Main heater H8 Sub heater H9 Main heater H4 Sub heater H5 Main heater H6 Sub heater H7 Pressurerollermotor M10 Externalheatengage disnage motor ...

Page 52: ...ge based on the video signals The power that drives the host machine is generated at the power unit External device HDD Main controller PCB1 Main controller PCB2 DC power supply 3V 12V 24V AC power supply Power supply unit DC controller PCB F 2 6 Specification Main controller PCB 1 Item Description CPU 1 86 GHz Image Memory SD RAM Capacity 512MB standard 1GB maximum USB post standard USB2 0 host I...

Page 53: ...color scan additional SDRAM 1G is required 2 System processing SDRAM For temporary storage of system files Capacity 512MB with additional optional memory maximum 1G 3 Imag PRESS Printer Kit A1 Option 4 Expantion Bus F1 Option Relay PCB between main controller PCB and following PCBs IPsec PCB 5 Reader Inter face PCB Option For reader image input processing For color scan additional SDRAM is require...

Page 54: ...r PCB1 according to the BOOT program in BOOTROM System software 2 is transferred from the system processing SDRAM to the image processing SDRAM and executed System processing SDRAM CPU IC6 HDD System area Image area BIOS program BIOS Image processing SDRAM Main controller PCB 2 Main controller PCB 1 CPU IC54 System area Image area BOOTROM BOOT program Flow of program in operatio Program executed a...

Page 55: ...uce the power consumption at standby mode p 2 20 Counter control Fan control Power save function Image processing Control panel control Backup battery Power control Protective function DC power Main controller DC controller Power unit T 2 5 F 2 10 Control Panel Control Control panel consists of the following PCBs and LCD display Main controller PCB Control panel CPU PCB Touch panel Color LCD Numer...

Page 56: ... A A Print output Scan Image data Other iR machine F 2 12 Reader Unit Input Image Processing The image data read by the CCD unit is processed by the main controller PCB Film photo mode Binary processing screen processing Binary processing error diffusion To compression expansion editing block Edge emphasis Enlargement reduction Text mode Text photo film photo mode intensify to density conversion d...

Page 57: ...CB To image PCB Compression expansion editing block Enlargement reduction Smoothing Thickening For PDL data when fine line processing is ON Measures against image smear F 2 14 Compression Extension Editing Block Overview Here image data is processed for compression extension and editing Main controller PCB to printer unit output image processing block Enlargement reduction Rotation Integration Com...

Page 58: ...unction is in use Image processing block for printer unit Image processing block for reader unit Reader unit Main control PCB Data compression Data rotation Data expansion SDRAM HDD image PCB Original data F 2 16 Flow of Image Data for the Box Function The following is the flow of image data when the Box function is in use Image processing block for reader unit Reader unit Main controller PCB Data...

Page 59: ...se Image processing block for reader unit Reader unit Main controller PCB Data rotation Data expansion Resolution conversion SDRAM HDD To network Compression data Ethernet port F 2 18 Flow of Image Data for the PDL Function The following is the flow of image data when the PDL function is in use Rendering processing block Compression expansion editing block Processing block for printer unit image P...

Page 60: ...otal BK Large Total BK small Scan Total1 Print Total 1 Hidden Hidden 112 113 501 301 000 000 230V CA 5 Total 1 Total Large Copy Total 1 Copy Large Hidden Hidden 101 103 201 203 000 000 230V EUR 6 Total BK Large Total BK small Scan Total 1 Print Total 1 Hidden Hidden 112 113 501 301 000 000 T 2 7 Code description Large Large size paper if the width in paper feed direction is over 364mm count up x1 ...

Page 61: ...ed sensor PS91 is turned ON the machine determines that the 1st print of double sided is complete and it is counted up T 2 8 Fan Control No Name Role Error Code FM1 Developing cooling fan To cool the developing assembly E804 0001 FM2 Pre primary transfer suction fan To suction air around the primary transfer area E804 0002 FM3 Primary suction fan To suction air to the primary charging assembly E80...

Page 62: ...ivery assembly E804 0056 FM57 Delivery upper fan 2 To cool paper that passes through the delivery assembly E804 0057 FM58 Delivery lower fan 1 To cool paper that passes through the delivery assembly E804 0058 FM59 Delivery lower fan 2 To cool paper that passes through the delivery assembly E804 0059 FM60 Pre registration cooling fan To cool M15 M16 E804 0060 FM61 ITB exhaust fan To exhaust air aro...

Page 63: ...n Control Pickup Fixing Feed Duplex Process Unit Secondary thanster FM801 FM804 FM805 FM802 FM806 FM19 FM3 FM2 FM1 FM28 FM27 FM29 FM30 FM31 FM20 FM803 Fixing Assembly Storage Pre Registration External Delivery Delivery Buffer Reverse FM56 FM66 FM808 FM807 FM46 FM18 FM8 FM57 FM14 FM59 FM63 FM58 FM60 F 2 20 ...

Page 64: ...an1 Full speed Full speed Full speed Full speed Stop Full speed Stop FM9 Fixing assembly heat exhaust fan2 Full speed Full speed Full speed Full speed Full speed Full speed Stop FM10 Fixing sheet cooling fan1 Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM11 Fixing sheet cooling fan2 Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM13 Pre fixing feed exhaust fan Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM14...

Page 65: ...ed Stop FM31 Fixing lower roller cooling fan4 Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM32 Fixing lower roller cooling fan5 Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM46 Toner feed pipe cooling fan Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM53 Hopper cooling fan1 Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM54 Hopper cooling fan2 Stop Stop Full speed Stop Stop Stop Stop FM55 Hopper cooling fan3 Sto...

Page 66: ...se4 Fuse1 2 5A 1 5A Relay4 12V drive Relay6 24V drive Relay3 12V drive Relay2 12V drive Relay1 all night 3 3V drive Fuse3 7A Fuse2 7A Main SW Environment SW AC driver Outlet H N Leakage breaker All night power 3 3V All night3 3V All night 3 3V drive Main controller PCB RMT_sys RMT_eng RMT_rcon Relay RCON DC controller PCB DHon Relay Outlet For deck 800W Relay board For FIN 800W DC power 12V200W DC...

Page 67: ...the protective circuit is activated Wait for 3 min or more and turn ON the power to reset the protective circuit Backup Battery Main controller PCB of the host machine has one lithium battery as a data backup battery in case of power failure or disconnection of the power plug DC controller PCB is not equipped with the battery Main Controller PCB1 Type of battery Lithium battery 3V 610 mAh Life of ...

Page 68: ...information registered by local device authentication via SSO H Single Sign On H Unsent documents documents for scheduled transmission and reserved transmission Job logs Contents set in Additional Functions Image composite registration form Registered transfer settings Key pair and server certificate registered in Management Setting Additional Functions System Settings Network Settings TCP IP Sett...

Page 69: ...for client in Proxy authentication Yes SRAM Password PIN Network Login password for Netware print server Yes SRAM Password PIN Network Policy common key for IPSec Yes SRAM Password PIN Network User name and password for PEAP TTLS authentication Yes SRAM Password PIN Others Password for FAX receipt Yes SRAM Password PIN Others Department management data including System Manager password Yes SRAM En...

Page 70: ... Sraming bin using SST If the machine is started normally without restoring Sraming bin at the first startup a mismatch occurs between the Inbox management information in the SRAM of the Main Controller PCB 2 and the Inbox data in the HDD In that case the documents in the Inbox are lost and cannot be opened p 5 3 SDRAM PCB Make sure to execute RAM clear after replacing the SRAM PCB to the new one ...

Page 71: ...he photosensitive drum This machine has the 4 lasers to support high speed printing and executes 4 line laser scanning simultaneously Laser driver PCB Reflection mirror Reflection mirror Scanner mirror Drum BD PCB Cylindrical lens Reflection mirror Reflection mirror Reflection mirror Image formation lens Main controller DC controller Laser drive signal Scanner motor drive signal BD signal Video si...

Page 72: ...lution 1200dpi Motor type Brushless motor Number of motor rotation Approx 39300rpm Number of polygon mirror 12 facet Control List Laser ON OFF Control Main scanning synchronous control Sub scanning synchronous control APC control Laser scanner motor control Laser shutter control Parts configuration 1 Laser driver PCB 4 Reflection mirror 3 Scanner motor 5 Image formation lens 4 Reflection mirror 2 ...

Page 73: ...FF control DC controller Main scanning synchronous control Sub scanning synchronous control APC control Laser scanner motor control Laser shutter control T 2 18 F 2 25 Laser ON OFF Control Purpose ON OFF laser beam reacting to the combinations of Laser control signal Execution timing After power ON Operation DC Controller switches 4 modes Forcible OFF Mode APC Mode Print Mode Standby Mode by laser...

Page 74: ...beam enters the BD PCB 3 When the BD PCB detects the laser beam of LaserA it generates the reference BD signals and sends them to the DC controller 4 DC controller sends these reference BD signals as main scanning synchronous signals BD per 4 line to the main controller 5 When the main controller receives these signals it sends the video signals VDO_A VDO_B VDO_C VDO_D to the DC controller after 7...

Page 75: ...r Laser drive signal Image reference sensor PS41 PS42 Print paper Feeding direction Feeding Paper Light guide PS41 PS42 1 2 3 T 2 21 F 2 30 Image reference sensor PS41 PS42 Print command Video request signal VSREQ Video signal VD0 T2 T1 Approx 15ms Approx 1ms MEMO PS41 is the reference sensor for ones other than transparency and PS42 is the reference sensor for transparency APC control Purpose To ...

Page 76: ...he acceleration signal ACC and deceleration signal DEC to keep the specified speed Scanner motor BD PCB DC controller BD ACC DEC FG MEMO To reduce the time for scanner motor speed control this machine switches the speed detection point depending on the printer status FG signal are the detection signals for roughly adjust the motor speed and used at the power ON BD signal are the detection signals ...

Page 77: ...ine during marketing service working DC controller will stop the output signal of laser driver when the front door Left or front door Right is open Based on this the laser driver will be enabled to emit T 2 24 Laser interface PCB DC Controller Power supply relay PCB Front door switch left SW7 Front door switch right DC Power supply unit DC24V DC5V control signal image signal SW8 Front door open cl...

Page 78: ...t name Cleaning reference measure Periodically replaced parts None Durable parts None Periodical service parts Dustproof glass Every 500 000 prints Use lens cleaning paper with alcohol to clean Points to note about service When handling following components be careful not to get hurt or damage it Component name Content Laser scanner unit 1 Laser scanner unit is being adjusted in factory Do not dis...

Page 79: ...ve drum Material A Si Drum diameter φ108 Cleaning Cleaning blade Process speed 665mm sec Drum HP detection Provided Developing assembly Developing cylinder Two cylinders twin developing Developing method Dry one component jumping development Toner Magnetic negative toner Toner level detection Provided Piezo sensor Primary charging unit Charging method Corona method Toner container Amount of toner ...

Page 80: ...cess unit Waste toner feed unit F 2 36 Process Unit Developing assembly Stirring plate Laser Primary charging unit Pre primary transfer charging wire Drum cleaning unit Drum cleaning pre exposure LED LED2 Magnet roller Photosensitive drum Dust collectiong roller Pre exposure LED LED1 Scraper Toner feed screw Primary charging wire Grid wire Developing upper lower cylinder Drum cleaning blade Potent...

Page 81: ...iminator Primary chargig roller Static eliminator Toner feed screw Magnet roller ITB cleaning blade Steering roller Toner Supply unit Hopper unit Toner stirring screw Toner feed screw Toner feed screw Supply pipe unit Hopper Toner container F 2 38 F 2 39 Waste Toner Feed Unit Waste toner Waste toner screw Buffer stirring plate Process unit Drum cleaning unit ITB unit ITB cleaning unit Waste toner ...

Page 82: ...er drive motor PS1 Buffer toner level sensor PS4 Developing assembly toner level sensor PS127 Drum home position sensor PS160 Primary charging wire cleaner position sensor 1 PS161 Primary charging wire cleaner position sensor 2 F 2 41 T 2 28 Transfer unit PS124 PS6 PS7 PS17 PS9 M13 CL1 M8 M9 SL1 M8 ITB motor M9 ITB steering motor M13 Secondary transfer external roller engage disengage motor SL1 Pa...

Page 83: ...nsor 1 PS129 Toner container position sensor 2 PS130 Toner container sensor PS131 Hopper cover open sensor PS132 Hopper Toner level sensor 1 PS133 Hopper Toner level sensor 2 F 2 43 T 2 30 Waste Toner Feed Unit PS134 PS135 PS152 PS153 PS137 PS136 M76 M69 M69 Waste toner stirring motor M76 Waste toner feed motor PS134 Waste toner full sensor PS135 Waste toner warning sensor PS136 Waste toner cover ...

Page 84: ...tive drum surface the charge in the area where the laser beam is applied decreases Development Block 4 Development Apply negatively charged toner from the developing cylinder to the latent image on the photosensitive drum surface and visualize it by the magnetic one component jumping development method Transfer Block 5 Pre primary transfer charging Apply a negative charge to the toner on the photo...

Page 85: ...arge to the developing cylinder to attach the toner on the developing cylinder to the photosensitive drum surface Dust collecting bias control Collect stray toner to prevent stray toner from attaching to photosensitive drum during development Transfer Pre primary transfer charging bias control Charge toner to an even negative potential to increase stabilization of transfer operation Pre primary tr...

Page 86: ...um heater control Warm up the photosensitive drum in a low temperature environment Toner Supply Toner level detection Detect the toner level in the developing assembly and hopper unit Toner supply control Supply toner to the developing assembly and hopper unit according to the toner level Toner container detection Detect whether the toner container is attached to the machine Waste toner feed Waste...

Page 87: ...power on multple initial rotation 2 Every time when 1500 continuou prints are counted When a job is interrupted 3 After a job is completed for every 2000 prints 4 When wire cleaning is executed by the user mode F 2 48 Description The wire cleaner moves back and forth and clean the primary charging wire which is driven by the primary charging wire cleaning motor M4 The position of the wire cleaner ...

Page 88: ...er on the developing upper cylinder Buffer unit Receive the toner fed from the hopper unit Developing mgnet roller Supply the toner consumed for development to the developing assembly Toner feed screw Stir the toner in the sub hopper unit to make it even Dust collection roller Collect the stray toner on the photosensitive drum F 2 50 T 2 34 Drive Configuration M74 M1 PS1 PS4 M2 Part Name Function ...

Page 89: ...tive drum 2 This modifies the toner image formed on the upper cylinder Toner layer on the lower cylinder is controlled by the upper cylinder and then the image is developed on the photosensitive drum 3 If there is excessive toner on the upper cylinder this collects the extra toner on the photosensitive drum to stabilize the toner density F 2 52 Related Service Mode Execution of toner install mode ...

Page 90: ...or unit Detect the toner density on the ITB Pre primary tranfer charging unit Toner is negatively charged furthermore Pre primary transfer charging wire Apply a negative charge to the toner on the photosensitive drum Secondary transfer unit Transfer the toner on the ITB onto the paper Secondary transfer external roller Feed the paper for which transfer is being performed At the time of reading a p...

Page 91: ...er attached Primary transfer roller Attach the toner on the photosensitive drum to the ITB Secondary transfer internal roller Attach the toner on the ITB to the paper Secondary transfer external roller Feed paper ITB drive roller Rotate the ITB ITB cleaning unit Collect the toner on the ITB Patch sensor Read a patch image for image density detetion transferred to the ITB Pre primary Transfer Charg...

Page 92: ...ler Secondary transfer high voltage PCB PCB23 Post secondary transfer static eliminator high voltage PCB PCB29 Pre primary transfer charging high voltage PCB PCB25 Post secondary transfer static eliminator F 2 57 Pre primary Transfer Charging Wire Cleaning Control Prevent an image failure caused by dirt on the pre primary transfer charging wire Timing of Execution Simultaneously executed with prim...

Page 93: ...eering roller leans 4 The tilted steering roller generates a tension difference on the ITB and the ITB moves to the front or rear side 5 By continuous operation of 1 through 4 the ITB displacement is corrected 6 The position of the steering cam is detected by the steering roller home position sensor PS7 Steering roller Support arm M9 ITB steering motor ITB PS6 ITB displacement sensor ITB displacem...

Page 94: ...er External Roller Cleaning Control Prevent dirt on the backside of the paper caused by dirt on the secondary transfer external roller Timing 1 At the time of multiple initial rotations Fixing assembly at less than 50 degree C Jam recovery 2 At the time of initial rotation 3 At the time of last rotation Description 1 Alternately apply the secondary transfer bias DC negative DC positive generated a...

Page 95: ...ensor Sensor flag Sensor flag M13 PS17 PS17 PS17 Engage Disengage Related Error Code Disengagement of the secondary transfer external roller error E077 0001 When the secondary transfer external roller disengages disengage sensor flag can t be detected F 2 61 Drum cleaning Overview Remove the residual toner remained on the photosensitive drum Drum cleaning unit M7 Scraper Toner feed screw Drum clea...

Page 96: ... Due to this symptom drum memory occurs on the photosensitive drum the residual toner attached to the cleaning blade is attracted to the drum memory area causing dirt on the photosensitive drum Drum Cleaning Control Remove the residual toner remained on the photosensitive drum Description 1 Coat the photosensitive drum surface with a thin layer of toner with the magnet roller 2 Scrape the toner on...

Page 97: ...ng wire cleaning control 2 Potential control 3 D max control 4 Secondary transfer external roller cleaning control Approx 30 sec Print Start 10000 Print STBY INTR Page 1 Page 750 Page 751 Page 1500 STOP1 PRINT Approx 2 sec Approx 3 sec 1 Secondary transfer external roller cleaning control 2 Secondary transfer ATVC control 1 Secondary transfer external roller cleaning control Page 1501 STOP2 Approx...

Page 98: ... sec O O O Every 8000 prints T 2 42 Except for Image Stabilization Control No Item Time required Multiple initial rotation Initial rotation Interrupt Last rotation PASCAL Full Quick Full control 4 At recovery from jam 1 Primary charging wire pre primary transfer charging wire cleaning control Approx 10 sec 1 back and force operation O Every 1500 prints Approx 30 sec 3 back and force operation O O ...

Page 99: ...ferred to the DC controller as a density signal PATCH_OUT DC controller corrects the image density according to this density signal Also the patch sensor automatically adjusts the LED light intensity to be even by using the REF voltage PATCH_LED_REF that is given by the DC controller MEMO Since this machine detects the home position of the photosensitive drum a patch image is developed onto a spec...

Page 100: ...scription 1 Determination of Grid bias Vg Apply three levels of Vg 500V 750V and 900V measure the Vd potential for each level using the potential sensor and determine the Vg so that the Vd potential at the developing position becomes 500V V V Vd1 500V 750V 900V 500V Grid Bias Drum Surface Potential Vd2 Vd3 Vg Grid Bias F 2 69 2 Calculate the E V Exposure Potential characteristics Apply four levels...

Page 101: ...eristics obtained by potential control Vd potential Vl Vdc Laser pawer Drum Surface Potential V 500V Lp Vback fixed value Vcont contrast potential F 2 72 F 2 73 Simple Potential Control Measure the VI potential in the Vg and Lp settings applied during printing operation If the measurement result differs from the target value by 10V or more make a fine adjustment of the Vg and Lp values using the f...

Page 102: ...in controller 3 The main controller corrects the gradation data F 2 76 Secondary Transfer ATVC Control Prevent a secondary transfer failure caused by environmental changes and deterioration of the secondary transfer roller Timing 1 At the time of multiple initial rotation fixing temperature of lower than 50 degree C 2 At the time of initial rotation 3 For every 8000 prints 4 At the time of last ro...

Page 103: ...Developing unit Buffer toner level sensor Hopper toner level sensor 2 Hopper toner level sensor 1 Hopper unit Hopper Toner container M68 M3 M74 M1 M2 PS1 PS132 PS133 PS4 Developing assembly Buffer toner level sensor PS1 1 No toner inside buffer is detected 2 Drive the hopper stirring motor M68 Supply toner 3 1 Toner is detected Toner replenishment is completed 2 No toner is detected Proceed to ste...

Page 104: ...movement error E028 0000 Toner container installation sensor PS130 is not ON within 3 sec after toner container is slid back and forth Waste Toner Feed Unit Overview Transport the residual toner collected by the drum cleaner and ITB cleaner to the waste toner container PS134 PS135 PS152 PS153 PS137 PS136 M76 M69 Waste toner Waste toner screw Waste toner container Buffer stirring plate Drum cleanin...

Page 105: ... toner buffer Waste toner full sensor Waste toner warning sensor Waste toner Waste toner container Waste toner buffer Process unit Drum cleaning unit ITB unit ITB cleaning unit Buffer full sensor M69 M76 PS134 PS135 PS152 T 2 49 F 2 81 Description 1 Waste toner container Waste toner full alert sensor PS135 Waste toner container full alert 80 A message is displayed Continuous printing can be perfor...

Page 106: ...012 0011 During standby off timing lock is detected Drum HP detection error E070 0001 Home position is not detected when the photosensitive drum is rotating The host machine stops Massage and animation are displayed Drum Heater Control Keep the temperature of the photosensitive drum at a specified level and stabilize the potential characteristics of charging and exposure etc so that there is no en...

Page 107: ... primary transfer charging wire FB4 3687 1 500K 11 Pre primary transfer charging wire pad holder FL2 7735 1 500K 12 Pre primary transfer charging wire slider FL2 7750 1 500K T 2 52 Consumable parts No Part Name Part No Q ty Replacement interval Remarks 1 Primary charging assembly FM3 2814 1 2000K 2 Pre primary transfer charging assembly FM3 2815 1 2000K 3 Developing assembly FM3 2885 1 2000K Servi...

Page 108: ...00K When replace turning over the ITB cleaning blade 20 ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide including sheet Cleaning 500K Cleaning when cleaning the feed type system 21 Post secondary transfer static eliminator Cleaning 200K Cleaning when cleaning the feed type system 22 Pre primary transfer charging dustproof filter Cleaning 500K 23 Developing dustproof filter Cleaning 500K 24 Front left cov...

Page 109: ... correction background detection potential control D max control Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER FUNCTION MISC P INTR EX LEVEL 2 8 Execute cleaning of charging wire with a service mode Cleaning of all charging wires COPIER FUNCTION CLEANINNG WIRE CLN 9 Perform a power cycle of main power OFF ON Photo sensitive drum unit 1 Execute offset adjustment of potential sensor for photose...

Page 110: ...ary charging assembly and test print to check printed image F 2 85 F 2 86 3 If the front side of the test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw B counter clockwise for half rotation Install primary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charging assembly and test print to check printed image 4 If the front side of the test print image i...

Page 111: ...test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw A counter clockwise for half rotation Install primary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charging assembly and test print to check printed image 4 If the rear side of the test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw D clockwise for one rotation Install primary charging assembly t...

Page 112: ... heat upper roller Main contact Sub contact External heat lower roller Main contact Sub contact Thermo Switch Fixing roller 1 piece contact 240 5 9 degree C Pressure roller 1 piece contact 240 8 degree C External heat upper roller 1 piece contact 250 10 degree C External heat lower roller 1 piece contact Cleaning Mechanism Fixing roller Cleaning web Pressure roller Refresh roller External heat upp...

Page 113: ... Cleaning web Clean the fixing roller via the collection roller 6 Refresh roller Remove scratches on the surface of the pressure roller 7 External heating upper lower cleaning roller Clean the external heating upper lower roller 8 Upper separation claw Separate paper from the fixing roller 9 Lower separation claw Separate paper from the pressure roller 10 Fixing heater Main heater Halogen heater 7...

Page 114: ...PS16 PS11 PS64 PS10 PS170 PS12 PS13 SL8 PS14 M10 Pressure roller pressure motor to engage disengage the pressure roller and the refresh roller M11 Fixing main motor to drive the fixing roller the pressure roller and refresh roller M12 External heat engage disengage motor to engage disengage the external heat upper roller and the external heat lower roller SL2 Fixing web solenoid to take up the fix...

Page 115: ... C Temperature of the fixing roller main thermistor 210 degree C or higher 200 degree C control Lower than 210 degree C 210 degree C control F 2 91 T 2 59 Print A4 Normal mode INTR PRINT LSTR STBY STBY Main heater H2 Sub heater H3 Sub heater H9 Main heater H8 Sub heater H5 Main heater H6 Sub heater H7 Extermnal heat engage disengage motor M12 Sub heater H4 Fixing roller Pressureroller Externalheat...

Page 116: ... the fixing roller Fixing cleaning web drive control Remove the residual toner remained on the fixing roller with a cleaning web containing silicon oil to prevent fixing off set Fixing cleaning web level detection Detect the level of the cleaning web Lower separation claw engage disengage control Bring the lower separation claw into contact with the pressure roller to prevent thin paper from wrapp...

Page 117: ...mperature detection error E003 0001 0002 0003 0004 0005 0006 0007 0008 9999 Related Service Mode Error rest E000 E001 E002 E003 COPIER FUNCTION CLEAR ERR T 2 62 Startup temperature control Roller Target temperature Fixing roller 179 C 180 210 C Pressure roller 150 C 180 C External heating upper lower roller 230 C Standby temperature control Roller Target temperature Fixing roller 210 C Pressure ro...

Page 118: ... to the combination of paper types and inside temperature from the each setting table 1 Adjust fixing of paper source 2 Adjust fixing for different paper sizes 3 Adjust fixing for natural conditions F 2 94 2 Adjust fixing of paper source In this adjustment Fixing priority and Standard Productivity priority default are available for each paper source and the fixing performance of each setting is as...

Page 119: ...0ppm 100ppm 135ppm Heavy paper 1 2 106 to 209 g m2 60ppm 60ppm 100ppm Heavy paper 3 210 to 300 g m2 60ppm 60ppm 100ppm T 2 67 T 2 68 3 Adjust fixing for different paper sizes In this adjustment Fixing priority and Standard default is available and the fixing performance of each setting is as below table However the setting table is selected according to the combination with Adjust fixing for natur...

Page 120: ... reflected and if all items are specified to 0 following Fixing priority in Adjust fixing for natural conditions is reflected T 2 69 4 Adjust fixing for natural conditions In this adjustment Fixing priority Default Standard and Productivity priority is available and the fixing performance of each setting is as below Also when Fixing priority Standard or Productivity priority is specified in this a...

Page 121: ... Heavy paper 1 2 106 to 209 g m2 60 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm Heavy paper 1 2 106 to 209 g m2 60 ppm 60 ppm 100 ppm Heavy paper 3 210 to 300 g m2 60 ppm 100 ppm 100 ppm Heavy paper 3 210 to 300 g m2 60 ppm 60 ppm 100 ppm F 2 98 Paper source basis standard Natural conditions basis productivity priority Default Paper source basis standard Natural conditions basis fixing priority Paper type Inside temperatu...

Page 122: ...or Productivity priority is specified in step 2 or 3 Down sequence control Decrease a print speed or place the machine in the standby status for a specified period of time depending on the paper type to prevent a fixing failure 1 Throughput down for prevention of a fixing failure 2 For the measure against the paper wrinkle print start is waited 3 Switching of temperature control when switching the...

Page 123: ...and to improve the jam fix performance change the pressure of fixing roller and pressure roller and also disengage the rollers Timing Engaged Pressure applied Warm up Print Disengaged Pressure released Standby When a jam occurs Operation Pressure amount is decided according to the drive of the fixing pressure motor M10 There are 3 types of pressure amount They are switched depending on the paper t...

Page 124: ...Service Mode Check of fixing nip width COPIER FUNCTION FIXING NIP CHK F 2 102 F 2 103 External heat roller engage disengage control Disengage the external heat roller from the fixing roller to prevent deformation of the fixing roller Timing Engaged Warm up Print Disengaged Standby When a jam occurs Operation Driven by the external heat engage disengage motor M12 Detection Pressure roller engage di...

Page 125: ...fixing solenoid drive in jam recovery sequence 0 100 COPIER OPTION BODY FX JAM W Adjustment of the time of idle rotation in jam recovery sequence 0 60 sec COPIER OPTION BODY FX JAM I T 2 73 F 2 105 Fixing cleaning web level detection This detects that the low remaining level of fixing cleaning web Description There is a cut off on the edge of the web and the flag falls on the cut off so that the f...

Page 126: ...w disegage solenoid SL8 Detection Lower separation claw disegage sensor PS170 PS170 SL8 Related Error Code Lower separation claw disegage error T 2 74 F 2 107 Refresh Roller Drive Control Prevent an image failure caused by a claw mark of the pressure roller MEMO Since the lower separation claw comes into contact with the pressure roller a claw mark remains on the pressure roller A claw mark is pri...

Page 127: ...or Refresh roller M10 PS13 PS12 PS13 PS12 Refresh roller cam Engagement Disengagement F 2 108 Engage disengage detection Pressure roller engage disengage detection by the following sensors Pressure roller position sensor PS12 Pressure roller home position sensor PS13 PS13 PS12 Pressure 1 Refresh roller disengage Pressure 3 Pressure 2 Pressure added Pressure released Related Service Mode Forced exe...

Page 128: ... excessive temperature increase of the heater 4 External heating roller HP detection Detect attachment of the external heating roller when the fixing motor stops Prevent the external heating roller from continuing to come into contact with the fixing roller 5 Triac short detection Detect damage short of the triac 6 Excessive temperature increase detection hardware detection Detect excessive temper...

Page 129: ...A FL2 7438 1 1000K TYPE B 8 Pressure roller insulate bush FC8 9693 1 1000K 7 Pressure roller bearing XG9 0477 1 1000K 9 Refresh roller FM3 2876 1 1000K 10 External heat roller unit FM3 2785 1 1000K Operator replace the unit Service engineers replace the external heat roller cleaning roller insulate bush and bearing 11 External heat roller FC9 7217 1 1000K 12 External heat cleaning roller FM3 1647 ...

Page 130: ...d Paper stackability Main body 2000 sheet x 1 80g m2 POD Deck 1 1000 sheet x 2 2000 sheet x 1 80g m2 Side Paper Deck For outside Japan only 2 2000 sheet x 3 80g m2 Maximum registration size 330 2 x 487 7mm 13 x19 2 Maximum print area 320 6 x 482 7mm Paper size A4 A4R A3 B4 B5 B5R 304 8X457 2mm 320 x 450mm SRA3 330 2X482 6mm 8K LTR LTRR LGL 11 x 17 13 x 19 2 330 2 x 487 7mm Paper grammage 52g m2 to...

Page 131: ...0 Feed belt roller 2 21 Fixing roller 22 Pressure roller 23 Fixing delivery roller 24 Delivery decurler belt roller 1 1 25 Delivery decurler belt roller 1 2 26 Delivery decurler roller 2 27 Delivery decurler belt roller 2 2 28 Delivery roller 3 29 Delivery decurler belt roller 2 1 30 Delivery decurler roller 1 31 Delivery roller 2 32 Delivery roller 1 33 Delivery vertical path roller 4 34 Reverse ...

Page 132: ... PS89 Duplexing delivery sensor 6 PS44 Pre registration roller separation sensor PS90 Duplexing delivery sensor 7 PS45 Pre registration sensor front PS91 Duplexing delivery sensor 8 PS46 Pre registration sensor rear PS98 Reverse sensor 1 PS47 Primary skew sensor front PS100 Reverse sensor 2 PS48 Primary skew sensor rear PS102 Delivery vertical path sensor 1 PS49 Secondary skew sensor front PS103 D...

Page 133: ...kew correction motor1 M25 Skew correction motor2 M26 Registration motor M28 Pre fixing feed motor M31 Delivery switch motor M32 Straight delivery motor1 M34 Delivery decurler motor1 M36 Delivery decurler motor2 M38 Duplexing decurler motor M40 External delivery motor M42 Reverse vertical path motor1 M44 Reverse vertical path motor2 M45 Delivery vertical path motor1 M48 Duplexing feed motor1 M50 Du...

Page 134: ...kup Escape delivery Each option delivery Deck pickup Paper is picked up and fed from the main deck Side Paper Deck pickup for outside Japan only Paper is picked up and fed from the Side Paper Deck POD deck pickup Paper is picked up and fed from the POD deck Escape delivery When double feed is detected escape delivery is executed Each option delivery Paper is fed to each delivery option F 2 115 ...

Page 135: ...se point Straight delivery Reverse delivery Speed change point Speed Speed shift reference Pre registration deceleration point 1300 mm s 665 mm s Paper leading edge Pre registration acceleration deceleration area Accelerate decelerate with reference to 665mm s Paper leading edge Leading edge registration acceleration deceleration area Accelerate decelerate with reference to 665mm s Paper leading e...

Page 136: ...h control p 2 108 Auto cassette change function p 2 108 Pre registration area Pre registration control p 2 110 Pre registration roller disengage control p 2 113 Double feed detection p 2 114 Transparency detection p 2 114 Active registration area Skew correction control p 2 117 Side registration control p 2 121 Leading edge registration control p 2 123 Registration front roller disengage control p...

Page 137: ...and the lifter goes up 2 The paper surface is monitored through the paper surface sensor 1 the paper surface sensor 2 the intermediate paper surface sensor the lifter will stop moving when the paper lever reaches the lower limit of the pickup available area Protection function Considering the situation when the lifter keeps moving up even of the lifter upper limit sensor is turned OFF there is low...

Page 138: ...e level sensor left Storage level sensor right Lifter motor Storage supply position sensor Side air floatation fan 1 Side air floatation fan 2 Deck switch Lifter lower position sensor Lifter lower limit switch Lifter Deck open close solenoid F 2 119 Foreign particle sensor Storage close sensor Lifter upper limit switch Lifter wire Lifter wire Lifter motor Storage supply position sensor Deck switch...

Page 139: ...cannot be performed smoothly When preparing pickup or during pickup this machine executes control for the lifter to be shifted at an appropriate position to be prepared for the next pickup In the case that the paper height at trail edge reaches reference A or reference B while the intermediate paper surface sensor is turned ON the lifter is stopped because it is determined to be at an appropriate ...

Page 140: ...low amount according to the condition of paper size and environment 3 The lifter is stopped after performing the following operation for 10 0 sec at a maximum The lifter is moved up if the paper surface is lower than the middle of the pickup available area the intermediate paper surface sensor is turned OFF The lifter is moved down if the paper surface is higher than the pickup upper limit the pap...

Page 141: ...er surface sensor 2 is ON the lifter is moved down until the sensor is turned OFF and then moved up until the sensor is turned ON If the paper surface sensor 2 is turned OFF the lifter is moved up until the sensor is turned ON If the paper is caught in the pickup assembly in the case of jam the paper surface sensor 2 fails to be turned OFF even if the lifter is moved down because the paper surface...

Page 142: ...e case that the descending lifter cannot be stopped due to the failure of the paper surface sensor etc the compartment may be broken In order to prevent excess downward movement of the lifter the lifter lower limit switch detects the lower limit of the lifter position Foreign matter detection In the case that a small size paper has been set on the deck and the lifter goes up with foreign matters o...

Page 143: ...to prevent the paper from becoming trapped by a guide or the like possibly occurring if the deck was let to open before the paper has dropped The deck open close solenoid is turned OFF 400 msec after it was turned ON The open button LED is activated in green when the deck is open The LED flashes if the lifter is in operation During pickup the lock LED is activated in orange and the deck will not b...

Page 144: ...sette change function the deck is switched while 1 LED is activated Open button The open button is activated in green while the deck is open The button flashes on a 500 msec cycle while the lifter is in operation Paper supply LED If paper level remained in the deck gets low the paper supply LED is activated in orange on a 500 msec cycle If there is no auto cassette change target the paper supply L...

Page 145: ...aining paper Lock LED orange During pickup during preparation to pick up Anytime except when the light is activated Activation Extinction When pickup preparation floatation movement is completed when the printer engine is stopped e g abnormal completion shifting to sleep state Extinction Activation Preparation to activate for pickup floatation movement is started In the case that the foreign parti...

Page 146: ...urface detection arm F 2 127 F 2 128 Paper surface sensor 1 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF Paper surface sensor 2 Intermediate paper surface sensor Lifter moves down Lifter stops Lifter moves up Pickup lower threshold standby position Pickup available area Pickup upper threshold Sensor Name ON OFF paper surface sensor 1 lifter ascending paper surface higher than upper limit paper surface sensor 2 paper ...

Page 147: ...ed to determine whether to stop the lifter in operation If the surface height at the trail edge reaches either reference A or B when the intermediate paper surface sensor is ON Paper size paper weight surface nature and environment determine whether to use reference A or B If the lifter ascending movement level per 1 sheet of paper is more than the specified movement level when the intermediate pa...

Page 148: ...nsor Paper presence sensor flag F 2 132 F 2 133 In the case that the paper surface sensor 2 is ON and that the paper presence sensor is OFF it is judged that the paper is absent When there is no paper the lifter moves down to the supply position where the storage supply position sensor is turned OFF ON OFF Paper presence sensor flag Lifter Rear face Paper surface sensor 2 Front face Paper presence...

Page 149: ... or paper is supplied in the deck In case the auto cassette change is set to the mode with sheet presence approx 100 sheets depending on the paper weight remaining in the deck will be sensed as paper absence orange paper supply LED F 2 135 Paper Level Detection The remaining paper level in the deck is detected by the storage level sensor right and storage level sensor left Each sensor monitors the...

Page 150: ...executed constantly during pickup to keep the paper surface at appropriate height Because of the inability to determine accurate remaining level when the lifter is moved down the height is calculated by subtracting the number of sheets that has actually been picked up from the number of sheets before pickup The timing of turning on off by the encoder differs between the storage level sensor right ...

Page 151: ...te only the top sheet In the case of large size paper the paper may not be separated throughout the trail edge even if the air is blown to the paper s lead edge In addition to the 2 side air floatation fans in the deck assembly for improving the floating ability the 4 claws are used to restrict the floatation of paper at both sides left and right and help the airflow to the rear end The trail edge...

Page 152: ...guide plate rear Side guide plate front Retaining plate Claw Claw Lock lever Claw F 2 138 1 When receiving the pickup preparation signal from the host machine the following fans are activated Paper suction fan Air separation fan 1 Air separation fan 2 Air floatation fan 1 Air floatation fan 2 Air floatation fan 3 Side air floatation fan 1 Side air floatation fan 2 Each fan operates under a conditi...

Page 153: ...solenoid Suction belt Suction duct Separation nozzle Separation air duct F 2 139 F 2 140 5 If the paper is attracted to the suction belt at the time of 140 msec after the deck pickup solenoid is turned ON the suction belt motor is turned ON to rotate the suction belt The suction belt feeds only a single sheet of the attracted paper to the deck pull out roller The attraction state of paper is deter...

Page 154: ...airflow adjustment Information of paper specified in User mode paper length paper width paper weight surface texture Temperature and humidity detected by environment sensor absolute moisture amount If auto airflow adjustment cannot be executed due to the condition such as paper existence in the deck when power ON airflow is adjusted using the adjustment result stored in the main controller PCB MEM...

Page 155: ...e suction belt to pickup the paper For the mechanism of paper to be attracted to the suction belt see Chapter 2 Air Pickup Control Then the deck pull out roller feeds the paper to the feeding path Once the pull out sensor detects the paper s lead edge the deck pickup solenoid is turned OFF There is an attractive force remained to the suction belt immediately after the deck pickup solenoid is turne...

Page 156: ...ndary POD deck are the subject of auto cassette change If Productivity Priority in the Cassette automatic selection ON OFF screen is selected before the paper is used until finished remains approx 100 sheets 80g m2 be sure to switch the pickup slot the pickup can still be performed during the switch If Productivity Priority in the Cassette automatic selection ON OFF screen is not selected the pape...

Page 157: ...hine stops pickup operation as well as activates the deck s paper supply LED 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 F 2 146 F 2 147 e g when specifying the middle deck of the Secondary POD deck as the pickup source while Productivity Priority is selected From the Secondary POD deck s middle deck to the lower deck priority order 5 the pickup source is switched when there are approximately 100 sheets in each deck Although t...

Page 158: ...2 Paper dust cleaning brush Paper dust cleaning brush F 2 149 M15 POD deck feed motor M16 Vertical path feed motor M18 Pre registration feed motor1 M20 Pre registration feed motor2 M53 Duplexing feed motor5 M54 Duplexing feed motor6 M62 Deck feed motor1 M63 Deck feed motor2 M64 Deck feed motor3 SL3 Escape switch solenoid PS26 POD deck path sensor PS27 Vertical path sensor PS34 Pre registration rol...

Page 159: ...gistration pause position The paper is paused at the pause position according to the distance instruction from the reference sensor PS90 Pre registration pause position 2 Pre registration pause position 1 B5 LTR paper only Duplexing pre registration pause position PS115 PS117 PS90 Duplexing delivery sensor 7 PS115 Deck feed sensor 1 PS117 Deck feed sensor 3 B5 to LTR paper The paper stops at the 2...

Page 160: ...ration correction PS42 PS41 F 2 152 Feeding direction paper Light guide PS41 PS42 PS41 Image standard sensor for transparency PS42 Image standard sensor MEMO PS42 is the standard sensor for all other than transparency and PS41 is the standard sensor for transparency and semi transparent paper The sensor that corresponds the fed paper performs the detection PS41 and PS42 are also used for transpare...

Page 161: ...ading edge of paper goes through the primary skew sensor This control functions only for the paper width 263mm A4R LTRR in feeding direction or larger Disengage to Engage After the trailing edge of paper goes through the pre registration roller 2 disengage sensor PS36 PS35 PS33 PS34 M21 M19 Pre registration roller 2 Pre registration roller driven roller 2 Pre registration roller driven roller 1 Pr...

Page 162: ...s not change due to the color or thickness of measurement target PS119 PS120 PCB32 Double feed detection PCB transmission PCB33 Double feed detection PCB reception PCB1 DC controller Double feed detection sequence 1 When the leading edge of paper goes through the double feed sensor by 70mm detection is started standard sensor deck feed sensor 1 2 When double feed is detected 3 The paper that is ah...

Page 163: ...0 PS59 PS60 PS53 PS54 PS51 PS52 PS45 PS46 PS44 F 2 158 M22 Pre registration motor M24 Skew correction motor 1 M25 Skew correction motor 2 M26 Registration motor PS44 Pre registration roller separation sensor PS45 Pre registration sensor front PS46 Pre registration sensor rear PS47 Primary skew sensor front PS48 Primary skew sensor rear PS49 Secondary skew sensor front PS50 Secondary skew sensor re...

Page 164: ...e registration roller separation sensor PS45 Pre registration sensor front PS46 Pre registration sensor rear PS47 Primary skew sensor front PS48 Primary skew sensor rear PS49 Secondary skew sensor front PS50 Secondary skew sensor rear PS51 Primary skew sensor for transparency front PS52 Primary skew sensor for transparency rear PS53 Secondary skew sensor for transparency front PS54 Secondary skew ...

Page 165: ...and at the rear separately and skew is corrected by changing the speed of the rollers at the front and at the rear Correction is executed twice as a total after the measurement of the primary skew sensor front rear and measurement of the secondary skew sensor front rear PCB4 Registration duplexing driver PCB Skew correction roller HP sensor front Skew correction roller front Skew correction roller...

Page 166: ... primary skew sensor rear Overhead view Skew degree Lateral view primary skew sensor rear primary skew sensor front F 2 161 Step 2 The registration front roller and the pre registration roller 1 2 are disengaged Timing Just after the leading edge of the paper goes through the skew correction roller Overhead view Lateral view skew correction roller rear skew correction roller front registration fro...

Page 167: ...n roller Overhead view slowdown normal speed Lateral view skew correction roller rear skew correction roller front F 2 163 Step 4 The registration front roller is back to the engaged status Timing After the trailing edge of paper goes through the registration front roller separation sensor Overhead view Lateral view Pre registration roller separation HP sensor registration front roller registratio...

Page 168: ...e secondary skew sensor front and the secondary skew sensor rear Overhead view Lateral view Skew degree Secondary skew sensor rear Secondary skew sensor front F 2 165 Step 6 This is to slow down the speed of the skew correction roller where the paper is ahead of the other side Appropriate speed is estimated from the skew degree calculated at step 4 and is used for control Timing When the leading e...

Page 169: ...de Registration Control Overview of control Registration roller shifts front or rear by the degree of difference between the paper position and the feeding reference point to control the side registration Paper position is estimated by CIS and the paper size PCB4 Registration duplexing driver PCB Registration roller HP sensor Registration shift HP sensor M26 Registration motor M27 Registration shi...

Page 170: ...cannot detect the edge of transparency shift degree should be specified manually It can be set up from the following service mode COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ SFT OHP F 2 168 Step 2 The registration roller shifts according to the difference degree from the center point calculated in step1 The paper continues to be fed and shifted by the registration roller Timing When the leading edge of paper is 0 mm a...

Page 171: ... of control The machine calculates the paper feed time from the image reference sensor to the post registration sensor and controls the leading edge registration by accelerating or decelerating the registration roller Because the image formation is already started based on the image reference sensor on the pre registration area and image position is not detected after the image formation is starte...

Page 172: ... Control At the skew correction the registration front roller interrupts so that the disengage control of registration front roller is executed Normally it is in engaged status and it is disengaged at the start of skew correction after the leading edge of paper goes through the primary skew sensor Motor Operation Operation timing Condition of control Pre registration separation motor M23 Engage to...

Page 173: ...paper size Paper with feed direction less than 227 3 mm upper path Paper 227 3 mm or more with feed direction lower path Upper path M29 PS63 ON Registration duplexing driver PCB PCB4 F 2 174 Lower path PS63 M29 Registration duplexing driver PCB PCB4 MEMO Since the loop control is executed for the paper 227 3 mm or more with feed direction lower path is used to enable the paper loop Since the loop ...

Page 174: ...delivered at the same time by the fixing roller and the secondary transfer roller hence there is no loop control 1 Fixing roller increases the speed Timing before paper leading edge reaches the fixing roller Standard sensor loop detection sensor PS147 2 The paper is pulled after arriving in the fixing roller OFF PS147 Loop detection sensor PS19 Secondary post transfer sensor Increase speed F 2 176...

Page 175: ... in the main scanning direction In order to ease the impact when the paper enters the fixing nip and avoid the impact to spread to the upstream this control moves the pre fixing feed assembly up and down and switches the path The paper 227 3 mm or more with feed direction is controlled 1 Change to the upper path Timing Before the paper leading edge passes the secondary transfer roller in the speci...

Page 176: ...ffer delivery assembly Delivery switch flapper Delivery decurler control assembly Duplexing decurler control assembly Duplexing reverse position Delivery reverse position F 2 180 Delivery Control There are 2 delivery methods with this machine such as face up delivery and face down delivery Path for face up delivery and face down delivery is switched by the switch of the delivery flapper after the ...

Page 177: ...livery reverse position After the paper pauses the reverse roller motor makes negative rotation and the paper is delivered through the delivery vertical path F 2 182 M42 M55 M45 PS79 PS80 PS81 PS82 M44 PS98 PS148 PS104 PS103 PS168 Delivery reverse position M59 PS100 PS102 PCB8 Fixing main driver PCB PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PCB M42 Reverse vertical path motor1 PS82 Reverse vertical path sensor...

Page 178: ...here is no paper on the wait position at downstream refer to Duplexing Wait Control for details and the paper is fed to the duplexing feed area M42 M55 M45 PS79 PS80 PS81 PS82 M44 PS98 Duplexing reverse position PS100 UN8 M38 PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PCB PCB8 Fixing main driver PCB PS168 PS76 F 2 184 M38 Duplexing decurler motor M42 Reverse vertical path motor1 M44 Reverse vertical path motor2...

Page 179: ... 10 levels For upper curl correction M34 M35 PS68 Released status Pressured status Paper Decurler belt roller Decurler roller Cam M34 M35 PS68 PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PCB M34 Delivery decurler motor1 M35 Delivery decurler pressure motor1 PS68 Delivery decurler position sensor 1 F 2 185 For lower curl correction M36 PS71 Released status Pressured status Paper PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PCB M...

Page 180: ... the paper type toner amount and the environment Pressure can be adjusted in 10 levels M38 PS74 Released status Pressured status Paper Paper PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PCB M39 Cam Decurler roller M38 PS74 M39 Decurler belt roller M38 Duplexing decurler motor M39 Duplexing decurler pressure motor PS74 Delivery decurler position sensor MEMO Decurler pressure of each paper type can be changed from ...

Page 181: ...re are 6 wait positions including the delivery buffer area and the pre registration area The paper is paused on the wait position by the specified distance from the reference sensor Applicable wait position differs depending on the paper type Small LTR or smaller P1 P2 P3 P5 P6 Middle A4R or smaller P2 P3 P5 P6 Middle B4 or smaller P2 P3 P5 P6 Large P2 P4 P6 PS88 PS87 PS86 PS80 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P...

Page 182: ...inting and 2 sided printing is executed page order switching control 2 sided pages are printed before 1 sided pages is performed This control enables to shorten the paper interval between 1 sided printing and 2 sided printing thereby reducing the time required to switch from 1 sided printing to 2 sided printing As a result the total productivity of jobs including 1 sided printing and 2 sided print...

Page 183: ... of the affected paper is delivered normally 3 Escape switch solenoid SL3 is turned ON and affected paper is delivered to the escape tray 4 The job suspended due to double feed restarts When JAM occurs When JAM occurs later than the escape path in body residual paper on upstream is delivered to the escape tray Paper absence in mixed mode print When one of the paper types runs out in mixed print pa...

Page 184: ... guide Cleaning 500K Cleaning of paper dust and toner 5 Pre secondary transfer guide Cleaning 500K Cleaning of paper dust and toner Cleaning with alcohol 6 Post secondary transfer guide Cleaning 200K Cleaning of paper dust 7 Registration guide Cleaning 500K Cleaning of paper dust 8 Other feed guide Cleaning 500K Cleaning of paper dust and toner 9 Pre fixing feed belt Cleaning 200K Cleaning of pape...

Page 185: ... assembly and sintered bearing joint assembly The grease used super lube grease Tool no FY9 6006 During deck open close solenoid replacement or latch claw position change 1 Open the deck and detach the connector cover in the direction of the arrow 1 screw Connector Screw 2 Disconnect the wiring harness 3 wire saddles 1 edge saddle 1 connector for upper and middle decks only F 2 192 Edge saddle Wir...

Page 186: ...cover 8 Adjust the position of the latch claw based on the marker positions When you move the latch claw forward A also move the deck front cover in the direction a When you move the latch claw backward B also move the deck front cover in the direction b F 2 196 F 2 197 a b A B Latch cover Deck front cover CAUTION If you moved the latch claw while performing the side registration adjustments or if...

Page 187: ...Servicing work Action for parts replacement Air floatation fan fan duct To adjust the airflow 1 Remove all the papers from the concerned deck 2 Switch the main power OFF ON And the air flow of the floatation fan will be automatically adjusted When the airflow adjustment is being conducted the deck can t be opened closed ...

Page 188: ...onments are required The following Windows servers are installed under Active Directory and DNS server for name resolution Microsoft Windows 2000 Server SP4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 SP1 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 R2 Windows 2000 2003 Domain Name System DNS access privileges Domain controller access privileges System environments for administrator and ordinary user Operating System Supporte...

Page 189: ...indows Server 2003 Windows Server 2003 R2 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP1 Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 SP2 Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 Windows Vista Microsoft Internet Explorer 7 Mac OS X v10 3 Safari 1 3 2 Sun Java Runtime Environment 5 0 Mac OS X v10 4 Safari 2 0 4 System environments for administrator and ordinary user when using IPv6 communication Operating System Supported browser Java R...

Page 190: ...support Server 2003 Active Directory support T 2 95 T 2 96 NOTE It must improve in the version of SSO Login application and version of SA when you want to use the function B or C The right of access to the domain controller and the right of access to the Windows 2003 DNS are necessary when the domain authentication is used with SSO CAUTION Important information when using conventional SSO The devi...

Page 191: ...ain power switch is turned OFF and ON Press OK F 2 202 3 Press Done button as many times as necessary until the Basic screen appears 4 Restart the device CAUTION The setting Use HTTP is not actually enabled disabled until you have restarted the device You cannot make a connection through a proxy server If a proxy server is in use enter the IP address of the MEAP device in the Exceptions field for ...

Page 192: ...emote Login Service Authentication Users registered as administrators with SSO H SSO NOTE If Default Authentication is selected as the device authentication method RLS Authentication is not selectable as SMS Login method Also if RLS Authentication is selected the device authentication method Default Authentication SDL SSO cannot be changed F 2 203 T 2 98 Login by Password Authentication In the SMS...

Page 193: ... SMS by RLS Authentication from the PC browser on the same network as the MEAP device URL http IP address of MEAP device 8000 sms rls Ex http 172 16 188 240 8000 sms rls NOTE When the device authentication method used is domain authentication enter the user name password and login destination registered with Active Directory and then click Log In If the authentication method used is local device a...

Page 194: ...sabled for the following reasons authentication server is down network problem no communication with authentication server In the event of either of these cases try the following 1 If local device authentication is active try logging in with local device authentication 2 If only domain authentication is active launch in MEAP safe mode from the device service mode After launching in MEAP safe mode ...

Page 195: ...sword Authentication radio button and click on either Start or Stop Check that the status has changed accordingly 4 Logout once and login again to check to see that the setting is applied properly When password authentication has been set to Start the password entry window will now be displayed If password authentication has been set to Stop when an attempt is made to log in the error message show...

Page 196: ...lows 1 In order to make a setting for Login by RLS Authentication you need to Login by Password Authentication URL http IP address of MEAP device 8000 sms rls Ex http 172 16 188 240 8000 sms rls Login screen by Password Authentication F 2 211 2 Select System Management tab Utility tab Application Management Function tab 3 Enter a check mark against the SMS Installer Service Remote Login Service Au...

Page 197: ...ions both in absolute and relative terms as well as how much memory still remains Check this page before adding an application The information is collected from the manifest headers in other words the size of a resource represents the size as it is declared by the application in question not necessarily the size of resources actually used by the application The items of information include the fol...

Page 198: ...allation date Application ID Status License Resources Used b Resource Information Amount Used Remaining Percent Used F 2 215 Starting and Stopping a MEAP Application 1 Log in to the SMS Refer to Login to SMS in this manual 2 Click Application List If the Application List is already being displayed this operation is not necessary 3 Click the radio button of the MEAP application in question and clic...

Page 199: ... in question is either Started or Stopped F 2 217 Checking the Platform Information You can check the versions of MEAP Contents MEAP Specifications and Java Virtual Machine of the device CAUTION Some applications may not be installed to some MEAP devices of specific specifications See MEAP Specifications 1 Log in to SMS 2 Click System Management System Info tab F 2 218 ...

Page 200: ...ations hereafter in this document Mechanism MEAP platform judges whether MEAP applications can be operated on it using on the 2 information below Device Specification ID MEAP Specifications Device Specification ID shows information such as the original functions of MFP including print scan and copy and one that differs by model such as maximum copy number thus each model has a different ID It is e...

Page 201: ...ue to the change in I F specifications these models support 5 only T 2 100 MEAP Spec Version MEAP Spec Version Description 1 MEAP basic function 2 MEAP Spec Version 1 function and SSL TSL Proxy 5 MEAP Spec Version 1 function and CPCA V2 ERS Error Recovery Service New SSL TSL 6 Reserved 7 MEAP Spec Version 5 function and Compact PDF OCR PDF Text Searchable USB Host Buffering of Interrupt Transfer 9...

Page 202: ...Management tab 3 On System Management screen click System Info tab 4 Click Details button F 2 220 5 When the following status information of MEAP applications including the system application appears in a different window copy and paste all information to create an attachment text information for preparing a problem report You can also use this function whenever you want to check the status of any...

Page 203: ...heck all applications installed to the device at a glance with the MEAP application status information and thus it is important for you to provide it when you are reporting a problem The following items of information will be indicated or printed for individual applications NOTE The system information shown on the screen and the system information printed in the MEAP device s user mode are exactly...

Page 204: ...mum amount of memory that the application uses It is the amount maximum memory usage declared in a statement within the application program and is expressed in kilobytes Registered Service It is a list of services that have been registered by the application with the MEAP framework Some services may not have printable data Installing an Application CAUTION To install an application the user needs ...

Page 205: ... Check that Install Application License page appears 4 Click Browse button and select the application file and the license file of the application then click OK button NOTE Application File identified by the extension jar License File identified by the extension lic F 2 224 5 See the message Installing Please wait a moment F 2 225 F 2 226 ...

Page 206: ... is running 6 Check the contents of the Confirm page then click OK button 7 Some applications show a screen to indicate the terms of agreement Read the terms and click OK 8 Check the message Installing Please wait a moment appears beginning the installation 9 Check Application List page appears when the installation is completed CAUTION To use the application that you have just installed you must ...

Page 207: ...ing a license CAUTION To invalidate or suspend a license you must first stop the application in question Once suspended the status of the license will be Not Installed and its application will no longer be available for use You can later restore a suspended license file as long as you are doing so on the same iR the device with the same device serial number When replacing the device due to lease u...

Page 208: ...chnology MEAP Disabling a License File suspending a license 2 Click the name of the application that you want to disable 3 Application Information page appears On Application Information page click License Management button F 2 233 F 2 234 4 Click Disable button 5 Click OK F 2 235 ...

Page 209: ... the license file to a PC for storage To download or delete a license file first disable it CAUTION Once you have removed an invalidated license file you will no longer be able to download it form the MEAP device 1 Login to SMS 2 Application List page appears 3 On Application List page click the name of the application you want F 2 236 4 Check Application Information page appears 5 On Application ...

Page 210: ...ng the application F 2 239 Reusable license Reinstallation was not able to perform for all license files When reinstalling Disable License file should be downloaded see Disabling a License File suspending a license and Downloading Removing an Invalidated License File in this manual or a license for reinstallation should be obtained from LMS before reinstallation This specification aims to prevent ...

Page 211: ...y forwarding it to a new device The license is forwarded by CE because the hidden page of SMS is used 1 Log in to SMS stop the application to be forwarded see Starting and Stopping a MEAP Application in this manual 2 Move to the download page of license forwarded for the device as sender http IP address of device 8000 sms ForwardLicense F 2 240 F 2 241 3 Specify the application to be forwarded 4 C...

Page 212: ...dow to confirm whether to create a transfer licence will be displayed Click OK 6 Icon of license file for forwarding is displayed in the box of license file downloading Click Download F 2 244 F 2 245 7 The dialogue Open is displayed Click Save 8 Specify the download destination click Save F 2 246 F 2 247 ...

Page 213: ...e Not Installed or Unnecessary for its application to be uninstalled As necessary see Disabling a License File suspending a license and Downloading Removing an Invalidated License File and disable the license file before starting to remove it Dimmed Uninstall button shows that the selected application cannot be removed A license file may be invalidated only when its application is not active If th...

Page 214: ...ed against each user If they are not email cannot be sent Note however that when sending i Fax the mail addresses set in the device are used CAUTION Important information when using conventional SSO and SDL When the login method setting is for SDL the information registered in SDL must match the Department ID management user information department ID and password When the login method setting is f...

Page 215: ...use multiple authentication methods and the user can toggle between them from a Web browser Refer to the MEAP Authentication System Settings Guide User Authentication Method Settings CAUTION The factory shipment setting is Domain authentication local device authentication In order to provide increased security as soon as SSO is used it is recommended that the administrator s user name and password...

Page 216: ...nalities Principally domain users who are registered managed by the Active Directory are authenticated by domain authentication and local device authentication can be used when it is necessary to au thenticate a temporary user that cannot be added to the Active Directory Also should there be any kind of a problem with the domain controller or Security Agent SSO only local device authentication can...

Page 217: ...rformed even when the main unit s department management is ON Department ID and department passwords are not allocated to domain users When the main unit s department management function is ON domain users cannot be authenticated NOTE With SSO linkage with iWAM iWAM account summary manager was assumed and department management linkage was enabled even in domain authentication but with SSO H this i...

Page 218: ...ite list cannot be specified In other words if there is no site list which site s Active Directory is accessed depends upon the order of the Active Directory addresses returned by DNS Therefore when acquiring the site list LDAP may access the Active Di rectory of a different site Therefore in such cases it is sometimes necessary to access across sites or subnets which means that LDAP protocol need...

Page 219: ...gging into other domains at multi domain At multi domain if another domain is logged into based on the site subnet information retrieved in the home domain the Active Directories of the login destination domain KDC address list are computed In the event that the domain controller IP addresses of other domains are outside of the site access range and only the domain controller within the site is pr...

Page 220: ...o Change Login Services 1 Make the following selections System Management Enhanced Sys App 2 A page will appear showing the various selections you can make for the login service Select the radio button of the login service mode you want to use then click Select button F 2 254 F 2 255 3 When login service application you have selected turns to Start after Restart restart the device F 2 256 ...

Page 221: ...the switch license file prepared in advance 3 When you click Initialize button the confirmation message appears Click OK button Then Login page opens Enter the default password MeapSmsLogin to log in The password is case sensitive If you click Cancel button the Login page opens without initializing the password F 2 257 Creating a Backup for MEAP Application Area Formatting the Hard Disk Restoring ...

Page 222: ...series 1 Copy a set of obtained special license files to a laptop for service operation Register a set of System files of a target product to SST System Support Tool Make sure the compatibility of the each file version 2 Prepare the required service parts of the HDD unit and replace the HDD unit on user s site The service part HDD is equipped with the minimum required firmware to start the system ...

Page 223: ...s the result of a conflict or wrong sequence of registration use You can access to SMS in this condition so that you can take necessary measures for example you can stop application that may cause the trouble If default authentication has been selected the mode of authentication remains valid otherwise the message The login service must be set again with SMS ap pears Change the login service as ne...

Page 224: ... of the device with MEAP authentication application port 8080 is reserved for redirecting from PS print server unit to device HTTPS server Setting value is 0 through 65535 the value at factory shipment after clearing RAM 8443 NOTE As for port on HTTPS server it only applies to the device that supports SSL function Make sure not to use 1 through 1023 other than 80 HTTP as a port for MEAP Because th...

Page 225: ... port on HTTPS server 1 Startup SERVICE MODE 2 Startup level 2 of SERVICE MODE After starting up SERVICE MODE in step 1 press USER MODE button again Then by pressing 2 button on control panel the screen is displayed 3 Press COPIER button 4 Press Option button 5 Press BODY button 6 Press or button F 2 263 7 Press MEAP SSL button 8 Press the port number to specify on the control panel the numerical ...

Page 226: ...e by creating or modifying objects in the device CPCA Java CL CPCA Java Class Library A Java class library which is used to control a device Default Authentication Department ID Management The login service used when the department ID control is used but other authentication controls are not used When the Department ID control is turned on the login dialog prompts the users to enter the department...

Page 227: ... available for MEAP device Default Authentication which provides department ID control SDL Simple Device Login and SSO Single Sign On MEAP Multifunctional Embedded Application Platform Provides an environment for executing application programs on a peripheral device Uses the Java platform J2ME Java 2 platform Micro Edition to run Java application for MEAP MEAP AMS MEAP Application Management Syste...

Page 228: ...s BW 1200 stop IxQvZ A8O0aDsUBdMeu5XrxqIsqLzq7JAjHAD ZMnNxVMsR7RGcuI2c6RRdU7mlW ht2VF8LA3SH6n4kxvZYmEQZ8pBhu67wliysAJ0gHS0l6WsMqX6WI5ZAQeD8TZnnf 344VXYG4 Serial No Application ID License File ID Counter information Validated Period F 2 267 Option for exclusive individual measure Display Setting of Copy Tab Make a setting as to whether to display hide the copy screen copy tab on the control panel T...

Page 229: ...1 press USER MODE button again Then by pressing 2 button on control panel the screen is displayed 3 Press COPIER button 4 Press Option button 5 Press BODY button 6 Press or button 7 Press ANIM SW button 8 Press either 0 display warning screen or 1 hide warning screen on control panel the numerical value input in the field is displayed and press OK button 9 Check to see that it is reflected in sett...

Page 230: ...ode counters Firmware information Environmental log Service call errors log Jam log Alarm log Alert change statuses Toner low Out etc Further as the above is all customer information https SOAP protocol is used for communication between the UGW and the device providing enhanced security Internet UGW Proxy Server Intranet Firewall Communicate with the UGW by HTTPS SOAP The e Maintenance imageWARE R...

Page 231: ... item 3 Is there a proxy server If there is a proxy server in use find out the following Proxy server address Information item 4 Is proxy server authentication required If proxy server authentication is required find out the following User name and password required for proxy authentication Port No for proxy server 3 Network settings Based on the results of the information obtained in 2 Advance pr...

Page 232: ... j Set the proxy server based on the information obtained under 2 Advance preparations Information item 3 described above Set Use Proxy to On Enter the server address and port Number k If proxy server authentication is required press Authentication Settings F 2 270 F 2 271 l Set the following items based on the information obtained under 2 Advance preparations Information item 4 described above Se...

Page 233: ...3 Validation 1 65535 COM TEST To perform Communication test with UGW and set OK NG as the result COM LOG Detailed communication log displays the last 5 error information consisting of data error code and error reasons up to now Max 30 latest loggings retained Max 128 characters not containing NULL for Error information CLEAR ERDS DAT Reset E RDS settings a Select Servicemode COPIER Function Clear ...

Page 234: ...ange unless there are specific instructions to do so Changing these values will cause error in communication with UGW F 2 276 F 2 277 c Select Service mode COPIER Function INSTALL COM TEST and press OK This initiates the communication test between the device and the UGW If the communication is successful OK is displayed If NG FAIL appears refer to the Troubleshooting guide and repeat until OK is d...

Page 235: ...ed though the item related to authentication can be enabled Q5 Is resending of data performed at the time of a communication error with the UGW A5 Retry processing of SOAP communication is performed as follows 1 As for postAlert data three times of data which failed transmitting to the UGW can be stored in HDD When forth error occurred continuously its data is stored in the HDD after eliminating t...

Page 236: ...m the system wakes up asleep then starts to send the data to the UGW The system also waits for completion of data transmission and let the device to shift to asleep status again However transition time to the Real Deep Sleep depends on the device and the transition to sleep won t be done if the next data transmission will be done within 10 minutes Q11 Is the e Maintenance imageWARE Remote system c...

Page 237: ...e network a Request the user to ping the main unit from a PC connected to same network Does the main unit respond YES Proceed to Step 4 NO Confirm the details of the main unit s IP address and subnet mask settings 4 Confirm DNS connection a Additional Functions System administration settings Network settings TCP IP settings DNS settings DNS Server Address Settings and note down both the primary an...

Page 238: ...software Upgrade 3 URL Scheme error not https URL scheme assignment error The header of the URL of the registered UGW is not in https format Check that the value of Service mode Function Install RGW ADR is https a01 ugwdevice net ugw agentif010 4 Server connection error UGW connection error Displayed in the event of a TCP IP communication fault Also displayed when an attempt is made at communicati...

Page 239: ...Cause Remedy 14 Device internal error Device internal error An internal error such as memory unavailable etc has occurred during a device internal error phase Switch the device OFF ON Or replace the device system software Upgrade 15 Server schedule is invalid Schedule transmission settings are in correct During the communication test there has been some kind of error in the schedule values passed ...

Page 240: ...name is correct check the DNS connection as per the troubleshooting initial procedures 23 Server certificate verify error Server certificate verify URL Check error error The server certificate verification error Check that Service mode Function Install RGW ADR can be https a01 ugwdevice net ugw agentif010 24 Server address resolution error UGW server address resolution error Server address name re...

Page 241: ...ter transmitting value to the UGW may become unusual System upgrade HDD format and system installation COPIER Function Clear MN CONT Also after replacing the main controller board all settings must be reprogrammed The following settings in service mode must not be change unless there are specific instructions to do so Changing these values will cause error in communication with UGW Service mode CO...

Page 242: ...3 3 Periodical Service Periodical Service Periodical service item ...

Page 243: ...4 171 8 Primary charging wire left FB4 3687 PRDC 1 PRM WIR2 p 4 173 9 Primary charging wire left pad holder FL2 7735 1 PRDC 1 PRM F K2 p 4 169 10 Primary charging wire left slider FL2 7750 1 PRDC 1 PRM S K2 p 4 171 11 Primary grid wire 1 Δ Δ Cleaning when replace primary charging wire unit cleaning with alcohol p 4 165 p 4 173 12 Shield plate primary charging assembly 1 Δ Δ Cleaning when replace p...

Page 244: ...y transfer charging magnetic plate Δ Cleaning when replace sleeve unit p 4 193 30 Process unit left rail plate developing lower area Δ Cleaning when replace sleeve unit p 4 193 31 Dustproof filter 4 Δ Pre primary transfer charging dustproof filter X2 Developing dustproof filter X1 Front left cover dustproof filter X1 p 4 210 32 Image Formation System Primary transfer roller FC7 9326 1 DRBL 1 TR RO...

Page 245: ... p 4 274 49 Fixing web roller FC8 9709 1 DRBL 1 FX WB RL p 4 278 50 Fixing roller FL2 7345 1 Refer to Remarks DRBL 1 FX UP RL TYPE A HAMMERMILL Tidal MP 75 gsm USA 20 deg C 15 450 000 sheets 23 deg C 50 600 000 sheets CS680 64 gsm Japan 23 deg C 50 1 000 000 sheets 27 deg C 60 1 000 000 sheets Extra 80 gsm Europe 20 deg C 15 450 000 sheets 23 deg C 50 600 000 sheets Others which weights are lighte...

Page 246: ...MP 75 gsm USA 1 000 000 sheets Extra 80 gsm Europe 1 000 000 sheets CS680 64 gsm Japan 1 200 000 sheets Others which weights are lighter than 80 gsm 1 000 000 sheets p 4 285 57 Pressure roller insulate bush FC8 9693 2 DRBL 1 FX LW BS p 4 286 58 Pressure roller bearing XG9 0477 2 DRBL 1 FX LW BR p 4 286 59 Pressure roller main thermistor FK2 6479 1 PRDC 1 FX LW TH Non contact p 4 287 60 Pressure ro...

Page 247: ...belt 1 FC7 4600 8 DRBL 1 BLT1 p 4 318 77 Delivery decurler belt unit 2 FM3 2613 1 DRBL 1 DL BLT2 Operators replace the unit and service engineers replace the belt p 4 321 78 Delivery decurler belt 2 FC7 4600 8 DRBL 1 BLT2 p 4 323 79 Duplexing decurler belt unit FM3 2613 1 DRBL 1 DUP BLT Operators replace the unit and service engineers replace the belt p 4 332 80 Duplexing decurler belt FC7 4600 8 ...

Page 248: ... 4 248 94 Feed roller Δ Cleaning of paper dust p 4 248 p 4 257 p 4 262 p 4 314 p 4 327 p 4 340 95 Wheel 10 Δ Pre registration assembly x4 active registration assembly x2 buffer delivery upper unit x4 Cleaning with alcohol p 4 261 p 4 243 p 4 326 96 Post secondary transfer static eliminator Δ Cleaning of toner p 4 243 97 Filter Fixing ozone filter FC6 2035 2 Δ PRDC 1 OZ FIL1 p 4 210 p 4 347 98 Prim...

Page 249: ...Service Periodical service item Periodical Service Periodical service item Dustproof glass Dustproof filter X4 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Dustproof glass 1 Dustproof filter 4 F 3 1 T 3 2 ...

Page 250: ...ce item Periodical Service Periodical service item Primary grid wire Primary charging assembly Shield plate F 3 2 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Primary charging assembly 1 Primary grid wire 1 Shield plate 1 T 3 3 ...

Page 251: ...ectrode unit Cleaning pre exposure unit Pre primary transfer charging assembly Pre primary transfer exposure unit F 3 3 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Pre primary transfer charge ass y 1 Shield plate Roller electrode unit Stray toner collection unit Pre primary transfer exposure unit Cleaning pre exposure unit T 3 4 ...

Page 252: ...unit left rail plate developing lower area Pre primary transfer charging magnetic plate Downstream sheet F 3 4 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Upstream sheet Downstream sheet Process unit left rail plate developing lower area Pre primary transfer charging magnetic plate Drum unit heater sliding unit 1 Lubrication T 3 5 ...

Page 253: ...e primary transfer charge ass y Pre primary trans charge wire Pre primary trans charge wire unit F 3 5 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Primary charging assembly 1 Pre primary transfer charge ass y 1 Pre primary trans charge wire unit 1 Pre primary trans charge wire 1 Pre primary transfer charging wire pad holder 1 Pre primary transfer charging wire slider 1 Primar...

Page 254: ...ce Periodical service item Developing sleeve unit Developing assembly Drum cleaning unit Drum cleaning unit F 3 6 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Developing assembly 1 Developing sleeve unit 1 Drum cleaning unit 1 Drum cleaning blade 1 T 3 7 ...

Page 255: ...e item ITB drive roller ITB driven roller ITB driven roller ITB edge sensor ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide F 3 7 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning ITB driven roller 4 ITB drive roller 1 ITB edge sensor 1 ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide 1 T 3 8 ...

Page 256: ...ervice Periodical service item Patch sensor Toner blocking sheet ITB static eliminator ITB frame F 3 8 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning ITB frame front face and rear face 1 ITB static eliminator 1 Patch sensor 1 Toner blocking sheet T 3 9 ...

Page 257: ... Cleaning ITB cleaning unit 1 ITB cleaning blade 1 F 3 9 T 3 10 Intermediate transfer belt ITB Secondary transfer inner roller Primary transfer roller Secondary Transfer External Roller Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Primary transfer roller 1 Secondary transfer inner roller 1 Intermediate transfer belt ITB 1 Secondary Transfer External Roller 1 F 3 10 T 3 11 ...

Page 258: ... item Fixing inlet guide Refresh roller Press roller sprt claw Press roller sprt claw Fixing roller separation claw F 3 11 Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Fixing inlet guide 1 Fixing roller separation claw 4 Press roller separation claw 6 Refresh roller 1 T 3 12 ...

Page 259: ...Fixing roller bearing Pressure roller bearing Pressure roller bearing Refresh roller Fixing web Fixing web roller External heat roller insulating bearing External heat roller insulating bearing External heat roller insulating bush External heat roller External heat roller External heat roller thermoswitch 1 External heat roller thermoswitch 2 External heat cleaning roller External heat cleaning ro...

Page 260: ... thermistor 1 Fixing roller thermoswitch 1 Fixing roller separation claw 4 Pressure roller main thermistor 1 Pressure roller thermoswitch 1 Pressure roller sub thermistor 1 Press roller separation claw unit 6 Press roller separation claw 6 Fixing web 1 Fixing web roller 1 External heat roller unit 1 Fixing roller 1 Pressure roller bearing 2 External heat roller 2 External heat cleaning roller 2 Ex...

Page 261: ...ing Pre fixing feed belt 4 Cleaning Brush 4 Pre secondary transfer guide Post secondary transfer guide Post secondary transfer static eliminator Active roller Registration guide Optical sensor image standard sensor Optical sensor post secondary transfer sensor Optical sensor No 1 skew inspection sensor front Optical sensor No 1 skew inspection sensor rear Optical sensor No 2 skew inspection sensor...

Page 262: ...cal Service Periodical service item Periodical Service Periodical service item Other feed guides Each feed rollers Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Other feed guide Feed roller F 3 14 T 3 15 ...

Page 263: ...oid 1 Cleaning Brush 4 F 3 15 T 3 16 Delivery decurler belt unit 1 Delivery decurler belt unit 2 Delivery decurler belt 1 Delivery decurler belt 2 Duplexing decurler belt Duplexing decurler belt unit Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Delivery decurler belt unit 1 1 Delivery decurler belt 1 6 Delivery decurler belt unit 2 1 Delivery decurler belt 2 6 Duplexing decurl...

Page 264: ...ter Fixing Toner Filter Primary Charge Toner Filter Developing toner filter Primary charging ozone filter Part Name Number Periodical replacement Consumable parts Cleaning Fixing ozone filter 1 Primary charging ozone filter 1 Fixing Toner Filter 1 Primary Charge Toner Filter 1 Developing toner filter 1 F 3 17 T 3 18 ...

Page 265: ...4 4 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts External Cover Main Unit Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts PCB ...

Page 266: ... External Cover 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 10 13 14 15 16 17 F 4 1 No Name Remarks Refarence 1 Upper right cover1 2 Front right cover 3 Waste toner cover 4 Deck front cover 5 Front left cover p 4 54 6 Front lower cover 7 Left lower cover 8 Upper left cover1 9 Left upper cover1 10 Hopper left cover 11 Hopper upper cover 12 Hopper front cover 13 Upper cover 14 Upper front cover 15 Upper right cover2 16...

Page 267: ...of Parts List of External Internal Cover External Cover 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 F 4 2 No Name Remarks Refarence 18 Upper left cover2 19 Hopper right cover 20 Hopper rear cover 21 Duct cover1 22 Duct cover2 23 Rear right cover p 4 55 24 Rear lower cover p 4 56 25 Controller cover 26 Controller small cover 27 Rear left upper cover T 4 2 ...

Page 268: ...s Refarence 1 Registration cover upper 2 Registration cover middle 3 Registration cover lower 4 Deck cover lower 5 Deck cover upper 6 Fixing feed cover right 7 Fixing feed cover lower 8 FDR frame service cover 9 Fixing feed cover upper 10 Delivery cover right 11 Delivery cover lower 12 Delivery cover middle 13 Delivery cover upper 14 Protection cover 15 Inner cover left 16 ITB duct cover 17 ITB co...

Page 269: ...ent and Cleaning List of Parts List of Main Unit Unit Layout List of Main Unit Unit Layout 10 Hopper unit 9 Toner buffer unit 8 Supply pipe unit 7 Deck unit 6 Pickup unit 11 Laser scanner unit 1 Escape unit 2 Pickup feed unit 5 Waste toner feed unit 3 Waste toner drive unit 4 Waste toner box unit F 4 4 ...

Page 270: ...ing List of Parts List of Main Unit Unit Layout No Name Remarks Refarence 1 Escape unit 2 Pickup feed unit 3 Waste toner drive unit 4 Waste toner box unit 5 Waste toner feed unit 6 Pickup unit p 4 124 7 Deck unit 8 Supply pipe unit p 4 78 9 Toner buffer unit 10 Hopper unit p 4 143 11 Laser scanner unit p 4 58 T 4 4 ...

Page 271: ...in Unit Unit Layout 13 Registration unit 12 Control panel unit 14 Secondary transfer unit 15 Feed belt unit 16 Fixing feed unit 17 Duplexing feed unit 23 Process unit 25 Developing assembly 26 Drum cleaning unit 24 Pre exposure unit 22 ITB unit 19 Inner delivery unit 18 Fixing main unit 20 Fixing sub unit lower 21 Fixing sub unit upper F 4 5 ...

Page 272: ...Registration unit p 4 91 14 Secondary transfer unit 15 Feed belt unit p 4 121 16 Fixing feed unit p 4 120 17 Duplexing feed unit 18 Fixing main unit p 4 101 19 Inner delivery unit p 4 100 20 Fixing sub unit lower Include in Fixing Main Unit 21 Fixing sub unit upper Include in Fixing Main Unit 22 ITB unit p 4 83 23 Process unit p 4 72 24 Pre exposure unit 25 Developing assembly p 4 185 26 Drum clea...

Page 273: ...List of Main Unit Unit Layout 27 Delivery unit 28 Reverse unit 31 Delivery buffer unit front 39 Delivery guide unit upper 32 Delivery feed unit 38 Belt decurler 1 36 Pressure decurler 1 35 Belt decurler 2 33 Belt decurler 2 29 Delivery inner cover unit 30 Delivery outer cover unit 37 Pressure decurler 2 34 Pressure decurler 2 F 4 6 ...

Page 274: ...ont p 4 126 30 Delivery outer cover unit Include in Delivery buffer unit front p 4 125 31 Delivery buffer unit front 32 Delivery feed unit 33 Belt decurler2 Include in Delivery feed unit 34 Pressure decurler2 Include in Delivery feed unit 35 Belt decurler2 Include in Delivery feed unit 36 Pressure decurler1 Include in Delivery feed unit 37 Pressure decurler2 Include in Delivery guide unit upper 38...

Page 275: ... Main Unit Unit Layout Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Main Unit Unit Layout 42 Controller box unit 41 Drum drive unit 40 Fixing drive unit F 4 7 No Name Remarks Refarence 40 Fixing drive unit 41 Drum drive unit 42 Controller box unit p 4 57 T 4 7 ...

Page 276: ...rts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Clutch Solenoid List of Clutch Solenoid SL801 SL803 Pickup unit Deck unit No Name Main Unit Remarks Refarence Adjastment during parts replacement SL801 Deck Pickup solenoid Pickup p 4 338 SL803 Deck open close solenoid Deck F 4 8 T 4 8 ...

Page 277: ... feed unit SL3 SL1 CL1 SL2 SL8 ITB unit Fixing main unit No Name Main Unit Remarks Refarence Adjastment during parts replacement SL2 Fixing cleaner solenoid Fixing assembly SL8 Fixing separation claw disengage solenoid Fixing assembly CL1 Transfer cleaning clutch ITB SL1 Patch detection shutter solenoid ITB SL3 Escape switch solenoid Pickup feed F 4 9 T 4 9 ...

Page 278: ...d Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor List of Motor Process unit Developing assmbly Drum drive unit Fixing drive unit Fixing main unit M10 M2 M6 M12 M11 M7 M4 M1 M5 M74 F 4 10 ...

Page 279: ...xternal heat engage disengage motor Fixing drive M6 Drum motor Drum drive M10 Fixing belt press motor Fixing assembly M1 Developing sleeve motor Process unit M4 Primary charging assembly cleaning motor Process unit M5 Pre primary transfer charging assembly cleaning motor Process unit M7 Drum Cleaner motor Process unit M2 Developing stirring motor Developing assembly M74 Developing magnet roller mo...

Page 280: ...t and Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor M18 M15 M20 M16 M54 M19 M21 M3 M67 M68 M14 M53 M17 M62 M63 M64 Pickup feed unit Escape unit Laser scanner unit Hopper unit F 4 11 ...

Page 281: ... Laser Scanner motor Bk Laser unit M17 Escape feed motor Escape M15 POD deck feed motor Pickup feed M16 Vertical path feed motor Pickup feed M18 Pre registration feed motor1 Pickup feed M19 Pre registration separation motor1 Pickup feed M20 Pre registration feed motor2 Pickup feed M21 Pre registration separation motor2 Pickup feed M53 Duplexing feed motor5 Pickup feed M54 Duplexing feed motor6 Pic...

Page 282: ...ent and Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor M25 M22 M23 M27 M26 M13 M29 M50 M48 M28 M51 M52 M9 M8 M24 Fixing feed unit Duplex feed unit Registration unit ITB unit F 4 12 ...

Page 283: ...separation motor Registration M24 Skew correction motor1 Registration M25 Skew correction motor2 Registration M26 Registration motor Registration M27 Registration shift motor Registration M13 Secondary transfer external roller disengage motor Fixing feed M28 Pre fixing feed motor Fixing feed M29 Pre fixing feed disengage motor Fixing feed M48 Duplexing feed motor1 Duplex Unit M50 Duplexing feed mo...

Page 284: ...Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Motor M34 M32 M35 M36 M59 M45 M44 M55 M56 M38 M39 M42 M37 M40 M76 M69 M803 M802 M801 Deck unit Waste toner box unit Outer delivery unit Delivery buffer unit front Reverse unit Pickup unit M31 Waste toner drive unit F 4 13 ...

Page 285: ...rler pressure motor2 Delivery buffer M38 Duplexing decurler motor Delivery buffer M39 Duplexing decurler pressure motor Delivery buffer M40 External delivery motor Delivery buffer M42 Reverse vertical path motor1 Delivery buffer M44 Reverse vertical path motor2 Delivery buffer M45 Delivery vertical path motor1 Delivery buffer M55 Reverse roller motor Delivery buffer M56 Reverse roller switch motor...

Page 286: ...nd Cleaning List of Parts Fan Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Fan Fan Fixing feed unit Duplex feed unit Process unit Secondary transfer unit Fixing main unit FM63 FM19 FM3 FM2 FM1 FM27 FM20 FM31 FM30 FM67 FM29 FM28 F 4 14 ...

Page 287: ...Pre fixing feed fan rear Secondary transfer FM1 Developing cooling fan Process unit FM2 Pre primary transfer suction fan Process unit FM3 Primary suction fan Process unit FM27 Fixing feed motor driver cooling fan Fixing feed FM28 Fixing lower roller cooling fan 1 Fixing feed FM29 Fixing lower roller cooling fan 2 Fixing feed FM30 Fixing lower roller cooling fan 3 Fixing feed FM31 Fixing lower roll...

Page 288: ...ts Fan Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Fan FM801 FM802 FM803 FM804 FM806 FM805 FM56 FM66 FM808 FM807 FM57 FM10 FM11 FM14 FM59 FM58 FM60 External delivery unit Delivery buffer unit front Reverse unit Deck unit Pickup unit Pickup feed unit F 4 15 ...

Page 289: ... Delivery upper fan 2 Delivery buffer FM58 Delivery lower fan 1 Delivery buffer FM59 Delivery lower fan 2 Delivery buffer FM66 Reverse delivery motor cooling fan Delivery buffer FM801 Paper suction fan Pickup FM807 Side air floatation fan 1 Deck FM808 Side air floatation fan 2 Deck FM60 Pre registration cooling fan Pickup feed FM802 Air separation fan 1 Product configuration FM803 Air separation f...

Page 290: ...6 Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Fan Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Fan FM17 FM25 FM55 FM54 FM53 FM21 FM32 FM65 FM13 FM22 FM4 FM5 FM9 FM24 FM15 FM16 FM64 FM45 Controller box unit F 4 16 ...

Page 291: ... supply cooling fan 2 Product configuration FM17 Controller cooling fan Controller box FM21 Internal delivery cooling fan Product configuration FM22 Pre primary transfer exhaust fan Product configuration FM24 HDD cooling fan Controller box FM25 Fixing duct suction fan Product configuration FM32 Fixing lower roller cooling fan 5 Product configuration FM45 Power supply cooling fan 3 Product configur...

Page 292: ...ning List of Parts Fan FM46 FM18 FM8 No Name Main Unit Remarks Refarence Adjastment during parts replacement FM8 Fixing assembly heat exhaust fan 1 Product configuration FM18 Laser scanner cooling fan Product configuration FM46 Toner feed pipe cooling fan Product configuration F 4 17 T 4 17 ...

Page 293: ...Parts List of Sensor Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Sensor List of Sensor PS10 PS64 PS11 PS14 PS15 PS16 PS170 PS12 PS13 Process Unit Developing assembly ITB unit Fixing main unit PS127 PS160 PS161 PS6 PS124 PS9 PS7 DP1 PS1 PS4 F 4 18 ...

Page 294: ...g assembly PS15 Not used Fixing assembly PS16 External heat disengage sensor Fixing assembly PS64 Reverse sensor Fixing assembly PS170 Fixing separation claw disengage sensor Fixing assembly PS1 Sub hopper toner level sensor Developing assembly PS4 Developing assembly toner level sensor Developing assembly DP1 Drum potential sensor Process unit PS127 Drum HP sensor Process unit PS160 Primary charg...

Page 295: ...Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Sensor Secondary transfer unit Registration unit Fixing feed unit Duplex feed unit PS147 PS19 PS17 PS89 PS88 PS86 PS87 PS20 PS85 PS50 PS54 PS61 PS48 PS52 PS60 PS59 PS58 PS53 PS49 PS55 PS47 PS43 PS45 PS44 PS51 PS46 PS56 PS57 PS63 F 4 19 ...

Page 296: ...ensor Registration PS44 Pre registration roller separation sensor Registration PS45 Pre registration sensor front Registration PS46 Pre registration sensor rear Registration PS47 Primary skew sensor front Registration PS48 Primary skew sensor rear Registration PS49 Secondary skew sensor front Registration PS50 Secondary skew sensor rear Registration PS51 Primary skew sensor for transparency front ...

Page 297: ... List of Sensor Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts List of Sensor PS131 PS130 PS129 PS128 PS133 PS132 Hopper unit Escape unit PS171 PS28 PS26 PS34 PS41 PS27 PS42 PS36 PS169 PS35 PS91 PS117 PS116 PS119 PS120 PS90 PS115 PS33 Pickup delivery unit F 4 20 ...

Page 298: ...ensor Pickup feed PS33 Pre registration roller1 HP sensor Pickup feed PS34 Pre registration roller1 disengage sensor Pickup feed PS35 Pre registration roller2 HP sensor Pickup feed PS36 Pre registration roller2 disengage sensor Pickup feed PS41 Image standard sensor for transparency Pickup feed PS42 Image standard sensor Pickup feed PS90 Duplexing delivery sensor 7 Pickup feed PS91 Duplexing deliv...

Page 299: ...65 PS168 PS77 PS68 PS66 PS67 PS79 PS148 PS104 PS103 PS102 PS81 PS82 PS98 PS99 PS100 PS80 PS76 PS113 PS74 PS812 PS809 PS815 PS816 PS811 PS810 PS137 PS125 PS136 PS135 PS134 PS152 PS153 PS806 PS802 PS804 PS805 PS803 PS814 PS801 PS807 Deck unit Waste toner unit Pickup unit Delivery outer cover unit Delivery buffer unit front Reverse unit F 4 21 ...

Page 300: ...tical path sensor 1 Delivery buffer PS103 Delivery vertical path sensor 2 Delivery buffer PS104 Delivery vertical path sensor 3 Delivery buffer PS113 Open sensor 8 Delivery buffer PS148 Delivery vertical path sensor 4 Delivery buffer PS168 Delivery inlet sensor Delivery buffer PS801 Pull out sensor Pickup PS802 Paper presence sensor Pickup PS803 Paper surface sensor 1 Pickup PS804 Paper surface se...

Page 301: ...aning List of Parts List of Sensor PS24 PS154 PS813 No Name Main Unit Remarks Refarence Adjastment during parts replacement PS24 Front door open sensor right Product configuration PS154 Front door open sensor left Product configuration PS813 Foreign particle sensor Product configuration F 4 22 T 4 22 ...

Page 302: ...f Parts Heater Other Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Heater Other Heater Other Process unit Secondary transfer unit Fixing main unit THM5 THM1 THM2 THM7 THM8 THM3 THM4 THM6 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP1 H2 H3 H9 H8 H5 H4 H7 H6 VR1 VR3 LED1 LED2 H1 F 4 23 ...

Page 303: ... heat upper roller main thermistor Fixing assembly THM5 External heat lower roller sub thermistor Fixing assembly THM6 External heat lower roller main thermistor Fixing assembly THM7 Pressure roller main thermistor Fixing assembly p 4 287 THM8 Pressure roller sub thermistor Fixing assembly p 4 290 TP1 Fixing main sub thermoswitch Fixing assembly TP2 External heat upper roller thermoswitch Fixing a...

Page 304: ...acement and Cleaning List of Parts Heater Other Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Heater Other H801 VR2 H10 TP801 Controller box unit Power code unit ELB1 HD1 ITB unit Pickup unit Deck unit ELB2 P1 P2 THM801 F 4 24 ...

Page 305: ...ts replacement VR2 ITB varistor ITB H801 Air Pickup heater Pickup p 4 155 TP801 Air Pickup heater thermoswitch Pickup THM801 Air Pickup heater thermitor Pickup H10 Cassette heater Deck HD1 Hard disk 1 Controller box p 4 356 ELB1 Leakage breaker 15A Power code unit p 4 377 ELB2 Leakage breaker 20A Power code unit p 4 378 P1 Power cord Power code unit P2 Power cord Power code unit T 4 24 ...

Page 306: ...42 Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Switch Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts Switch Switch SW2 MS802 MS803 SW1 SW3 SW7 SW8 SW10 SW14 Deck unit Power code unit Hopper unit Escape unit F 4 25 ...

Page 307: ...itch Escape SW2 Hopper cover open switch Hopper Set ON SW3 Drum heater interlock switch Product configuration SW7 Front door switch right Product configuration SW8 Front door switch left Product configuration SW10 Environment switch Product configuration SW14 Fixing feed unit switch Product configuration MS802 Lifter lower limit switch Deck MS803 Deck switch Deck T 4 25 ...

Page 308: ...and Cleaning List of Parts PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB PCB Secondary transfer unit Control panel unit Fixing feed unit Duplex feed unit Register unit PCB50 PCB30 PCB54 PCB29 PCB44 PCB42 PCB4 PCB43 PCB55 F 4 26 ...

Page 309: ...xing feed Secondary transfer static eliminator PCB and Fixing high voltage PCB has different usage but it use same service parts p 4 380 PCB30 Fixing high voltage PCB Fixing feed p 4 382 PCB50 CIS relay PCB Register unit PCB54 Secondary transfer high voltage resistor PCB Secondary transfer PCB42 Control panel CPU PCB Control panel unit PCB43 Control panel key PCB Control panel unit PCB44 Control p...

Page 310: ...4 4 4 46 4 46 Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB PCB5 PCB51 PCB31 PCB6 PCB9 PCB53 Fixing main unit ITB unit Process unit F 4 27 ...

Page 311: ...ce Adjastment during parts replacement PCB9 Fixing sub driver PCB 1 Fixing assembly PCB53 Fixing high voltage resister PCB Fixing assembly PCB5 Developing driver PCB Process unit p 4 385 PCB31 Drum heater driver PCB Process unit Include in Photo Sensitive Drum PCB51 Potential sensor PCB Process unit p 4 384 PCB6 ITB driver PCB ITB p 4 381 T 4 27 ...

Page 312: ...Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB Pickup unit Deck unit Delivery outer cover unit Delivery buffer unit front Reverse unit PCB36 PCB7 PCB37 PCB38 F 4 28 ...

Page 313: ...cement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB No Name Main Unit Remarks Refarence Adjastment during parts replacement PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PCB Delivery buffer PCB36 Air Pickup driver PCB Product configuration PCB37 Deck driver PCB Deck PCB38 Deck level display PCB Deck T 4 28 ...

Page 314: ...4 4 4 50 4 50 Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning List of Parts PCB Pickup feed unit Laser scanner unit Hopper unit PCB12 PCB13 PCB45 PCB46 PCB32 PCB33 F 4 29 ...

Page 315: ...t Remarks Refarence Adjastment during parts replacement PCB45 Hopper switch PCB Hopper Set ON PCB46 Hopper driver PCB Hopper Set ON PCB12 Laser driver PCB Laser scanner PCB13 BD sensor PCB Laser scanner PCB32 Double feed detection PCB transmission Pre Registration PCB33 Double feed detection PCB reception Pre Registration T 4 29 ...

Page 316: ...List of Parts PCB Voice guidance PCB Coin vender PCB RAID_LED PCB SCAN PCB RISER PCB IPSec PCB HERMITAGE PCB LED PCB PCB52 PCB3 PCB1 PCB35 PCB34 PCB17 PCB19 PCB21 PCB8 PCB22 PCB25 PCB10 PCB24 PCB27 PCB23 PCB14 PCB20 PCB56 PCB16 PCB15 PCB57 PCB18 Speaker sub board PCB11 Controller box unit F 4 30 ...

Page 317: ...n of DC POWER SUPPLY ASS Y 1 24V p 4 371 PCB19 24V power PCB 2 Product configuration Include in configuration of DC POWER SUPPLY ASS Y 2 24V p 4 373 PCB20 24V power PCB 3 Product configuration Include in configuration of DC POWER SUPPLY ASS Y 2 24V p 4 374 PCB21 All night power PCB Product configuration p 4 375 PCB22 Primary transfer high voltage PCB Product configuration PCB23 Secondary transfer ...

Page 318: ...ront Left Cover Parts Replacement and Cleaning External Cover Open Front Left Cover External Cover Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover 1 Open the front left cover and the front right cover F 4 31 Open Front Left Cover 1 Open the front left cover F 4 32 ...

Page 319: ...ving Rear Right Cover Parts Replacement and Cleaning External Cover Removing Rear Right Cover Removing Rear Left Cover 1 Remove the rear left cover 12 screws loosen 3 screws remove x3 F 4 33 Removing Rear Right Cover 1 Remove the rear right cover 6 screws x6 F 4 34 ...

Page 320: ...nd Cleaning External Cover Pulling out Waste Toner Case Unit Removing Rear Lower Cover Preparation 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Remove the rear lower cover 7 screws x7 F 4 35 Pulling out Waste Toner Case Unit 1 Pull out the waste toner case unit F 4 36 ...

Page 321: ...Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning External Cover Opening Controller Box Unit Opening Controller Box Unit Preparation 1 Remove Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Open the duct cover 3 5 screws x5 F 4 37 2 Open the controller box unit in the direction of the arrow 2 screws x2 F 4 38 ...

Page 322: ... Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 MEMO The procedures to dissemble the model with ADF reader unit mounted model and the model without ADF reader unit are different hence be sure to refer to each correct removing procedure Removing Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit unmounted model 1 Remove the upper front cover 1 ...

Page 323: ...and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit unmounted model Caution During the laser scanner unit replacement do not turn the adjustment dial Adjustment dial F 4 41 3 Remove the laser fan cover 2 screws x2 F 4 42 4 Release the flat cable lock and remove the flat cable and 2 connectors x3 Flat cable lock F 4 43 ...

Page 324: ...nit Removing Laser Scanner Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit unmounted model 5 Remove the harness 1 connector 1 wire saddle F 4 44 6 Remove the 2 laser scanner unit fixing plates 2 screws x2 F 4 45 Caution During the laser scanner unit replacement do not soil dustproof glass Dustproof glass F 4 46 7 Remove the laser scanner unit in the direction of the arrow F 4 47 ...

Page 325: ...nted model Caution Install the positioning pin of the laser scanner unit in 2 places after adjusting it to the hole in the host machine in 2 places Hole in the host machine F 4 48 MEMO During ADF reader install on host machine refer to the following procedure Removing Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit mounted model 1 Open the front left and front right cover F 4 49 2 Remove the front upper cover ...

Page 326: ... mounted model 3 Remove the upper left cover 2 1 rebber cover 1 screw 1 screw loosen Cover rubber F 4 51 4 MEMO If POD deck is connected to the host machine refer to 4 1 4 3 for removing procedure If POD deck is not connected to the host machine refer to 4 4 for removing procedure If POD deck is connected to the host machine 4 1 Remove the 2 stopper pins 2 screws x2 F 4 52 4 2 Turn the control pan...

Page 327: ... Main Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit mounted model 4 3 Remove the upper right cover1 in the direction of the arrow 2 screws loosen Claw in 1 place Claw F 4 54 If POD deck is not connected to the host machine 4 4 Remove the upper right cover 1 2 screws loosen 1 slaw Claw F 4 55 5 Remove the rear reader cover 4 screws x4 F 4 56 ...

Page 328: ... reader support plate left right 1 screw each x2 Reader support plate Reader support plate F 4 57 7 Open the ADF unit F 4 58 8 Support ADF reader unit is supported by a guide wire that opened to its full length Caution When opening the ADF reader unit it might fall to the back side of the host machine please refer to the following points during the work Be sure to install the guide wire Be sure no...

Page 329: ...and remove the reader support plate MEMO During reader support plate installation install 2 stepped screws on the 2 places Stepped screw Reader support plate F 4 60 10 Hold the ADF reader unit insert the projection A of the reader support plate to the reader unit hole insert the projection B of the reader support plate to the host machine hole and fix the ADF reader unit Projection A of the reader...

Page 330: ...aser Scanner Unit Removing Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit mounted model Caution During the laser scanner unit replacement do not turn the adjustment dial Adjustment dial F 4 62 11 Remove the laser fan cover 2 screws x2 Laser fan cover F 4 63 12 Release the flat cable lock then remove 1 cable and 2 connectors x3 Flat cable lock F 4 64 13 Remove the harness 1 connector 1 wire saddle F 4 65 ...

Page 331: ...g Laser Scanner Unit ADF reader unit mounted model 14 Remove the 2 laser scanner unit fixing plates 2 screws x2 F 4 66 Caution During the laser scanner unit replacement do not soil dustproof glass Dustproof glass F 4 67 15 Remove the laser scanner unit in the direction of the arrow F 4 68 Caution Install the positioning pin of the laser scanner unit in 2 places after adjusting Positioning pin Posi...

Page 332: ...ove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 1 Remove the 2 screws hold the grip and open the process unit upper lid 2 Turn the lock lever in the direction of the arrow to lock the process unit upper lid x2 Process unit upper lid Lock lever F 4 70 3 Place the paper on the photosensitive drum Caution Be c...

Page 333: ...sure LED 1 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Pre Exposure LED 1 4 Remove the harness from the cable guide and remove the pre exposure LED 1 unit 3 connectors 3 screws x3 x2 Connector Connector Connector F 4 72 5 Remov the Pre Exposure LED 1 2 claws x2 F 4 73 ...

Page 334: ...en the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 5 Remove the Drum Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 195 1 Remove the pre exposure LED 2 unit 3 screws 1 connector 1 edge saddle x3 F 4 74 2 Remove the Pre Exposure LED 2 2 guides x2 F 4 75 ...

Page 335: ...nt Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 1 Loosen the 2 screws open the right side of process unit cover and move it to the right to remove Process unit cover F 4 76 Caution Caution during installation Adjust the protrusion of the process unit cover to the hole of the host machine tighten the right side screw first then the left side screw and install the process unit cover Process unit cover Protrusions...

Page 336: ...Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 1 Turn the ITB release lever in the direction of the arrow ITB release lever F 4 78 Caution Be sure to return the ITB release lever to pressure after the work is done otherwise it might cause error in the intermediate transfer belt displacement control and transfer failure ITB release lever F 4 7...

Page 337: ...and Cleaning Main Unit Pulling Out Process Unit 2 Remove the 2 screws to remove the ITB positioning plate x2 ITB positioning plate F 4 80 3 Remove the drum HP flag 1 stepped screw 1 spring F 4 81 4 Remove the 4 screws 5 Hold the grip and pull out the process unit toward front Process unit x4 F 4 82 ...

Page 338: ...chine If they don t fit refer to the below procedure fit the phase of the drum and the drum shaft and fix it with drum home position flag 6 Hold the grip push the process unit and fit the edge face of the process unit to the edge face of the host machine place Edge of sheet metal on host machine Edge of the process unit Edge of the process unit Edge of sheet metal on host machine F 4 83 Caution Wh...

Page 339: ...ning Main Unit Pulling Out Process Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Pulling Out Process Unit Caution Do not touch the drum surface A A A F 4 85 7 Rotate the drum fit the cross sign in the drum shaft to the slot of the drum F 4 86 ...

Page 340: ...nd installed be sure that the flag part is inserted to the A part of the drum home position sensor F 4 87 8 Fit the protrusion of the drum home position detection flag into the groove of the drum shaft 1 spring 1 stepped screw Caution When tightening the screw be sure to tighten it while holding the drum home position detection flag If the drum is rotated clockwise the drum surface might scratch F...

Page 341: ...ck that the thickness of the spring is 15 mm 1 5 m m F 4 89 Caution Be sure to put the arm of the pre primary transfer charging assembly in the side surface of the drum home position detection flag If the arm of the pre primary transfer charging assembly is not placed there the splashing toner can t be collected Drum home position detection flag Arm of the pre primary transfer charging assembly F ...

Page 342: ...pe Unit Removing Supply Pipe Unit 1 Remove the hopper upper cover in the direction of the arrow 2 screws x2 F 4 91 2 Remove the hopper rear cover 3 screws x3 F 4 92 3 Remove the hopper left cover in the direction of the arrow 2 rubber covers 4 screws x4 F 4 93 4 Remove the hopper front cover in the direction of the arrow 4 screws x4 F 4 94 ...

Page 343: ...it Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Supply Pipe Unit 5 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover F 4 95 6 Remove the hopper upper cover in the direction of the arrow 1 rubber bush 3 screws loosen F 4 96 7 Remove the upper left cover 1 3 screws x3 F 4 97 ...

Page 344: ...upply Pipe Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Supply Pipe Unit 8 Remove the ITB cover assembly 2 screws loosen F 4 98 9 Remove the inner cover center 2 screws x2 F 4 99 10 Remove the inner cover left 2 screws x2 F 4 100 11 Remove the belt F 4 101 ...

Page 345: ... Unit Removing Supply Pipe Unit 12 Remove the harness 9 wire saddles 4 edge saddles 1 reuse band 1 connector Connector Reuse band Wire saddle Wire saddle Wire saddle Edge saddle Edge saddle x14 F 4 102 13 Remove the ITB positioning plate 2 screws x2 F 4 103 14 Remove the drum HP flag 1 stepped screw 1 spring F 4 104 ...

Page 346: ...when installing After tightening the Stepped Screw completely check that the thickness of the spring is 15 mm 1 5 m m F 4 105 15 Remove the Process Unit in the direction of the arrow 4 screws x4 F 4 106 16 Move the interlock unit 5 screws x5 F 4 107 17 Remove the supply pipe unit 1 connector 1 wire saddles 5 screws x5 Connector Wire saddle Supply pipe unit F 4 108 ...

Page 347: ...and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 1 Turn the ITB release lever in the direction of the arrow ITB release lever F 4 109 Caution Be sure to return the ITB release lever to pressured condition after the work done otherwise it might cause error in the intermediate transfer belt displacement control and transfer failure ITB release lever F 4 110...

Page 348: ...rmediate transfer belt Be sure to pull out the Fixing Feed Unit and ITB Unit to the position where latch is locked Reason Disengagement between the Positioning Pin of the Secondary Transfer Outer Unit and Shaft Support Member of the frame body of the ITB Unit becomes insufficient and it may cause damage when assembling the Intermediate Transfer Belt Unit 3 Turn the fixing feed unit lever in the di...

Page 349: ...ix the ITB unit by the ITB positioning plate and return the ITB release lever first before fully pushing the fixing feed unit to the host machine 5 While pushing the 2 leaf springs move the fixing feed unit to the front side and release the slide rail lock 6 Hold the fixing feed unit lever and ITB unit lever and pull out the fixing feed unit and ITB unit to the each position where they are locked ...

Page 350: ...ning Main Unit Removing Secondary Transfer Outer Unit Removing Secondary Transfer Outer Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 1 Loosen the screw and remove the FDR frame service cover F 4 114 2 Remove the connector F 4 115 ...

Page 351: ...ake sure that the cut off of coupling is facing up as below If not turn the gear to make the cut off of coupling face up Coupling Gear F 4 116 4 Place the paper to put the secondary transfer outer unit 5 Hold the secondary transfer outer unit as below and remove it to upper 6 Put the secondary transfer outer unit on the placed paper Secondary transfer outer unit Paper F 4 117 ...

Page 352: ...ht Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pull Out ITB Unit Refer to page 4 83 4 Remove ITB Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 227 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the patch sensor unit 1 Remove the connector Connector F 4 118 Caution When opening the intermediate transfer belt unit be careful not to contact it with the...

Page 353: ...e transfer belt unit by approx 90 degree align the end of support shaft without groove with the hole of intermediate transfer belt unit frame and align the other end of groove on support shaft with the hole of intermediate transfer belt unit frame 4 Close the intermediate transfer belt unit and hook it to the support shaft to stand it Support shaft Support shaft Groove of intermediate transfer bel...

Page 354: ...Sensor Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Patch Sensor Unit 5 Remove the patch sensor unit Patch sensor unit F 4 122 Caution Make sure to align the 2 positioning bosses with the patch sensor unit hole to install Boss Boss Hole of ITB belt unit F 4 123 ...

Page 355: ...s Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Registration Unit Removing Registration Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 1 Open the duplex feed unit F 4 124 2 Remove the 2 knobs F 4 125 ...

Page 356: ...ent and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Registration Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Registration Unit 3 Remove the front cover 4 screws x4 F 4 126 4 Remove the cable 7 connectors 10 wire saddles x7 x10 F 4 127 ...

Page 357: ...and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Registration Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Registration Unit 5 Remove the plate 1 screw F 4 128 6 Remove the connector F 4 129 7 Remove the registration unit 4 screws x4 F 4 130 ...

Page 358: ...ration Front Guide Unit Removing Registration Front Guide Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Remove Registration Unit Refer to page 4 91 1 Remove the harness 1 connector 3 edge saddles 1 reuse band x4 F 4 131 2 Remove the retainer 1 screw F 4 132 ...

Page 359: ...de Unit 3 Remove the harness 2 wire saddles Wire saddle F 4 133 4 Remove the plate from the registration unit 2 screws x2 F 4 134 5 Disengage the A part of the shaft from the hole and remove the registration front guide unit and the plate in the direction of the arrow F 4 135 6 Remove the registration front guide unit after removing the flat cable Flat cable F 4 136 ...

Page 360: ...ssembly of Fixing Assembly Caution When disassembling the fixing assembly take the following cautions Since it may cause the burn injury make sure to leave the fixing assembly until it fully cool down If applying the strong force onto the gear with the fixing pressure unit pressurized the gear may start rotation and cause the finger caught Thus be careful not to touch the gear Gear Fixing pressure...

Page 361: ...rmistor thermo switch make sure to comply with the following points Do not deform it Do not install it in the wrong direction If you do so the temperature control and the safety circuit do not operate appropriately and it may lead to a serious incident such as smoking or firing The following figure shows the correct and wrong installation positions of thermistor thermo switch roller contact type O...

Page 362: ...ht Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 1 Remove the 2 screws and the fixing feed cover upper x2 F 4 139 2 Loosen the 2 screws and remove the fixing front upper cover Screw Screw Fixing front upper cover F 4 140 3 Hold the grip and open the inner delivery unit until it is locked Inner Delivery...

Page 363: ...ment and Cleaning Main Unit Open Fixing Upper Unit 4 Loosen the 2 screws and move the fixing upper unit fixing pin in the direction of the arrow Fixing upper unit fixing pin Fixing upper unit fixing pin F 4 142 5 Hold the grip and open the fixing upper unit Grip Grip Fixing upper unit F 4 143 ...

Page 364: ...ry Unit Open Inner Delivery Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 1 Hold the grip and open the inner delivery unit until it is locked Grip Lock Inner Delivery Unit F 4 144 ...

Page 365: ...n the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 1 Remove the fixing feed cover upper 2 screws x2 F 4 145 2 Remove the knob F 4 146 3 While moving the lever lock at the rear of the fixing feed unit toward front and turn the fixing feed unit lever in the direction of the arrow clockwise Fixing feed unit lever Lever lock F 4 147 ...

Page 366: ... Main Unit Removing Fixing Main Unit MEMO When putting back the fixing feed unit lever turn the lever lock clockwise while moving it toward front 4 Remove the fixing feed cover lower 2 screws x2 F 4 148 5 Remove the fixing main unit 1 connector 2 wire saddles 1 edge saddle 1 stepped screw x3 Stepped Screw F 4 149 ...

Page 367: ...g Pressure Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 1 Remove the 2 screws and the fixing feed cover upper x2 F 4 150 2 Loosen the 2 screws and the fixing front upper cover Fixing front upper cover x2 F 4 151 ...

Page 368: ...3 Before removing the fixing pressure unit check the status of the cam from the hole of the fixing assembly When the cam is standing A release the pressure of the fixing pressure unit according to the step 4 1 to 4 3 and then go to the step 6 When the cam is lying B release the pressure of the fixing pressure unit according to the step 5 1 to 5 3 and then go to the step 6 Caution When installing t...

Page 369: ... left in the direction of the arrow Grip Grip Fixing pressure release lever F 4 154 4 2 Put the fixing pressure release lever right left inside and push the long hole to the shaft of the screw the pin longer is the supporting point of the fixing pressure release lever Longer side of pin longer Fixing pressure release lever Longer side of pin longer Longer side of pin longer Elongated hole Screw El...

Page 370: ...ure Unit 4 3 Push the fixing pressure release lever right left in the direction of the arrow and hook the protrusion of the lever right left to the hole Protrusion Fixing pressure release lever F 4 156 5 1 Hold the grip and lift the fixing pressure release lever right left in the direction of the arrow Grip Grip Fixing pressure release lever F 4 157 ...

Page 371: ... the fixing pressure release lever Fixing pressure release lever Shorter side of pin shorter Shorter side of pin shorter Shorter side of pin shorter Elongated hole Longer side of pin longer Elongated hole Longer side of pin longer Longer side of pin longer Shorter side of pin shorter Longer side of pin longer F 4 158 5 3 Push the fixing pressure release lever right left in the direction of the arr...

Page 372: ...ing the fixing pressure unit Check from the hole of the fixing assembly and make sure that the cam is the same status as when the fixing pressure unit is removed If not turn the gear to take the cam back to the position as when the fixing pressure unit is removed because the fixing pressure unit cannot be installed correctly When making the cam from the lying status B to the standing status A Gear...

Page 373: ...tion when making the cam in a lying state If the direction is incorrect the cam may not rotate normally 解除状態 加圧状態 A Pressing status B Released status Gear Hole Cam Hole Cam Cam Screw Screw Screw Screw F 4 162 Caution Caution during fixing pressure unit installation Adjust the fixing pressure unit pressure shaft to the hole of the external heat roller unit and install the fixing pressure unit with ...

Page 374: ... Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 Caution Do not touch the surface of the fixing roller 1 Remove the 2 connectors with hook of the fixing heater and remove the harness from the guide x2 F 4 164 2 Remove the screw and the heater retain...

Page 375: ...ove the heater from the heater retainer front Heater Heater retainer F 4 166 4 Cover the fixing roller unit with the paper and hold it by hand Caution Be careful not to touch the surface of the fixing roller Fixing roller unit Paper F 4 167 5 Loosen the screw of fixing roller fixing member rear and move the member rear in the direction of the arrow Fixing roller unit Paper Fixing roller fixing mem...

Page 376: ... fixing roller unit fix the space between fixing roller fixing member rear and fixing assmly rear side plate under 3mm Under 3mm Fixing roller fixing member Fixing roller fixing member Screw Fixing roller fixing plate rear Fixing assmly rear side member F 4 169 6 Loosen the screw of fixing roller fixing member front and move the member front in the direction of the arrow Fixing roller fixing membe...

Page 377: ...ation of fixing roller unit fix the space between fixing roller fixing member front and fixing assmly front side plate under 3mm Fixing roller fixing member front Under 3mm Fixing assmly front side plate F 4 171 Caution Be careful not to break the fixing heater by contacting it with surroundings Fixing heater F 4 172 7 Remove the fixing roller unit from the fixing assembly Fixing roller unit F 4 1...

Page 378: ... installing the new fixing roller in the fixing assembly after fixing roller is installed in the fixing assembly be sure to remove the paper rolling the fixing roller in the direction of the arrow Fixing Roller Rolled paper F 4 174 Caution Be careful not to touch the glass surface of fixing heater F 4 175 8 Hold the edge of heater and pull out the heater from the fixing roller unit F 4 176 ...

Page 379: ... 1 Insert the heater mount guide included in the new fixing roller into the fixing roller unit Heater mount guide F 4 177 2 Insert the fixing heater into the heater mount guide from the 1 pin connector side Fixing heater 1 pin connector Heater mount guide F 4 178 3 Remove the heater mount guide from the 1 pin connector side of fixing heater Heater mount guide 1 pin connector F 4 179 ...

Page 380: ...Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 Caution Do not touch the surface of the pressure roller 1 Loosen the screw and remove the connector cover Connector cover F 4 180 2 Remove the 2 connectors with hook and remove the harnes...

Page 381: ...r retainer front Heater Heater retainer front F 4 183 5 Put a finger into the shaft hole of pressure roller with heater on and remove it from the host machine Pressure roller unit F 4 184 Caution Do not touch the surface of the pressure roller Caution When installing the new pressure roller in the fixing assembly after the pressure roller is installed in the fixing assembly be sure to remove the p...

Page 382: ...e pressure roller Pressure heater F 4 187 7 Fold the paper and place it under the fixing inlet guide and then clean the fixing inlet guide with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Paper Inlet guide F 4 188 8 While turning the gear clean the surface of the fixing refresh roller with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Caution Be careful not to strongly push the lint free paper on the surface ...

Page 383: ...ter 1 Insert the heater mount guide included in the pressure roller into the pressure roller unit Heater mount guide F 4 190 2 Insert the pressure heater into the heater mount guide from the 1 pin connector side 1 pin connector side Pressure heater F 4 191 3 Remove the heater mount guide from the 1 pin connector side on the pressure heater Heater mount guide 1 pin connector side F 4 192 ...

Page 384: ... Feed Unit Pulling Out Fixing Feed Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 1 Tilt the fixing feed unit lever and pull out the fixing feed unit Fixing feed unit lever Fixing feed unit F 4 193 2 Push the 2 release springs and fully pull out the fixing feed unit Release spring Release spring F 4 194 ...

Page 385: ...to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Remove Secondary Transfer Outer Unit Refer to page 4 86 1 Remove the fixing feed cover upper 2 screws x2 F 4 195 2 While moving the lever lock at the rear of the fixing feed unit toward front turn the fixing feed unit lever in the direction of the arrow clockwise MEMO When putting back the fixing feed unit lever turn the lever lock clo...

Page 386: ... Cleaning Main Unit Removing Feed Belt Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Feed Belt Unit 3 Remove the knob F 4 197 4 Remove the fixing feed cover lower 2 screws x2 F 4 198 5 Removing the connector 1 wire saddle F 4 199 ...

Page 387: ...eed Belt Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Feed Belt Unit 6 Remove the 1 belts F 4 200 7 Remove the grounding wire 1 screw 1 wire saddle F 4 201 8 Remove the 2 E rings of both sides of the feed belt unit F 4 202 9 Remove the feed belt unit F 4 203 ...

Page 388: ...Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull out the Waste Toner Case Unit Refer to page 4 56 3 Pull Out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 1 Remove the 2 screws and the deck cover upper x2 Deck cover upper F 4 204 2 Place the paper on the top of deck to prevent the scratch on the belt on the bottom of pickup unit Paper F 4 205 3 Remove the screw and the pickup unit Pickup unit F 4 206 ...

Page 389: ...y Outer Cover Unit Removing Delivery Outer Cover Unit Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 1 Remove the connector 1 reuse band F 4 207 2 Remove the delivery outer cover unit in the direction of the arrow Remove the plate on the below lift and remove the cover unit 2 plates F 4 208 ...

Page 390: ... and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Delivery Inner Cover Unit Removing Delivery Inner Cover Unit Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 1 Remove the band of the front right cover 1 screw F 4 209 2 Remove the 3 connectors 1 wire saddle x3 F 4 210 ...

Page 391: ...cement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Delivery Inner Cover Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Delivery Inner Cover Unit 3 Remove the delivery inner cover unit in the direction of the arrow 2 screws x2 F 4 211 ...

Page 392: ...ing Delivery Guide Unit Upper Removing Delivery Guide Unit Upper Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Delivery Decurlar Belt Unit2 Refer to page 4 321 4 Remove Buffer Delivery Upper Unit Refer to page 4 135 1 Remove the delivery cover upper 3 screws x3 F 4 212 ...

Page 393: ...2 Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Delivery Decurlar Belt Unit2 Refer to page 4 321 4 Remove Buffer Delivery Upper Unit Refer to page 4 135 1 Remove the connector 9 wire saddles 1 edge saddle 1 reuse band x11 Connector F 4 213 2 Remove the belt F 4 214 3 Remove the pressure decurler 2 1 screw F 4 215 ...

Page 394: ...ng Main Unit Removing Pressure Decurler 3 Removing Pressure Decurler 3 Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 1 Remove the delivery cover upper 3 screws x3 F 4 216 2 Remove the 3 knobs F 4 217 3 Remove the delivery cover center 2 screws x2 F 4 218 ...

Page 395: ...rler 3 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Pressure Decurler 3 4 Remove the motor mount 2 screws x2 F 4 219 5 Remove the belt in 2 places F 4 220 6 Remove the belt decurler 2 1 screw F 4 221 7 Remove the connector 4 wire saddles 1 edge saddle 1 reuse band x6 F 4 222 ...

Page 396: ... 4 4 132 4 132 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Pressure Decurler 3 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Pressure Decurler 3 8 Remove the pressure decurler 3 1 screw F 4 223 ...

Page 397: ...Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Pulling Out Buffer Delivery Unit Pulling Out Buffer Delivery Unit Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 1 Hold the grip and lift the delivery upper unit to lock it Delivery upper unit F 4 224 2 Remove the 2 screws x2 F 4 225 ...

Page 398: ...fer Delivery Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Pulling Out Buffer Delivery Unit 3 Hold the grip lift the delivery upper unit and release the lock Delivery upper unit F 4 226 4 Hold the grip and fully pull out the buffer delivery unit Buffer delivery unit F 4 227 ...

Page 399: ...y Upper Unit Removing Buffer Delivery Upper Unit Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Refer to page 4 321 1 Remove the 4 wire saddles 2 relay connectors with hook and the reuse band 2 Remove the wire saddle and 2 connectors with hook x2 x5 x2 F 4 228 ...

Page 400: ... Delivery Upper Unit 3 Lift the rear of buffer delivery upper unit and remove the right fixing pin and the left fixing pin in order Buffer delivery upper unit F 4 229 4 Lift the rear of buffer delivery upper unit and remove it in the direction of the arrow MEMO Hold the front and rear of the buffer delivery upper unit with both hands F 4 230 F 4 231 ...

Page 401: ...ry upper unit plate to the motor adjust the protrusion to the hole of the buffer delivery unit in 2 places and put the buffer delivery upper unit Protrusion of the buffer delivery unit Hole of the buffer delivery unit Motor Hole of the buffer delivery upper unit plate F 4 232 Caution Caution during installation Push down the buffer delivery upper unit to the front side and lock it make sure buffer...

Page 402: ...Removing Buffer Delivery Upper Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Buffer Delivery Upper Unit 5 Turn the buffer delivery upper unit and place it with the top of unit facing down Buffer delivery upper unit Buffer delivery upper unit F 4 234 ...

Page 403: ...n Unit Removing Reversal Unit Removing Reversal Unit Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 1 Remove the knob F 4 235 2 Remove the delivery cover right 2 screws x2 F 4 236 3 Remove the gear unit 1 screw F 4 237 4 Open the front right cover F 4 238 ...

Page 404: ...t Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Reversal Unit 5 Pull out the fixing feed unit F 4 239 6 Remove the left lower cover 6 screws x6 F 4 240 7 Remove the 3 connectors F 4 241 8 Pull out the reversal unit in the direction of the arrow 2 screws 2 retainers x2 F 4 242 ...

Page 405: ...ning Main Unit Removing Control Panel Unit Removing Control Panel Unit 1 Tilt the control panel unit in the direction of the arrow F 4 243 2 Remove the hinge slide cover 2 screws 2 rubber covers x2 F 4 244 3 Remove the lock hinge cover left 1 screw F 4 245 4 Remove the lock hinge cover right 2 screws x2 F 4 246 ...

Page 406: ...n Unit Removing Control Panel Unit 5 Remove the 2 harnesses after removing the 2 connectors 1 wire saddle 2 edge saddles 1 reuse band x4 x2 Connector Wire saddle Edge saddles Edge saddles Reuse band F 4 247 6 Remove the arm cover lower 1 screw F 4 248 7 Remove the control panel unit 1 screw 1 flat head screw x2 F 4 249 ...

Page 407: ...leaning Main Unit Removing Hopper Unit Removing Hopper Unit 1 Disconnect connected machine F 4 250 2 Open the front left and front right cover F 4 251 3 Remove the upper left cover 1 rubber bush 3 screws loosen F 4 252 4 Remove the upper left cover 2 1 rubber cover 1 screw remove 1 screw loosen F 4 253 ...

Page 408: ...ng Hopper Unit 5 Remove the hopper upper cover in the direction of the arrow 2 screws x2 F 4 254 6 Remove the hopper rear cover 3 screws x3 F 4 255 7 Remove the hopper left cover in the direction of the arrow 2 rubber covers 4 screws x4 F 4 256 8 Remove the hopper front cover in the direction of the arrow 4 screws x4 F 4 257 ...

Page 409: ...it Removing Hopper Unit 9 Remove the hopper right cover 2 screws x2 F 4 258 10 Remove the upper left cover 1 3 screws x3 F 4 259 11 While releasing the shaft in the direction of the arrow turn the gear in the direction of the arrow by hand F 4 260 12 Keep turning the gear in the direction of the arrow by hand F 4 261 ...

Page 410: ...se direction Hence while releasing the shaft in the direction of the arrow rotate the gear in the direction of the arrow until toner container stops Toner container Gear Shaft F 4 262 14 Remove the toner container in the direction of the arrow F 4 263 MEMO For the toner installation procedure perform 11 to 14 in the reverse order 15 Remove the harness 5 connectors 4 wire saddles 1 edge saddle x5 x...

Page 411: ...he shutter part by hand and while carefully lift the hopper unit close the shutter smoothly Spring is installed in the shutter hence if the hopper unit is lifted abruptly the shutter will closed hardly and the toner will splash around Lift carefully Hold the shutter part by hand and lift Close the shutter smoothly Hopper shutter Spring F 4 266 17 Remove the hopper unit 4 screws x4 F 4 267 ...

Page 412: ...t Pulling Out Paper Deck Pulling Out Paper Deck Preparation 1 Pull out Waste Toner Case Unit Refer to page 4 56 1 Push the latch in the direction of the arrow and open the paper deck F 4 268 2 Pull out the paper deck in the direction of the arrow F 4 269 3 Push 2 release springs then pullout the paper deck front F 4 270 ...

Page 413: ...ck Removing Paper Deck Preparation 1 Pull out Waste Toner Case Unit Refer to page 4 56 2 Pull out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 1 Remove the connector cover 1 screw F 4 271 2 Remove the harness 1 wire saddle 1 edge saddle 1 connector Edge saddle Wire saddle Connector x2 F 4 272 3 Remove the front cover 5 screws Front cover x5 F 4 273 ...

Page 414: ... When removing the front cover check the imprinted scale around the installing screw in 5 places and write them down F 4 274 4 Open the connector cover 1 screw F 4 275 5 Remove the 2 flat cables from the connector 4 cable clips x2 x4 F 4 276 Caution Be sure to install the flat cable to the cable clip and connect it to the connector x2 x2 F 4 277 ...

Page 415: ... Paper Deck Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Paper Deck 6 Remove the paper deck unit in the direction of the arrow 3 screws x3 F 4 278 Caution Be sure to put the cut off on the side of the paper deck unit above the projection part of the rail F 4 279 ...

Page 416: ...r to page 4 56 2 Pull out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 3 Remove Paper Deck Refer to page 4 149 Caution When replacing the deck lifter motor unit purchase the 8 WT2 5737 A and the WT2 5677 B separately and install them to the new deck lifter motor unit F 4 280 MEMO If the paper is loaded on the deck remove the paper 1 Put the screwdriver into the hole of the liter drive shaft and fix the tension ...

Page 417: ...Main Unit Removing the Deck Lifter Motor Unit 2 Remove the 9 wire saddles and the 3 connectors Connector Connector x3 x9 F 4 282 3 Remove the switch support plate 2 screws Switch support plate x2 F 4 283 4 Remove the sensor support plate 1 screw Sensor support plate F 4 284 5 Remove the gear cover 1 screw Gear cover F 4 285 ...

Page 418: ...ness F 4 286 7 Remove the deck lifter motor unit 4 screws Deck lifter motor unit x4 F 4 287 Caution After replacing the deck lifter motor unit be sure to remove the screwdriver installed to fix the lifter wire When it is difficult to remove the screwdriver installed to fix the lifter wire turn the lifter drive shaft with the screwdriver by using the backlash of the gear and remove it Lifter drive ...

Page 419: ...ion 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the harness 8 connectors 8 wire saddles 2 edge saddles x8 x10 F 4 289 2 Remove the 2 flat cables x2 F 4 290 3 Remove the fan support mount 7 screws x7 F 4 291 4 Remove the 6 connectors 2 edge saddles 1 wire saddle 1 reuse saddle x6 x4 F 4 292 ...

Page 420: ...ickup Heater Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Air Pickup Heater 5 Remove the plate 7 screws x7 F 4 293 6 Remove the heater duct 3 screws x3 F 4 294 7 Remove the harness Harness guide in 2 places x2 F 4 295 8 Remove the air pickup heater 5 screws x5 F 4 296 ...

Page 421: ...ing Dustproof Glass Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 1 Remove the dustproof glass unit toward front Dustproof glass F 4 297 2 Clean the surface and back of dustproof glass with lint free paper moistened with alcohol F 4 298 Caution Caution at installation Push the dust prevention glass unit until it ...

Page 422: ...n 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the primary charging assembly the primary charging wire and the grid wire Caution Do not touch the grid of the primary charging assembly Grid F 4 300 1 Loosen the screw and remove the primary charging assembly cover MEMO When removing the prim...

Page 423: ...Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Primary Charging Assembly 2 Release the primary charging assembly release lever and pull out the primary charging assembly Lever Primary charging assembly F 4 302 Caution caution at installation After push in the primary charging assembly make sure the push wheel contact the pre primary block Puch wheel Pre primary block Primary charging assembly F 4 303 ...

Page 424: ...on A area of Cleaning Pad Arm and the lead edge B area of Primary Anti vibration Sheet are fitted into the groove of the frame on Primary Charging Assembly If not fit the A area and B area into the groove of the frame A B F 4 304 MEMO If the protrusion A area of Cleaning Pad Arm is not fitted into the groove of the frame the Cleaning Pad Arm cannot move to the front of the Primary Charging Assembl...

Page 425: ...ht Pad Holder Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 1 Turn the gear by hand and move the cleaning pad arm to the center Gear Cleaning pad arm F 4 306 Caution Be careful not to remove the shield plate left and the shield plate right of primary charging assembly at the same time Make sure to remove ...

Page 426: ...arts Removing Primary Charging Wire right Pad Holder 2 Remove the 2 screws and remove the shield plate right x2 Shield plate right F 4 308 Caution Caution at installation Make sure to push it until the pad holder of primary charging wire right is fixed by the claw Pad holder Claw F 4 309 3 Pick the hook and turn it in the direction of the arrow to remove the pad holder of primary charging wire rig...

Page 427: ...ft Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 3 Remove Primary Charging Wire right Pad Holder Refer to page 4 161 Caution When removing the primary charging wire right slider be careful not to damage the grid wire Grid wire Grid wire Primary charging wire right slider F 4 311 1 Remove the slider of primary charging wire right in the di...

Page 428: ... Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Primary Charging Wire right Slider Caution Caution at installation Make sure to install the charging wire on the slider in right position Make sure to push the charging wire to the 2 pads of slider when installing it Slider charging wire Pads F 4 313 ...

Page 429: ...mbly Refer to page 4 158 3 Remove Primary Charging Wire right Pad Holder Refer to page 4 161 4 Remove Primary Charging Wire Right Slider Refer to page 4 163 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the primary charging assembly the primary charging wire and the grid wire 1 Remove the cover right Cover right F 4 314 Caution Be careful not to touch the chargi...

Page 430: ...om the groove in the direction of the arrow 5 Remove the block in the upper direction with tweezers and remove the charging wire unit Block Groove F 4 317 Caution Be careful not to damage the grid Grid F 4 318 6 Clean the inner shield plate of primary charging assembly with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Inner shield plate F 4 319 7 Clean the both sides of removed shield plate right of pri...

Page 431: ...assembly is replaced on charging wire basis use the dedicated torsion spring for charging wire 97 5527 A Caution Be careful not to use the spring B installed to the primary charging wire right unit Spring A Spring B F 4 322 10 Unroll the charging wire by approx 5cm from the charging wire reel of 0 06mm wire diameter and make a loop with 2mm diameter at the end MEMO To make a loop easily wind the c...

Page 432: ...ng on the rear of the primary charging assembly hook the charging wire torsion spring on the charging wire in the below position and twist it FRONT REAR Charging wire positioning Charging wire Charging wire torsion spring F 4 325 15 Cut the extra charging wire with a nipper 16 Put the charging wire through under the groove pick the leading edge of spring with tweezers and hook it onto the hook Cau...

Page 433: ...t Pad Holder Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 1 Turn the gear by hand and move the cleaning pad arm to the center Gear Cleaning pad arm F 4 327 Caution Be careful not to remove the shield plate left and the shield plate right of primary charging assembly at the same time Make sure to remove t...

Page 434: ...ng Parts Removing Primary Charging Wire left Pad Holder 2 Remove the 2 screws and remove the shield plate left x2 Shield plate left F 4 329 Caution Caution at installation Make sure to push it until the pad holder of primary charging wire left is fixed by the claw Pad holder Claw F 4 330 3 Pick the hook and turn it in the direction of the arrow to remove the pad holder of primary charging wire lef...

Page 435: ...eft Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 3 Remove Primary Charging Wire left Pad Holder Refer to page 4 169 Caution When removing the primary charging wire left slider be careful not to damage the grid wire Primary charging wire left slider Grid wire Grid wire F 4 332 1 Remove the slider of primary charging wire left in the direc...

Page 436: ... Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Primary Charging Wire left Slider Caution Caution at installation Make sure to install the charging wire on the slider in right position Make sure to push the charging wire to the 2 pads of slider when installing it Slider Charging wire Pads F 4 334 ...

Page 437: ...mbly Refer to page 4 158 3 Remove Primary Charging Wire left Pad Holder Refer to page 4 169 4 Remove Primary Charging Wire left Slider Refer to page 4 171 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the primary charging assembly the primary charging wire and the grid wire 1 Remove the cover left Cover left F 4 335 Caution Be careful not to touch the charging w...

Page 438: ...g wire from the groove in the direction of the arrow 5 Remove the block in the upper direction with tweezers and remove the charging wire unit Block Groove F 4 338 Caution Be careful not to damage the grid Grid F 4 339 6 Clean the inner shield plate of primary charging assembly with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Inner shield plate F 4 340 7 Clean the both sides of removed shield plate lef...

Page 439: ...ssembly is replaced on charging wire basis use the dedicated torsion spring for charging wire 97 5527 A Caution Be careful not to use the spring B installed to the primary charging wire right unit Spring A Spring B F 4 343 10 Unroll the charging wire by approx 5cm from the charging wire reel of 0 06mm wire diameter and make a loop with 2mm diameter at the end MEMO To make a loop easily wind the ch...

Page 440: ...g on the rear of the primary charging assembly hook the charging wire torsion spring on the charging wire in the below position and twist it FRONT REAR Charging wire positioning Charging wire Charging wire torsion spring F 4 346 15 Cut the extra charging wire with a nipper 16 Put the charging wire through under the groove pick the leading edge of spring with tweezers and hook it onto the hook Caut...

Page 441: ...Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the pre primary transfer charging assembly and the pre primary transfer charging wire 1 Loosen the screw and remove the pre primary transfer charging assembly cover MEMO When removing the pre primary transfer charging assembly only remove the cover of the pre primary transfer charging assembly Pre primary transfer ch...

Page 442: ...ry Transfer Charging Wire Pad Holder Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Pre Primary Transfer Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 177 1 Turn the gear by hand and move the cleaning pad arm to the center Gear Cleaning pad arm F 4 350 2 Remove the 3 screws and the shield plate x3 Shield plate F 4 351 Caution Caution at installation Be sure to pu...

Page 443: ...imary Transfer Charging Wire Pad Holder Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire Pad Holder 3 Pick the hook turn it in the direction of the arrow and remove the pre primary transfer charging wire pad holder Hook Pad holder F 4 353 ...

Page 444: ...t Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Pre Primary Transfer Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 177 3 Remove Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire Pad Holder Refer to page 4 178 1 Remove the slider of pre primary transfer charging wire in the direction of the arrow Caution When removing the slider of pre primary transfer charging wire be careful not to cut the charging wire Charg...

Page 445: ...Transfer Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 177 3 Remove Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire Pad Holder Refer to page 4 178 4 Remove Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire Slider Refer to page 4 180 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the pre primary transfer charging assembly and the pre primary transfer charging wire 1 Remove the 2 covers Cover F 4 356 Cau...

Page 446: ...Parts Cleaning Parts Replacing Pre Primary Transfer Charging Wire 4 Remove the block with tweezers in the direction of the arrow and remove the charging wire unit Block F 4 359 5 Clean the toner stack on A part with vacuum A F 4 360 6 Remove the 3 screws and upper plate x3 Upper plate F 4 361 7 Clean the toner stack on A part with vacuum A F 4 362 8 Install the upper plate with 3 screws x3 Upper p...

Page 447: ...B A F 4 365 11 Since pre transfer charging wire is replaced based on the charging wire basis use the dedicated torsion spring for charging wire 97 5527 Caution Be careful not to use the spring B installed to the pre primary transfer charging wire unit Spring A Spring B F 4 366 12 Unroll the charging wire by approx 5cm from the charging wire reel of 0 06mm wire diameter and make a loop with 3mm dia...

Page 448: ... charging wire on the groove Block Groove Groove Charging wire F 4 368 16 On the rear of pre transfer charging assembly hook the charging wire torsion spring on the charging wire in the below position and twist it Charging wire Charging wire torsion spring F 4 369 17 Cut the extra charging wire with a nipper 18 Hook the charging wire on the groove of sponge 19 Pick the leading edge of spring with ...

Page 449: ...ve Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the developing assembly 1 Remove the 2 screws hold the grip and open the process unit upper lid 2 Turn the lock lever in the direction of the arrow and lock to lock the process unit upper lid x2 Process unit upper lid Lock lev...

Page 450: ... Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Developing Assembly Caution Make sure to hold the grip on the developing assembly and the front side with both hands as shown below Grip Front side F 4 373 5 Lift the left side of developing assembly release the lock lever and lift the rear side to remove it Developing assembly Lock lever F 4 374 ...

Page 451: ...eaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Developing Assembly Caution caution when installing Push the 2 pressure levers simultaneously to secure the developing assembly Push both ends of the developing assembly pressure shaft until it fits into the groove F 4 375 6 Put the developing assembly on the placed paper Paper F 4 376 ...

Page 452: ...r to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 5 Remove Developing Assembly Refer to page 4 185 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the developing sleeve Caution Be careful not to remove this screw because it is a non magnetic screw 1 Remove...

Page 453: ...ts Cleaning Parts Removing Developing Sleeve Unit 3 Remove the 2 connection plates 2 screws Connection plates Connection plates F 4 379 4 Remove the developing sleeve unit and place it on the paper Developing sleeve unit F 4 380 5 Remove the 2 springs from the 2 hooks of developing sleeve unit Caution Make sure not to lost the 2 springs from the developing sleeve unit Hook Hook Spring Spring F 4 3...

Page 454: ...6 Clean A part of developing assembly with vacuum A F 4 382 7 Clean the both sides A of upstream sheet on the developing cylinder upper cover with lint free paper Developing cylinder upper cover A A F 4 383 8 Fit the 2 protrusions of the Developing Sleeve Unit Side Plate into the 2 places of A parts of the Developing Assembly Protrusions of side plate on the developing sleeve unit Protrusions of s...

Page 455: ...loping Sleeve Unit 9 Fit the 2 holes on the top surface of the new developing sleeve unit with the protrusion of the developing assembly and install the new developing sleeve unit Protrusion Protrusion Hole Developing sleeve unit Hole F 4 385 10 Install the 2 connection plates 11 Install the torsion spring 12 Install the developing cylinder upper cover 13 Clean the both sides A of downstream sheet...

Page 456: ...rts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Developing Sleeve Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Developing Sleeve Unit 14 If the 4 Push on Rollers A are soiled clean them with dry lint free paper A A F 4 387 ...

Page 457: ...over Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 5 Remove Developing Assembly Refer to page 4 185 Caution Be careful not to damage the drum at cleaning Drum F 4 388 1 Clean the A part of developing assembly lower plate with vacuum A F 4 389 2 With holding the pre primary transfer...

Page 458: ...urable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Procedure During Developing Assembly Replacement 3 Clean the surface A of pre primary transfer magnetic plate with vacuum Afterward clean the remaining toner with lint free paper moistened with alcohol A F 4 391 4 Align the 2 bosses on the rear of pre primary transfer magnetic plate with the process unit hole and align the front claw with the groove to install ...

Page 459: ...r to page 4 71 3 Pull Out primary Charging aAssembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 1 Remove the 2 screws and with holding the grip open the process unit upper lid 2 Turn the lock lever in the direction of the arrow to lock the process unit upper lid x2 Process unit upper lid Lock lever F 4 393 3 Place the paper on the photosensitive drum Caution Be careful not to e...

Page 460: ...ng removing it be careful not to get your fingers caught between the drum cleaning unit and the process unit F 4 396 5 Insert a hand from under the process unit and hold the drum cleaning unit 6 Move the drum cleaning unit to the right and remove it from under the process unit Drum cleaning unit F 4 397 Caution Preparation for installing the drum cleaning unit The drum cleaning unit assigned as pa...

Page 461: ...Removing Drum Cleaning Unit 2 While rotating the gear evenly supply the toner from the enclosed toner bottle into the clearance A part between the magnet roller and the drum cleaning unit Caution When supplying the toner don t mix it with impure substance Gear Toner bottle A part F 4 399 Caution Be sure that the toner is put evenly in the magnet roller Magnet roller F 4 400 3 Install the drum clea...

Page 462: ...e cover x4 F 4 401 2 Loosen the 5 screws securing the Cleaning Blade Cleaning blade F 4 402 NOTE When the number of fed sheets reaches 1 million replace the blade with a new one Refer to When replacing the blade with a new one in the following page When the number of fed sheets is 500 000 or less rotate the blade by 180 degrees and reuse it Refer to When reusing the blade The number of fed sheets ...

Page 463: ...d is facing upward judge it by the stamp of the lot No D81208125 D81208125 D81208125 D 8 1 2 0 8 1 2 5 Stamp of the lot No Blade with its surface side facing upward Blade with its surface side facing downward F 4 405 CAUTION If the surface and back sides are mistaken image failure may occur due to toner slipping Be sure to install the blade with its surface side facing upward 2 When installing the...

Page 464: ... and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Installing the drum cleaning blade When replacing the blade with a new one 4 When tightening the screw hold the cleaning blade and firmly tighten it in the following procedure F 4 408 5 Wipe the blade in the place where it contacts with the drum with lint free paper and apply toner on it Blade Blade Apply toner on it F 4 409 ...

Page 465: ...he blade with its surface side facing upward NOTE Change the direction of the blade by rotating it to make the used edge A come to the rear side and the unused edge B come to the front side A B Stamp of the lot No Stamp of the lot No B A Stamp of the lot No F 4 410 F 4 411 F 4 412 2 Check that the surface side of the removed blade is facing upward judge it by the stamp of the lot No D81208125 D812...

Page 466: ...nstall the blade with its surface side facing upward while referring to the steps 4 and later NOTE Be sure to install the blade so that its unused edge B is on the front side B A Stamp of the lot No Stamp of the lot No F 4 414 4 When installing the cleaning blade align the both sides A of cleaning cover with the both sides B of cleaning blade and push it to rear C part to install A A B B C part F ...

Page 467: ...ade the number of fed sheets is 500 0 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Installing the drum cleaning blade When reusing the blade the number of fed sheets is 500 0 7 Wipe the blade in the place where it contacts with the drum with lint free paper and apply toner on it Blade Blade Apply toner on it F 4 418 ...

Page 468: ...ensitive drum protection sheet or warp it with paper 2 Do not place the process unit or the photosensitive drum in any place where they will be subject to direct sunlight such as near the window etc 3 Do not store them in any place where they will be subject to high or low temperatures and high or low humidity or the location where the temperature and the humid will change rapidly 4 Do not store t...

Page 469: ...ssembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Remove the Pre Primary Transfer Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 177 5 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 6 Caution When Handling Photosensitive Drum Unit Refer to page 4 204 7 Remove Developing Assembly Refer to page 4 185 8 Remove Drum Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 195 Caution When replacing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the photo...

Page 470: ...ensitive Drum Unit 4 Pull out the drum flange unit until it stops Drum flange unit F 4 421 5 Remove the paper on the photosensitive drum unit Paper F 4 422 6 Hold the photosensitive drum unit and remove it in the upper direction Caution Be careful not to touch the surface of photosensitive drum Photosensitive drum unit F 4 423 7 Place the paper on the photosensitive drum unit to block the light Ph...

Page 471: ... Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Operation after replacing the photosensitive drum unit Operation after replacing the photosensitive drum unit 1 Apply the Barrierta on the sliding unit A of the drum unit Caution Make sure that the sliding part A is protruding during drum unit installation A F 4 425 2 Apply the Barrierta lightly to the sliding unit A of the process unit A A F 4 426 ...

Page 472: ...eaning Pre Exposure Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Remove Primary Charging Assembly Refer to page 4 158 4 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 5 Remove Drum Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 195 1 Remove the connector and put it inside from the hole on the process unit side plate 1 edge sadd...

Page 473: ...lacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Pre Primary Transfer Exposure Unit and Cleaning Pre Exposure Unit 4 Blow off the dust stuck on the sensor surface A of the pre primary transfer exposure unit with a blower A F 4 430 Caution When installing the cleaning pre exposure unit be careful not to get the harness caught Harness Harness F 4 431 ...

Page 474: ...arts Cleaning Parts Cleaning procedure of filters Cleaning procedure of filters Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 1 Remove the front left cover dustproof filter from the hole of front left cover Dustproof filter F 4 432 2 Loosen the 2 screws open the right side of process unit cover and move and remove it to the right Process unit cover F 4 433 ...

Page 475: ...it the protrusion of the process unit cover with the hole of the host machine and tighten the right screw first and the left screw to install the process unit cover Process unit cover Protrusion Hole of the host machine F 4 434 3 Remove the 2 pre transfer charging dustproof filters from the back of process unit cover Pre transfer charging dustproof filters F 4 435 4 Release the 2 claws and with ho...

Page 476: ...t a finger to the notch in the upper and lower of the host machine rear cover hold the fixing toner filter and remove it to the front side Fixing toner filter F 4 438 8 Insert the finger to the notch in the upper and lower of the host machine cover hold the 2 fixing ozone filters and remove them to the front side Fixing ozone filters F 4 439 9 Remove the screw 10 Open the right side of the primary...

Page 477: ...s Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning procedure of filters 12 Remove the developing toner filter Developing toner filter F 4 442 13 Remove the primary charging ozone filter Primary charging ozone filter F 4 443 14 Clean the removed 10 dustproof filters with vacuum F 4 444 ...

Page 478: ...oller Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pull Out ITB Unit Refer to page 4 83 4 Remove ITB Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 227 5 Remove Patch Sensor Unit Refer to page 4 88 6 Remove ITB Refer to page 4 219 1 Hold the ITB lever and remove the support shaft that supports ITB Support shaft F 4 445 2 Hold ...

Page 479: ...able Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Primary Transfer Roller 4 Remove the ITB static eliminator from the edge of primary transfer roller unit ITB static eliminator Edge of primary transfer roller unit F 4 448 Caution Put the ITB static eliminator inside the roller unit frame at installation Caution Be careful not to touch the surface of ITB roller because it may cause the image failure F 4 449 ...

Page 480: ...lacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Primary Transfer Roller 5 Remove the front bearing from the primary transfer roller unit Bearing F 4 450 Caution Be careful not to remove the rear bearing from the ITB unit because it may cause the breakage of the spring contact point Rear side flange F 4 451 6 Remove the primary transfer roller Primary transfer roller F 4 452 ...

Page 481: ...Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pull Out ITB Unit Refer to page 4 83 4 Remove ITB Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 227 5 Remove Patch Sensor Unit Refer to page 4 88 6 Remove ITB Refer to page 4 219 1 Loosen the screw and remove the secondary transfer inner roller unit including the secondary transfer mounting plate 1 screw Secondary transfer inner roller unit Screw F 4 453 Caution Be c...

Page 482: ...Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Secondary Transfer Inner Roller Caution Be sure to align the edge of the secondary transfer inner roller unit and the hole contact point of the ITB frame and install it Otherwise the secondary transfer installation plate does not fit with the front side plate of the ITB unit and the screw cannot be tightened Edge Hole F 4 456 z ...

Page 483: ... Remove Patch Sensor Unit Refer to page 4 88 Caution After removing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the ITB Caution Be careful not to scratch the ITB 1 Loosen the screw and remove the ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide F 4 457 Caution Caution during installation Insert the Positioning Bosses of the Secondary Transfer Inlet G...

Page 484: ...urable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing ITB 2 Rotate the ITB pressure release lever in the direction of the arrow to release the ITB pressure ITB pressure release lever F 4 459 Caution Be careful not to touch the surface of ITB if required hold the surface within 10mm from the edge of belt When installing the ITB hold the back surface of ITB to install ITB 10mm 10mm F 4 460 ...

Page 485: ...the edge of the ITB and remove it upward ITB F 4 461 Caution Be careful not to touch the surface of ITB drive roller of ITB unit secondary transfer inner roller and primary transfer roller Primary transfer roller Secondary transfer inner roller ITB drive roller F 4 462 Caution Make sure to avoid the edge of the ITB displacement sensor lever from overlapping with the ITB at installation ITB displac...

Page 486: ... Removing ITB Caution Move the ITB to the center of the ITB drive roller and be sure to install it in the position where interval A is the same ITB steering roller ITB A A A F 4 464 MEMO There is no installation direction of up and down in the ITB Caution When installing ITB be sure not to get the belt back edge caught and damaged As it might cause error in the ITB displacement control ITB F 4 465...

Page 487: ...let Upper Guide Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pull Out Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 4 Remove ITB Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 227 Caution When opening the ITB unit be careful not to hit it to the top of the host machine Intermediate transfer belt unit F 4 466 1 Hold the grip and while the IT...

Page 488: ...e of the support shaft to the hole of the ITB unit frame while the groove on the other side of the support shaft to the groove of the ITB unit frame and install it 3 Close the ITB unit and it stands by the support of the support shaft Intermediate transfer belt unit Support shaft Support shaft Groove of intermediate transfer belt unit frame Groove on support shaft Hole of intermediate transfer bel...

Page 489: ...on during installation Insert the Positioning Bosses of the Secondary Transfer Inlet Guide into the hole of the ITB Unit match the bearing of the ITB Unit to the hole and tighten and secure the Secondary Transfer Inlet Guide with a screw Pre secondary transfer guide Positioning boss Holes on the ITB unit Hole Bearing Screw F 4 470 Caution Be careful not to fold the sheet at cleaning Sheet F 4 471 ...

Page 490: ...er Guide Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts ITB Secondary Transfer Inlet Upper Guide 6 Turn over the ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide and clean the sheet A and sheet B with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Sheet A Sheet B ITB secondary transfer inlet upper guide F 4 473 ...

Page 491: ...t Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pull Out ITB Unit Refer to page 4 83 Caution When removing installing the ITB cleaning unit be careful not to contact the ITB cleaning unit with the ITB belt ITB ITB cleaning unit F 4 474 Caution Hold the ITB cleaning unit don t tilt the unit or drop it when engaging disengaging F 4 475 1 With rel...

Page 492: ... and back side of the ITB cleaning unit by hanging them in the hook in 2 places and make sure that the hooks in 2 places and both pins in the front and back side fit properly Pins Pins Lever Lever Hook Hook Hook Hook Pins Pins ITB cleaning unit F 4 477 CAUTION Points to Note at Installation After installing the ITB Cleaning Unit be sure to check that the gear A of the ITB Cleaning Unit and the gea...

Page 493: ...alling the ITB Cleaning again there is a possibility that the latch C is placed on the thick part of the pin D of the ITB Unit Be sure to slide the ITB Cleaning Unit to the rear side to fit it in the thin part correct position of the pin D D C F 4 479 z Caution Before installing the ITB cleaning unit ITB cleaning unit assigned as a part is not supplied with toner hence it is necessary to supply th...

Page 494: ...Parts Removing ITB Cleaning Unit 2 While rotating the gear evenly supply the toner from the enclosed toner bottle into the clearance A part between the magnet roller and the ITB cleaning unit Caution When supplying the toner don t mix it with impure substance A part Gear Toner bottle F 4 481 Caution Be sure that the toner is put evenly in the magnet roller Magnet roller F 4 482 3 Install the clean...

Page 495: ... 5 screws securing the Cleaning Blade Cleaning blade F 4 484 NOTE When the number of fed sheets reaches 1 million replace the blade with a new one Refer to When replacing the blade with a new one in the following page When the number of fed sheets is 500 000 or less rotate the blade by 180 degrees and reuse it Refer to When reusing the blade The number of fed sheets reaches 1 million The state in ...

Page 496: ... is facing upward judge it by the stamp of the lot No D81208125 D81208125 D81208125 D 8 1 2 0 8 1 2 5 Stamp of the lot No Blade with its surface side facing upward Blade with its surface side facing downward F 4 487 CAUTION If the surface and back sides are mistaken image failure may occur due to toner slipping Be sure to install the blade with its surface side facing upward 2 When installing the ...

Page 497: ...t and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Installing the ITB cleaning blade When replacing the blade with a new one 4 When tightening the screw hold the cleaning blade and firmly tighten it in the following procedure F 4 490 5 Wipe the blade in the place where it contacts with the ITB with lint free paper and apply toner in it Blade Blade Apply toner in it F 4 491 ...

Page 498: ...the blade with its surface side facing upward NOTE Change the direction of the blade by rotating it to make the used edge A come to the rear side and the unused edge B come to the front side A B Stamp of the lot No Stamp of the lot No B A Stamp of the lot No F 4 492 F 4 493 F 4 494 2 Check that the surface side of the removed blade is facing upward judge it by the stamp of the lot No D81208125 D81...

Page 499: ...install the blade with its surface side facing upward while referring to the steps 4 and later NOTE Be sure to install the blade so that its unused edge B is on the front side B A Stamp of the lot No Stamp of the lot No F 4 496 4 When installing the cleaning blade align the both sides A of cleaning cover with the both sides B of cleaning blade and push it to rear C part to install A A B B C part F...

Page 500: ...e the number of fed sheets is 500 000 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Installing the ITB cleaning blade When reusing the blade the number of fed sheets is 500 000 7 Wipe the blade in the place where it contacts with the ITB with lint free paper and apply toner in it Blade Blade Apply toner in it F 4 500 ...

Page 501: ... Unit Refer to page 4 227 5 Remove Patch Sensor Unit Refer to page 4 88 6 Remove ITB Refer to page 4 219 Caution After removing this part be sure to perform the operation after replacing the ITB Caution After going through this procedure be sure to perform the operation after cleaning the patch sensor 1 Turn the steering roller and clean it with the lint free paper moistened with alcohol in vertic...

Page 502: ...placement z 4 Open the shutter arm and clean the ITB edge sensor with a blower Caution If the toner is stuck on the white plate of the edge sensor window or the shutter arm ITB displacement control error may occur ITB edge sensor Shutter arm Blower F 4 504 5 Turn the ITB drive motor and dry wipe it with the lint free paper in vertical direction ITB drive motor ITB drive roller F 4 505 6 Put a pape...

Page 503: ...cedure During ITB Replacement 7 Clean the front face and rear face A part of the ITB Frame and the Toner Blocking Sheet with a vacuum cleaner and lint free paper moistened with alcohol Toner blocking sheet ITB frame Toner blocking sheet ITB frame Rear face A part of the ITB Frame F 4 507 8 Hold the ITB lever and remove the support shaft that supports the ITB Support shaft F 4 508 9 Hold the ITB s ...

Page 504: ...leaning Procedure During ITB Replacement 10 Put back the ITB unit F 4 510 11 Turn the ITB driven roller and clean it with the lint free paper moistened with alcohol in vertical direction ITB driven roller F 4 511 12 Turn the ITB driven roller and clean it with the lint free paper moistened with alcohol in vertical direction ITB driven roller F 4 512 13 Clean the ITB static eliminator with a blower...

Page 505: ...nsfer inlet guide removed in the step removing ITB with the lint free paper moistened with alcohol in vertical direction ITB secondary transfer inlet guide F 4 515 16 Open the patch sensor unit shutter removed in the step removing ITB and clean the patch sensor with cotton buds moistened with alcohol in one way to avoid the remaining dirt Caution Be careful not to use the alcohol because the senso...

Page 506: ...age 4 83 4 Remove ITB Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 227 5 Remove Patch Sensor Unit Refer to page 4 88 6 Remove ITB Refer to page 4 219 Caution After removing the ITB be sure to perform the operation after replacing the ITB MEMO When the ITB is removed if the back side of ITB is dirty make sure to clean it in the following procedure Caution Do not scratch or fold the ITB Be careful not to touch the...

Page 507: ... page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 MEMO When cleaning at 2 hundred thousand sheets follow the below procedure Caution When there is any remain object on the roller or wheel after cleaning with a brush clean it with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Remove the pre registration disengagement cover 1 screw Pre registration disengagement cover Screw F 4 518 2 Turn the dr...

Page 508: ... transfer guide Brush F 4 521 5 Clean the surface of the pre secondary transfer guide with the brush Caution Be careful not to soil the secondary transfer outer roller Secondary transfer front guide Secondary transfer outer roller F 4 522 6 To prevent the dirt of the secondary transfer outer roller insert the 2 sheets of paper between the secondary transfer outer roller and the static eliminator h...

Page 509: ...ow and blow off the dust on the post secondary transfer static eliminator and the post secondary transfer guide onto the paper Caution To prevent the post secondary transfer static eliminator from breaking move the brush to the paper direction Caution If the bristles of the brush come off and stick to the post secondary transfer static eliminator remove them Static eliminator Paper Bristles of the...

Page 510: ...ary transfer static eliminator with using a blower Static eliminator Paper F 4 526 10 Carefully remove the other paper to prevent the dirt from spreading Paper F 4 527 11 Clean the surface A of the pre fixing feed belt with lint free paper moistened with alcohol in direction B and wipe off the dirt accumulated on the edge area by moving it in direction C Then rotate the belt pulley and clean the a...

Page 511: ...et Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Fixing Feed Unit 2 hundred thousand sheet 12 Clean the sensor flag with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Sensor flag F 4 529 13 Clean the 5 places of guide surface A of the fixing feed assembly with lint free paper moistened with alcohol A F 4 530 ...

Page 512: ...ation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 MEMO When cleaning at 5 hundred thousand sheets follow the below procedure Caution When there is any remain object on the roller or wheel after cleaning with a brush clean it with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Place paper on A part toner fall when cleaning ITB c...

Page 513: ...eaning Fixing Feed Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 3 Remove the paper from A part Paper A F 4 533 4 Hold the lever and open the primary registration guide Primary registration guide Lever F 4 534 5 Remove the paper dust cleaning tool to the stepped screw around the hinge of the right front cover Stepped screw Paper dust cleaning tool F 4 535 6 Insert the paper dust cleaning tool from the opening and...

Page 514: ... hundred thousand sheet 7 Clean the feed surface A of primary registration guide with a brush A F 4 537 8 Insert the paper dust cleaning tool from the clearance and clean the feed guide surface A A F 4 538 9 Open the primary registration guide until the plate hole can be seen 10 Turn the leading edge of blower to the 4 plate holes and clean the paper dust stuck to the sensor surface of primary ske...

Page 515: ...11 Hold the lever and close the primary registration guide Primary registration guide Lever F 4 540 12 Remove the screw F 4 541 13 Remove the skew correction roller cover Skew correction roller cover F 4 542 14 Push the roller pressure unit in the direction of the arrow to release the pressure and with turning the resin part A of skew correction roller clean it with lint free paper moistened with ...

Page 516: ... thousand sheet 15 Fit the 2 protrusions of the skew correction roller cover with the hole of the plate and install it Protrusions Plate hole F 4 544 16 Align the boss with the boss hole and install the skew correction roller cover with the screw Boss Skew correction roller cover F 4 545 17 Hold the lever and open the secondary registration guide Lever Secondary registration guide F 4 546 18 Clean...

Page 517: ...he paper dust cleaning tool from the opening and clean the feed guide surface A A F 4 548 20 Install the paper dust cleaning tool to the stepped screw around the hinge of the right front cover Stepped screw Paper dust cleaning tool F 4 549 21 Open the primary registration guide until the plate hole can be seen 22 Turn the leading edge of blower to the 4 plate holes and clean the paper dust stuck t...

Page 518: ...ing Parts Cleaning Fixing Feed Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 23 Clean the glass surface of the CIS sensor with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Glass surface of CIS sensor F 4 551 24 Clean the surface of black guide with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Surface of black guide F 4 552 25 Hold the lever and close the secondary registration guide Lever Secondary registration guide F 4 553...

Page 519: ...stration roller cover Registration roller cover F 4 555 28 Lift the arm of rear roller pressure unit and with turning the resin part A of rear registration roller clean it with lint free paper moistened with alcohol Caution Be careful not to touch the resin part A A Arm F 4 556 29 Lift the shaft of front roller pressure unit and with turning the resin part A of front registration roller clean it w...

Page 520: ...xing Feed Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 30 Align the 2 protrusions of registration roller cover with the plate hole and install it Plate hole Protrusions F 4 558 31 Align the 2 bosses with the boss hole of registration roller cover and install the registration roller cover with the screw Boss Boss Registration roller cover F 4 559 32 Clean the sensor surface A of post secondary transfer sensor wit...

Page 521: ... and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 Caution When there is any remain object on the roller or the wheel after cleaning with a brush clean it with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Hold the grip and open the feeding guide Grip Feed guide F 4 561 2 Clean the feed side A 10 rollers and 10 wheels with a brush Caution When turning roller b...

Page 522: ...r Outer Roller Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Remove Secondary Transfer Outer Unit Refer to page 4 86 1 Remove the 2 screws x2 F 4 563 2 Lift the post secondary transfer guide and put it down on front Caution Since the harness is connected to the post secondary transfer guide be careful not to p...

Page 523: ...th pushing the secondary transfer holder remove the 2 arms one by one Arm Secondary transfer holder Arm Secondary transfer holder F 4 566 5 Remove the secondary transfer outer roller assembled with the 2 secondary transfer holders with spring to the upper F 4 567 6 Remove the 2 secondary transfer holders with spring from the secondary transfer outer roller Secondary transfer outer roller Secondary...

Page 524: ...ng Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Secondary Transfer Outer Roller Caution Caution at installation Make sure to install it in the position where the groove on the metal part of secondary transfer outer roller is placed to the rear side of the secondary transfer outer unit Groove on the metal part of secondary transfer outer roller F 4 569 ...

Page 525: ...he front cover right Refer to page 4 54 MEMO When cleaning at 2 hundred thousand sheets follow the below procedure Caution If the stuck dust does not come off even though cleaning the wheel with a brush clean it with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Hold the lever and open the feed guide Lever Feed guide F 4 570 2 Clean the feed side A with brush and clean the 4 driven wheels with lint fre...

Page 526: ...t 5 hundred thousand sheet Preparation 1 Open the front cover left and the front cover right Refer to page 4 54 MEMO When cleaning at 5 hundred thousand sheets follow the below procedure Caution If the stuck dust does not come off even though cleaning the roller and the wheel with a brush clean them with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Hold the grip and while pushing down the paper dust c...

Page 527: ...ts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Pre Registration Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 3 Remove the knob Caution When removing the knob be sure to use the screwdriver Feed guide unit left plate 4 Remove the feed guide unit left plate F 4 575 5 Hold the grip and while pushing the paper dust cleaning brush to the right remove it upward Paper dust cleaning brush F 4 576 6 Hold the lever and open the feed guide un...

Page 528: ... thousand sheet 7 Loosen the knob and with holding the feed guide by hand pull out the guide lock plate and open the feed guide Guide lock plate Feed guide Knob F 4 578 8 Hold the grip and while pushing the paper dust cleaning brush to the upper left remove it Paper dust cleaning brush F 4 579 9 Hold the grip and while pushing the paper dust cleaning brush to the left remove it Paper dust cleaning...

Page 529: ...e on the plate and install the paper dust cleaning brush Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the palate and is installed an error may occur at the host machine operation Paper dust cleaning brush Grip Protrusion Groove F 4 582 12 Hold the grip align the 2 protrusions with the groove on the plate and install the paper dust cleaning brush Caution If the paper dust cleaning bru...

Page 530: ...eaning Pre Registration Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 13 Removel the paper dust cleaning tool from the stepped screw around the hinge of the right front cover Stepped screw Paper dust cleaning tool F 4 584 14 Insert the dust cleaning tool from clearance and clean the feed guide side A A F 4 585 15 Install the paper dust cleaning tool to the stepped screw around the hinge of the right front cover S...

Page 531: ...ing Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Pre Registration Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 16 Turn the knob and fix the guide lock plate Feed guide Knob Guide lock plate F 4 587 17 Clean the feeding side A the 4 rollers and the 5 wheels with a brush Caution When turning roller by hand do not touch surface of roller hold the side and turn Wheel Roller A F 4 588 ...

Page 532: ...Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Pre Registration Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 18 Clean the feed side A and the 5 rollers with the brush Turn the rollers and clean all the surface Caution When turning roller by hand do not touch surface of roller hold the side and turn A Roller F 4 589 19 Hold the lever and close the feed guide unit Feed guide unit F 4 590 ...

Page 533: ...rip align the protrusion with the groove on the plate and install the paper dust cleaning brush Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the palate and is installed an error may occur at the host machine operation Paper dust cleaning brush Protrusion Groove Grip F 4 591 21 Align the 2 rear holes on the feed guide unit lift plate with the pin and align the 2 front holes with the b...

Page 534: ...e leading edge of blower to the 2 plate holes and clean the paper dust stuck on the sensor surface of image reference sensor with a blower F 4 594 24 Hold the lever and close the feed guide Feed guide F 4 595 25 Hold the grip align the protrusion with the groove on the plate and install the paper dust cleaning brush Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the palate and is insta...

Page 535: ...ide Feed guide Feed guide F 4 597 28 Clean the feed side A the 4 rollers and 4 wheels with the brush Turn the rollers and the wheels to clean all the surface Caution When turning roller by hand do not touch surface of roller hold the side and turn Wheel Roller A A A Wheel Roller F 4 598 29 Hold the lever and close the feed guide 30 Hold the lever and close the feed guide Feed guide Feed guide F 4 ...

Page 536: ...d thousand sheet 33 Hold the lever and open the feed guide Feed guide Lever F 4 602 34 Hold the lever and with holding the feed guide clean the feeding side A the 6 rollers and the 4 wheels with the dust cleaning brush Caution When turning roller by hand do not touch surface of roller hold the side and turn A A Lever Wheel Roller Roller Wheel F 4 603 35 Hold the lever and close the feed guide Leve...

Page 537: ...xing Web Unit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 1 Loosen the 2 screws and remove the fixing front upper cover Fixing front upper cover F 4 606 2 Release the web unit release lever and remove the fixing web unit Fixing web unit Web ...

Page 538: ...t Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Web Unit Refer to page 4 273 1 Move the fixing web shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the fixing web Fixing web shaft Fixing web F 4 608 2 Move the removed fixing web to the rear F 4 609 3 Move the fixing web shaft winding side...

Page 539: ...web shaft winding side with the boss and while pushing the boss fit the other side of cut off on the shaft with the pin to install it Fixing web shaft Boss Cut off Pin F 4 611 5 Move the fixing web toward front 6 With holding the fixing web retaining plate downward align and push the fixing web shaft with the front boss and then install it to the other side of the shaft support Fixing web retainer...

Page 540: ...odic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Fixing Web Caution Since there is the specific winding direction for the fixing web be sure to install it in the below direction F 4 613 Caution Caution at installation Check that the fixing web level detection flag is placed inside the fixing web Fixing web level detection flag Fixing web F 4 614 ...

Page 541: ... 7 Hold the fixing web retaining plate and turn the gear to take up the fixing web winding side until the green line cannot be seen Green line Green line Fixing web retainer plate Fixing web Gear F 4 615 Caution Caution at installation If there is slack on the fixing web hold the fixing web retaining plate and turn the gear in the direction of the arrow to take up the slack Fixing web retainer pla...

Page 542: ... the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Web Unit Refer to page 4 273 1 Move the fixing web shaft in the direction of the arrow and remove the fixing web Fixing web shaft Fixing web F 4 617 2 Move the removed fixing web to the rear F 4 618 3 Remove the grounding sp...

Page 543: ...ng roller bearings and the 2 fixing roller insulating bushes and then remove the fixing roller C ring C ring Press grounding plate Fixing gear Fixing roller bearings Fixing roller bearings Fixing roller insulating bushes Fixing roller insulating bushes Fixing roller Key material F 4 621 Removing Fixing Roller Bearing Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4...

Page 544: ... to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 5 Remove Fixing Roller Unit Refer to page 4 110 1 Remove the 2 C rings the press grounding plate and the fixing gear with key material and the 2 fixing roller bearings and then remove the 2 fixing roller insulating bushes C ...

Page 545: ...eed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 5 Remove Fixing Roller Unit Refer to page 4 110 6 Caution about the thermistor thermo switch Refer to page 4 97 1 Remove the connector and move the main thermistor release lever in the direction of the arrow 2 Remove the 2 bosses on the main thermistor unit...

Page 546: ...nt and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Fixing Roller Main Thermistor Caution Caution at installation When replacing the main thermistor be careful not to deform the leaf spring Main thermistor Leaf spring F 4 626 4 Push the A part of the main thermistor hold the harness and remove it Main thermistor Harness F 4 627 ...

Page 547: ...or Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Fixing Roller Main Thermistor Caution 1 When installing main thermistor align the leaf spring with the edge of the main thermistor Main thermistor Leaf spring F 4 628 2 Make sure that the main thermistor is installed to the holder x3 F 4 629 ...

Page 548: ...age 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 5 Remove Fixing Roller Unit Refer to page 4 110 6 Caution about the thermistor thermo switch Refer to page 4 97 1 Remove the harness from the wire saddle and remove the connector 2 Remove the fixing sub thermistor unit in the dir...

Page 549: ...tch Refer to page 4 97 1 Remove the 2 screws and the washer from the 2 terminals 2 Move the release lever until it stops and remove the fixing roller thermo switch x2 Fixing roller thermo switch Release lever Washer F 4 632 Removing Pressure Roller Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about th...

Page 550: ... 5 Remove Pressure Roller Unit Refer to page 4 116 1 Remove the 2 pressure roller bearings from the pressure roller Pressure roller bearings Pressure roller bearings F 4 634 Removing Pressure Roller Insulating Bush Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly R...

Page 551: ... 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 5 Remove Pressure Roller Unit Refer to page 4 116 6 Caution about the thermistor thermo switch Refer to page 4 97 1 Remove the connector and shift the main thermistor release lever in the direction of the arrow 2 Remove the 2 pins on the pressure roller main thermistor unit and ...

Page 552: ...nt and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Remove Pressure Roller Main Thermistor Caution Caution at installation When replacing the main thermistor be careful not to deform the leaf spring Main thermistor Leaf spring F 4 638 4 Push the A part of the main thermistor hold the harness and remove it Main thermistor Harness F 4 639 ...

Page 553: ...r Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Remove Pressure Roller Main Thermistor Caution 1 When installing the main thermistor align the leaf spring with the edge of the main thermistor Main thermistor Leaf spring F 4 640 2 Check that the main thermistor is installed with the holder x3 F 4 641 ...

Page 554: ...witch Refer to page 4 97 1 Remove the harness from the wire saddle 2 Remove the connector and remove the pressure roller sub thermistor in the direction of the arrow Pressure roller sub thermistor F 4 642 Removing Pressure Roller Thermo Switch Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Dis...

Page 555: ... 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Fixing Upper Unit Refer to page 4 98 5 Remove Pressure Roller Unit Refer to page 4 116 Caution Do not touch the roller surface of the fixing refresh roller Refresh roller F 4 644 1 Remove the bearing o...

Page 556: ...2 Insert the positioning pin packaged together with the new fixing refresh roller to the pinhole of the fixing refresh roller right edge assembly Pinhole Positioning pin F 4 646 MEMO There are 1 large and 1 small hole to insert the pin Be sure to insert the fixing pin into the large hole Large hole F 4 647 3 Remove the D cut B part of the gear in the direction of the arrow after adjusting it to th...

Page 557: ...g Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Fixing Refresh Roller 4 Remove the fixing pin from the fixing refresh roller Fixing pin Fixing refresh roller F 4 649 MEMO To install the fixing refresh roller be sure to push the bearing in the direction of the arrow and insert the fixing pin into the pin hole Fixing pin Pin hole Bearing F 4 650 ...

Page 558: ...nit Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Pressure Unit Refer to page 4 103 1 Remove the 2 screws and the connector mount and remove the harness from the guide 2 Remove the 4 screws and remove the external heat roller u...

Page 559: ...ssembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Pressure Unit Refer to page 4 103 5 Remove External Heat Roller Unit Refer to page 4 294 1 Remove the 2 screws and the fixing right cover Screw Fixing right cover x2 F 4 652 2 Loosen the 2 screws and remove the plate and the 2 external heat cleaning rollers Screw Plate Plate External heat cleaning roller x2 F 4 653 3 Remove the plate fr...

Page 560: ...ut the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Pressure Unit Refer to page 4 103 5 Remove External Heat Roller Unit Refer to page 4 294 1 Remove the pressure arm front 1 spring upper only 1 E ring 2 bearings Pressure arm front E ring Bearing Spring F 4 656 2 Remove the pressure arm rear 1 spring upper only E ring 2 bearings Pressure arm rear E ring Bearing Spring F 4 657 ...

Page 561: ...er External Heat Insulating Bushing upper and External 7 Remove the external heat roller upper 2 roller retainers Roller retainer External heat roller upper F 4 661 Caution Caution at installation 1 Install the flange of bearing outside the plate Flange Plate Flange Plate F 4 662 2 Make sure to install the roller retaining spring inside the flange of the bearing Flange of bearing Roller retainer R...

Page 562: ...2 bearings 2 washers Stop ring Stop ring Spacer Spacer Bushing Bushing Bearing Bearing Washer Washer External heat roller upper F 4 664 When remove the external heat insulating bushing upper 8 Remove the external heat insulating bushing upper 2 stop rings 2 spacers 2 bearings 2 washers Stop ring Stop ring Spacer Spacer External heat insulating bushing upper External heat insulating bushing upper B...

Page 563: ...n about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Pressure Unit Refer to page 4 103 5 Remove External Heat Roller Unit Refer to page 4 294 1 Remove the pressure arm front 1 spring upper only 1 E ring 2 bearings Pressure arm front E ring Bearing Spring F 4 667 2 Remove the pressure arm rear 1 spring upper only E ring 2 bearings Pressure arm rear E ring Bearing Spring F 4...

Page 564: ...er External Heat Insulating Bushing lower and External H 7 Remove the external heat roller lower 2 roller retainers Roller retainers External heat roller lower F 4 672 Caution Caution at installation 1 Install the flange of bearing outside the plate Flange Plate Flange Plate F 4 673 2 Make sure to install the roller retaining spring inside the flange of the bearing Flange of bearing Roller retaine...

Page 565: ...hings 2 bearings 2 washers External heat roller lower Stop ring Stop ring Spacer Spacer Bushing Bushing Bearing Bearing Washer Washer F 4 675 When remove the external heat insulating bushings lower 8 Remove the external heat insulating bushings lower 2 stop rings 2 spacers 2 bearings 2 washers Stop ring Stop ring Spacer Spacer Bearing Bearing Washer Washer External heat insulating bushing lower Ex...

Page 566: ...al Heat Sub Thermistor upper External Heat Main Thermistor lower and External Heat Sub Thermistor lower Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Pressure Unit Refer to page 4 103 5 Caution about the thermistor thermo switc...

Page 567: ...g Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing External MainThermistor upper External Heat SubThermistor upper External Heat MainThermistor lower a 4 Remove the external heat sub thermistor upper 1 screw F 4 681 5 Free the harness 3 Clips 1 Harness Guide x4 F 4 682 6 Remove the terminal unit 2 screws x2 F 4 683 7 Remove the external heat main thermistor lower and the external hea...

Page 568: ...eat SubThermistor upper External Heat MainThermistor lower a 8 Remove the external heat main thermistor lower 1 screw F 4 685 9 Remove the external heat sub thermistor lower 1 screw F 4 686 10 Free the harness of the external heat main thermistor upper lower and the external heat sub thermistor upper lower 2 Clips 2 Harness Guides x4 F 4 687 Caution When installing the harness be sure to put it in...

Page 569: ... Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing External MainThermistor upper External Heat SubThermistor upper External Heat MainThermistor lower a 11 Free the connector mount 2 Screws 1 Harness Guide x2 F 4 689 12 Remove the external heat main thermistor upper lower and the external heat sub thermistor upper lower 2 Connectors 1 Wire Saddle x2 Wire Saddle...

Page 570: ... 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Remove Fixing Pressure Unit Refer to page 4 103 5 Remove External Heat Roller Unit Refer to page 4 294 6 Caution about the thermistor thermo switch Refer to page 4 97 1 Remove the external heat upper roller thermo switch 1 screw 1 washer Screw Washer F 4 691 2 Remove the external heat roller upper thermo switch 2 screws...

Page 571: ...ront Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Inner Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 100 1 Release the separation claw pressure spring and remove the fixing roller separation claw in the direction of the arrow Remove the other 3 pieces as well Fixing roller separ...

Page 572: ...t Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Inner Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 100 1 Insert the screwdriver into the screw on the separation claw fixing plate and move the separation claw fixing plate in the direction of the arrow F 4 697 2 Remove the screw and the...

Page 573: ...placing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Pressure Roller Separation Claw Unit Caution Caution at installation Align the boss of pressure roller separation claw unit with the hole of inner delivery unit install pressure roller separation claw unit with 1 screw Hole of inner delivery unit Boss Screw Pressure roller separation claw unit Pressure roller separation claw unit F 4 699 ...

Page 574: ...tion 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Caution about the Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Inner Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 100 1 Remove the hook A part of spring open the both sides B of spring and remove the separation claw retainer spring Separation claw retainer spring A B B F 4 7...

Page 575: ...e Disassembly of Fixing Assembly Refer to page 4 96 4 Open Inner Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 100 1 Remove the 2 screws x2 Screw F 4 702 2 Open and hold the inner delivery unit cover Caution Since the harness is connected to the inner delivery cover unit do not pull it beyond necessity Harness Inner delivery cover unit F 4 703 3 Hold the inner delivery unit cover while turning the surface A of th...

Page 576: ...able Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Fixing Assembly 4 Align the 2 bosses and fix the inner delivery cover unit by 2 screws x2 Inner delivery cover unit Boss Boss Screw F 4 705 5 Clean the 6 pressure roller separation claws with lint free paper Pressure roller separation claw F 4 706 6 Clean the 4 fixing roller separation claws with lint free paper Fixing roller separation claw F 4 707 ...

Page 577: ...rts Cleaning Fixing Assembly 7 While turning gear clean the surface of the fixing refresh roller with the lint free paper moistened with alcohol Caution Be careful not to push strongly the lint free paper to the surface of the fixing refresh roller The surface of the fixing refresh roller may come off Refresh roller Gear F 4 708 8 Clean the fixing inlet guide with lint free paper Fixing inlet guid...

Page 578: ... Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 Caution If the stuck dust does not come off even though cleaning the roller and the wheel with a brush clean them with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Hold the grip and open the delivery guide Delivery guide F 4 710 2 Clean the delivery side A 4 rollers and the 4 wheels with a brush Caution When turning roller by hand...

Page 579: ...eriodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Reverse Unit Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Cleaning Reverse Unit 3 Hold the grip and close the delivery guide Delivery guide F 4 712 ...

Page 580: ...reparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Refer to page 4 321 4 Remove Buffer Delivery Upper Unit Refer to page 4 135 1 Remove the belt from the gear it is not necessary to remove it from the motor gear Belt Gear Motor gear Belt Gear F 4 713 Caution caution at installation Rotate the belt for mor...

Page 581: ...t Unit 1 3 Open and remove the delivery decurler belt unit toward front F 4 716 Caution When installing new delivery decurler belt unit 1 do not touch the belt F 4 717 Caution caution at installation Do not put plate of the delivery decurler belt unit 1 overlap on top of the 7 guide of buffer delivery upper unit Delivery decurler belt unit 1 Delivery decurler belt unit 1 Guide of buffer delivery u...

Page 582: ...ivery Decurler Belt 1 Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Refer to page 4 321 4 Remove Buffer Delivery Upper Unit Refer to page 4 135 5 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 1 Refer to page 4 316 1 Remove the guide 2 screws Guide x2 F 4 719 2 Remove the guide 2 stepping screws Guide x2 F 4 72...

Page 583: ...aning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 1 4 Remove the decurler belt unit from the belt guide Belt guide Decurler belt unit F 4 722 5 Remove the 8 delivery decurler belts from the 2 belt rollers Belt roller Decurler belt F 4 723 Caution Pre caution in belt replacement Avoid contact with a belt surface F 4 724 ...

Page 584: ... Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 1 6 Positioning all belts to be between ribs and secure with sheet metal 1 screw Belt Rib F 4 725 7 Perform the belt positioning adjustment Adjust the belt to the center between the ribs F 4 726 8 Tight a screw to the sheet metal ...

Page 585: ...move Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 1 Remove the belt from the gear it is not necessary to remove it from the motor gear F 4 727 Caution caution at installation Rotate the belt for more then 1rotation when gear rotate make sure belt doesn t fall off F 4 728...

Page 586: ...livery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 3 Remove the delivery decurler belt unit 2 Delivery decurler belt unit 2 F 4 730 Caution Be careful not to touch the belt of delivery decurler belt unit 2 F 4 731 ...

Page 587: ...Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 2 Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 2 Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Delivery Decurler Belt Unit 2 Refer to page 4 321 1 Remove the guide 2 stepping screws MEMO When installing the guide hook the 2 springs onto the hook Guide Hook Hook Hook Spring Spring x2 F 4 73...

Page 588: ...g Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 2 2 Remove the plate 1 screw Shaft fixing plate F 4 733 3 From belt guide Remove 1 belt guide unit Belt guide Decurler belt unit F 4 734 4 Remove the 8 delivery decurler belts from the 2 belt rollers Belt roller Decurler belt F 4 735 Caution Pre caution in belt replacement Avoid contact with a belt surface F 4 736 ...

Page 589: ...Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Delivery Decurler Belt 2 5 Positioning all belts to be between ribs and secure with sheet metal 1 screw Belt Rib F 4 737 6 Perform the belt positioning adjustment Adjust the belt to the center between the ribs F 4 738 7 Tight a screw to the sheet metal z ...

Page 590: ...y Unit Refer to page 4 133 MEMO When cleaning at 2 hundred thousand sheets follow the below procedure Caution If the surface deposit still remains even the roller and wheel have already been cleaned with brush clean them with alcohol moistened lint free paper 1 Hold the grip and while lifting the buffer delivery upper unit clean the 4 driven wheels with alcohol moistened lint free paper all around...

Page 591: ...ng at 5 hundred thousand sheets follow the below procedure Caution If there is still remain object on the roller or the wheel after the cleaning with brush clean it with lint free paper moistened with alcohol 1 Pull out dust cleaning tool from stepped screw near front right cover hing Stepped screw Paper dust cleaning tool F 4 740 2 Hold the grip and while lifting the buffer delivery upper unit cl...

Page 592: ...g Parts Cleaning Buffer Delivery Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 3 Turn the 2 gears of the timing belt and clean all the surface A of the 16 feed belts with a brush Caution Feed belt might get damaged so turn the gear while holding up buffer delivery unit A Gear Timing belt Timing belt F 4 742 4 Insert the dust cleaning tool from the clearance and clean the surface A of the feed guide A F 4 743 5 Cl...

Page 593: ...d guide Feed guide F 4 745 7 Clean the feed side A 10 rollers and 6 wheels with a brush Turn the rollers and the wheels by hand and clean all the surface Caution When turning roller do not touch the surface of roller hold side and turn A A Roller Roller Wheel F 4 746 8 Hold the grip and open the feed guide F 4 747 9 Clean the feed side A and 6 rollers with a brush Turn the rollers by hand and clea...

Page 594: ...urn the 6 driven wheels and clean all the surface with lint free paper moistened with alcohol until all the objects are wiped off Caution Be careful not to push the driven roller in the direction of the arrow The shaft of the wheel may come off from the groove Wheel Wheel Wheel Groove F 4 749 11 Insert the dust cleaning tool from the clearance and clean the feed guide side A A F 4 750 12 Hold the ...

Page 595: ...rts Cleaning Buffer Delivery Unit 5 hundred thousand sheet 14 Insert the dust cleaning tool from the clearance and clean the feed guide side A A F 4 752 15 Insert the dust cleaning tool from the clearance and clean the feed guide side A A F 4 753 16 Install dust cleaning tool to the stepped screw near front right cover hing Stepped screw Paper dust cleaning tool F 4 754 17 Hold the grip and push t...

Page 596: ...ing Parts Removing Duplex Decurler Belt Unit Removing Duplex Decurler Belt Unit Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 1 Remove the belt from the gear It is not necessary to remove from the gear of the motor F 4 756 Caution caution at installation Rotate the belt for more then 1rotation when gear rotate make sure belt doesn t fall...

Page 597: ... Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Duplex Decurler Belt Unit 2 Remove the screw F 4 758 3 Remove the duplex decurler belt unit after pulling out the gear from the hole of the plate Duplex decurler belt unit F 4 759 Caution Be sure not to touch the belt during the installation of the new duplex decurler belt unit F 4 760 ...

Page 598: ... Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Duplexing Decurler Belt Removing Duplexing Decurler Belt Preparation 1 Open Front Left Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Buffer Delivery Unit Refer to page 4 133 3 Remove Duplexing Decurler Belt Unit Refer to page 4 332 1 Remove the guide 2 stepping screws MEMO When installing the guide hook the 2 springs onto the hook Guide Hook Hook Hook Spring Spring x2 F 4 761 ...

Page 599: ...ng Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Duplexing Decurler Belt 2 Remove the plate 1 screw Shaft fixing plate F 4 762 3 Remove 2 belt rollers and 8 duplex decurler belts Belt guide Decurler belt unit F 4 763 4 Remove 8 duplex decurler belts from 2 belt rollers Belt roller Decurler belt F 4 764 Caution Pre caution in belt replacement Avoid contact with a belt surface F 4 765 ...

Page 600: ...Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Duplexing Decurler Belt 5 Positioning all belts to be between ribs and secure with a sheet metal 1 screw Belt Rib F 4 766 6 Perform the belt positioning adjustment Adjust the belt to the center between the ribs F 4 767 7 Tight a screw to the sheet metal ...

Page 601: ...paration Pad Left Removing Deck Separation Pad Right Deck Separation Pad Left Preparation 1 Pull out the Waste Toner Case Unit Refer to page 4 56 2 Pull Out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 1 Remove the paper in the deck if any 2 Remove the 2 deck separation pads 2 E rings E ring Deck separation pad Right E ring Deck separation pad Left F 4 768 MEMO Make sure to hook the leading edge of spring on th...

Page 602: ...le Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Deck Pickup Solenoid Removing Deck Pickup Solenoid Preparation 1 Pull out the Waste Toner Case Unit Refer to page 4 56 2 Pull Out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 3 Remove Pickup Unit Refer to page 4 124 1 Removing the solenoid cover 1 screw Solenoid cover F 4 770 2 Remove the deck pickup solenoid 2 clamps 1 connector 2 screws x2 x2 Deck pickup solenoid F 4 771 ...

Page 603: ...oving Deck Pickup Solenoid Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Deck Pickup Solenoid MEMO At installation hook the tension spring onto the cut off and align the groove on the arm with the shaft Tension spring Groove on the arm Cut off Shaft F 4 772 ...

Page 604: ...ing Pickup Unit and Deck Unit Preparation 1 Pull out the waste toner case unit Refer to page 4 56 2 Pull Out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 3 Remove Pickup Unit Refer to page 4 124 1 Clean the paper dust on the surface A of the pickup unit with vacuum A F 4 773 2 Turn over the pickup unit and clean the paper dust on the surface A with vacuum A F 4 774 3 Clean the paper dust on the top area A of li...

Page 605: ...eaning Brush Removing the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 1 Hold the grip and while pushing down the paper dust cleaning brush remove it to the left Paper dust cleaning brush F 4 776 Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the plate and is installed an error may occur at the host machine operation Pap...

Page 606: ...g the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush Parts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush 2 Hold the lever and open the feed guide Feed guide F 4 778 3 Remove the knob and remove the feed guide unit left plate Feed guide unit left plate F 4 779 ...

Page 607: ...arts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush 4 Hold the grip and while pushing the paper dust cleaning brush to the right remove it upward Paper dust cleaning brush F 4 780 Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the plate and is installed an error may occur at the host machine operation Paper dust cleaning brush Protrusion Groove Grip F 4 781 ...

Page 608: ...rts Replacement and Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush 5 Hold the lever and open the feed guide unit Feed guide unit F 4 782 6 Loosen the knob and with holding the feed guide by hand pull out the guide lock plate and open the feed guide Guide lock plate Feed guide Knob F 4 783 ...

Page 609: ...Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush 7 Hold the grip and while pushing the paper dust cleaning brush to the upper left remove it Paper dust cleaning brush F 4 784 Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the plate and is installed an error may occur at the host machine operation Paper dust cleaning brush Grip Protrusion Groove F 4 785 ...

Page 610: ...ng Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing the Paper Dust Cleaning Brush 8 Hold the grip and while pushing the paper dust cleaning brush to the left remove it Paper dust cleaning brush F 4 786 Caution If the paper dust cleaning brush does not fit with the plate and is installed an error may occur at the host machine operation Paper dust cleaning brush Grip Protrusion Groove F 4 787 ...

Page 611: ...emoving Fixing Ozone Filter 1 Remove the screw 2 Move down the fixing toner filter cover and remove it toward front Fixing toner filter cover F 4 788 3 Put fingers in the upper and lower groove on the host machine rear cover and hold and remove the fixing toner filter Fixing toner filter F 4 789 4 Put fingers in the upper and lower groove on the host machine rear cover and hold and remove the 2 fi...

Page 612: ...he screw 2 Open the right side of the primary charging toner filter cover to remove it Primary charging toner filter cover F 4 791 3 Remove the primary charging toner filter Primary charging toner filter F 4 792 4 Remove the developing toner filter Developing toner filter F 4 793 5 Remove the primary charging ozone filter Caution caution at installation The side that sponge is rolled on primary ch...

Page 613: ...Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Fixing Toner Filter Removing Fixing Toner Filter 1 Remove the screw 2 Move down the fixing toner filter cover and remove it toward front Fixing toner filter cover F 4 795 3 Put fingers in the upper and lower groove on the host machine rear cover and hold and remove the fixing toner filter Fixing toner filter F 4 796 ...

Page 614: ...d Cleaning Periodic Replacing Parts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Primary Charging Toner Filter Removing Primary Charging Toner Filter 1 Remove the screw 2 Open the right side of primary charging toner filter cover and remove it Primary charging toner filter cover F 4 797 3 Remove the primary charging toner filter Primary charging toner filter F 4 798 ...

Page 615: ...arts Durable Parts Cleaning Parts Removing Developing Toner Filter Removing Developing Toner Filter 1 Remove the screw 2 Open the right side of primary charging toner filter cover and remove it Primary charging toner filter cover F 4 799 3 Remove the primary charging toner filter Primary charging toner filter F 4 800 4 Remove the developing toner filter Developing toner filter F 4 801 ...

Page 616: ...en the Controller Box Unit Refer to page 4 57 MEMO Be sure to remove the option parts first before removing the main controller PCB 1 unit Voice guidance PCB PCI bus extension kit F1 IPSec board B1 PS multi kit A1 HDD data encryption kit B7 PCI bus extension kit F1 IPSec board B1 HDD data encryption kit B7 Voice guidance PCB PS multi kit A1 F 4 802 1 Remove the 1 connector F 4 803 2 Remove the mai...

Page 617: ...h the 2 and 8 keys in safe mode and restore Sraming bin using SST If the machine is started normally without restoring Sraming bin at the first startup a mismatch occurs between the Inbox management information in the SRAM of the Main Controller PCB 2 and the Inbox data in the HDD In that case the documents in the Inbox are lost and cannot be opened Preparation 1 Remove Rear Left Cover Refer to pa...

Page 618: ...mDCON bin of the DC controller PCB Except the case that is impossible of upload by DC controller PCB trouble Preparation 1 Remove Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Open the Controller Box Unit Refer to page 4 57 1 Remove the harness and remove PCB cover 6 wire saddles 10 screws loose 1 screw remove 2 Remove the DC controller PCB 6 screws connectors on PCB 31 pc DC controller PCB PCB cover Wire ...

Page 619: ...roller PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing DC Controller PCB Caution Caution at installation When installing the PCB cover place the controller box on the level and install screws in the following order screw A screw B screw C screw D C A D D B D D F 4 810 ...

Page 620: ...HDD Data disappear when they perform HDD exchange and a format You perform service about the HDD after backup Re after measures store it 1 Remove the rear left cover 2 1 screw 5 screws loosen F 4 811 2 Remove 2 harnesses 2 connectors 1 wire saddle x2 Connector Wire saddle F 4 812 3 Remove the hard disc unit 2 screws x2 F 4 813 4 Remove the hard disc 4 screws x4 F 4 814 ...

Page 621: ...ng PCB Removing Developing High Voltage PCB Removing Developing High Voltage PCB Preparation 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Remove Ground wire 1 screw 2 Disconnect all connectors on the PCB 4 connectors 3 Remove Developing high voltage PCB 6 claws x6 x4 claws claws Developing high voltage PCB F 4 815 ...

Page 622: ...acement and Cleaning PCB Removing the Pickup Feed Driver PCB Removing the Pickup Feed Driver PCB Preparation 1 Remove Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Open the Controller Box Unit Refer to page 4 57 1 Remove the pickup feed driver PCB 29 connectors 8 screws x8 x29 Pickup Feed Driver PCB F 4 816 ...

Page 623: ...High voltage PCB Removing Primary Transfer High voltage PCB Preparation 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Remove Ground wire 1 screw 2 wire saddles 2 Disconnect all connectors 3 connectors 1 wire saddle 3 Remove Primary transfer high voltage PCB 4 PCB supports x3 x3 PCB support PCB support wire saddle Primary transfer high voltage PCB F 4 817 ...

Page 624: ...ng High voltage PCB Removing Primary Pre transfer Charging High voltage PCB Preparation 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Remove the Ground wire 1 screw 3 wire saddles 2 Remove the 4 connectors 3 Remove the pre primary transfer charging high voltage plate 4 PSB supports x3 x4 PCB support PCB support wire saddle Primary pre transfer charging high voltage PCB F 4 818 ...

Page 625: ...ration 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 1 Remove the primary charging high voltage PCB cover 3 claws remove 1 claw with a flat blade screwdriver 2 Remove the grounding wire 1 screw 3 Remove the 4 connectors 4 Remove the primary charging high voltage PCB 2 PCB supports x3 x4 PCB supports Claws primary charging high voltage PCB cover Primary charging high volt...

Page 626: ...Removing Secondary Transfer High Voltage PCB Preparation 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Remove the grounding wire 1 screw 2 Remove the harness 1 wire saddle 1 edge saddle 3 Pull out the secondary transfer high voltage PCB and 3 connectors 2 PCB supports x2 x3 Connector PCB support PCB support edge saddle wire saddle Secondary transfer high voltage PCB F 4 820 ...

Page 627: ... Removing AC driver PCB Removing AC driver PCB Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the connectors from the PCB 14 connectors x14 F 4 821 2 Remove the AC driver PCB 8 screws x8 F 4 822 ...

Page 628: ...page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the left lower cover 6 screws x6 Left lower cover F 4 823 2 Remove the harness Connectors on the AC driver PCB 14 pc 1 Connector Connector on the all night power PCB 1 pc 6 edge saddles 14 wire saddles x16 x20 Harness Harness Harness Harness F 4 824 3 Remove the PCB mounting plate and 7 ...

Page 629: ...d mount and remove the harness and then remove the PCB mounting plate and the power cord mount 6 connectors 2 edge saddles 6 wire saddles x6 x8 Connector Connector Connector Wire saddle Wire saddle Wire saddle Wire saddle Edge saddle Edge saddle Harness Harness Harness Harness Connector Connector F 4 826 5 Remove the fixing AC driver PCB Connectors on PCB 9 pc 6 screws x6 x9 Fixing AC driver PCB F...

Page 630: ...Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing 12V Power PCB Unit Removing 12V Power PCB Unit Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the 3 connectors x3 F 4 828 ...

Page 631: ...it Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing 12V Power PCB Unit 2 Remove the 12V power PCB unit 3 screws x3 F 4 829 3 Remove the plate 4 screws x4 F 4 830 4 Remove the cover 2 screws x2 F 4 831 5 Remove the 12V power PCB 4 screws 1 PCB support x4 PCB サポート PCB support F 4 832 ...

Page 632: ...4V Power PCB Unit Removing 24V Power PCB Unit Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove 5 connectors 1 wire saddle 1 reuse band 2 edge saddles x5 x4 F 4 833 2 Remove 24V power PCB unit 4 screws x4 F 4 834 ...

Page 633: ...ng 24V Power PCB Removing 24V Power PCB Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove 4 connectors x4 F 4 835 2 Remove the 24V power PCB unit 3 screws x3 F 4 836 3 Remove the plate 4 screws x4 F 4 837 ...

Page 634: ...ement and Cleaning PCB Removing 24V Power PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing 24V Power PCB 4 Remove the upper cover 2 screws x2 F 4 838 5 Remove the 24V power PCB 4 screws 1 PCB support x4 PCB サポート PCB support F 4 839 ...

Page 635: ...1 Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing 24V Power PCB1 Removing 24V Power PCB1 Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the 3 connectors x3 F 4 840 ...

Page 636: ...nt and Cleaning PCB Removing 24V Power PCB1 2 Remove the 24 power PCB1 unit in the direction of the arrow 3 screws x3 F 4 841 3 Remove the plate 4 screws x4 F 4 842 4 Remove the upper cover 2 screws x2 F 4 843 5 Remove the 24V power PCB1 4 screws 1 PCB support x4 PCB サポート PCB support F 4 844 ...

Page 637: ...t Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 4 Remove the 24V Power PCB Unit Refer to page 4 368 1 Remove the 24V power PCB 2 and the 24V power PCB 3 3 screws x3 24V power PCB 3 24V power PCB 2 F 4 845 2 Remove the 2 connectors x2 F 4 846 3 Remove the 24V power PCB 2 4 screws 1 PCB support PCBサポート x4 PCB support F 4 847 ...

Page 638: ...ight Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 4 Remove the 24V Power PCB Unit Refer to page 4 368 1 Remove the 24V power PCB 2 and the 24V power PCB 3 screws x3 24V power PCB 3 24V power PCB 2 F 4 848 2 Remove the plate 1 screw F 4 849 3 Remove the 24V power PCB3 4 screws 1 PCB support x4 PCBサポート PCB support F 4 850 ...

Page 639: ...ing PCB Removing All Night Power PCB Removing All Night Power PCB Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the 3 connectors x3 F 4 851 2 Remove the all night power PCB 4 screws x4 F 4 852 ...

Page 640: ...nit Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the left lower cover 6 screws x6 F 4 853 2 Remove the harness 3 connectors 5 wire saddles 1 edge saddle x3 x6 Edge saddle Wire saddle Wire saddle F 4 854 3 Remove the leakage breaker unit 5 screws x5 F 4 855 ...

Page 641: ...Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 4 Remove Leakage Breaker Unit Refer to page 4 376 1 Remove the harness 4 connectors 1 wire saddle 2 edge saddles x4 x3 Edge saddle Wire saddle F 4 856 2 Remove the leakage breaker 15A support plate 3 screws x3 F 4 857 3 Remove the leakage breaker 15A 2 screws x2 F 4 858 ...

Page 642: ...Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 4 Remove Leakage Breaker Unit Refer to page 4 376 1 Remove the harness 4 connectors 1 wire saddle 1 edge saddles x4 x2 Edge saddle Wire saddle F 4 859 2 Remove the leakage breaker 20A support plate 2 screws x2 F 4 860 3 Remove the leakage breaker 20 A 2 screws x2 F 4 861...

Page 643: ...emoving Registration Duplex Driver PCB Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Remove Registration Unit Refer to page 4 91 1 Remove the connectors on the PCB 26 connectors x26 F 4 862 2 Remove the registration duplex driver PCB 5 screws 1 PCB support PCB support x5 F 4 863 ...

Page 644: ...fer Static Eliminator PCB Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Remove Secondary Transfer Outer Unit Refer to page 4 86 1 Remove the grounding wire 1 screw F 4 864 2 Remove the 3 connectors x3 F 4 865 3 Remove the secondary transfer static eliminator PCB after removing the claws in 2 places 1 screw x2 ...

Page 645: ...t Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pull Out ITB Unit Refer to page 4 83 4 Remove ITB Cleaning Unit Refer to page 4 227 5 Remove Patch Sensor Unit Refer to page 4 88 6 Remove ITB Refer to page 4 219 1 Remove the static eliminator mounting plate 2 screws x2 Static eliminator mounting plate F 4 867 2 Remove the ITB driver PCB 10 connectors 5 screws x5 x1...

Page 646: ...gh Voltage PCB Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Pull Out Fixing Feed Unit Refer to page 4 120 3 Remove Secondary Transfer Outer Unit Refer to page 4 86 1 Remove the grounding wire 1 screw F 4 869 2 Remove the 3 connectors x3 F 4 870 3 Remove the claw in 2 places and remove the fixing high voltage PCB x2 Claw F 4 871 ...

Page 647: ... PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing Fixing Main Driver PCB Removing Fixing Main Driver PCB Preparation 1 Remove Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 1 Remove the connectors from the PCB 24 connectors x24 F 4 872 2 Remove the fixing main driver PCB 6 screws x6 F 4 873 ...

Page 648: ...nsor PCB Removing Potential Sensor PCB Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pullout Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 1 Remove the 2 connectors x2 F 4 874 2 Remove the potential sensor PCB 1 screw 5 PCB supports PCB support PCB support F 4 875 ...

Page 649: ...ving Developing Dirvere PCB Removing Developing Dirvere PCB Preparation 1 Open the Front Left Cover and the Front Right Cover Refer to page 4 54 2 Remove Process Unit Cover Refer to page 4 71 3 Pullout Process Unit Refer to page 4 72 1 Remove developing driver PCB 10 connectors 6 screws x6 x10 Developing driver PCB F 4 876 ...

Page 650: ...CB Removing Power Relay PCB Removing Power Relay PCB Preparation 1 Remove the Rear Right Cover Refer to page 4 55 2 Remove the Rear Left Cover Refer to page 4 55 3 Remove Rear Lower Cover Refer to page 4 56 1 Remove the harness 25 connectors 12 wire saddles x25 x12 Wire saddle Wire saddle Wire saddle F 4 877 ...

Page 651: ...4 4 4 387 4 387 Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing Power Relay PCB Parts Replacement and Cleaning PCB Removing Power Relay PCB 2 Remove the power relay PCB 6 screws x6 F 4 878 ...

Page 652: ...iver PCB Preparation 1 Pull out Waste Toner Case Unit Refer to page 4 56 2 Pull out Paper Deck Refer to page 4 148 3 Remove Paper Deck Refer to page 4 149 1 Remove the cover 1 1 screw Cover 1 F 4 879 2 Remove the cover 2 2 edge saddles 2 reuse bands 2 screws x2 x4 Edge saddle Reuse band Cover 2 F 4 880 3 Remove the deck driver PCB 6 connectors screws x4 x6 F 4 881 ...

Page 653: ...dure Main Controller 2 SRAM of the Main Controller PCB 2 includes user data and MEAP related data If there are any files backed up from RUI by the user restore them after recovery Explain the user that the reinstallation of everything related to MEAP is necessary Hold down 2 and 8 to start the machine and then use SST to clear the encryption key of the HDD Encryption Board Use SST or a USB memory ...

Page 654: ...eapbac bin User Service Address Lists Remote UI Import Export None Settings Registration Paper Type Management Settings Remote UI Import Export None Mail Box Settings Remote UI Back Up Restore Settings None Printer Settings Remote UI Back Up Restore Settings None Web Access Favorites Remote UI Import Export None MEAP Settings SMS SST Meapback T 4 33 T 4 34 Items with no backup method when replacin...

Page 655: ...5 5 Adjustment Adjustment Overview When replacing parts Major adjustment ...

Page 656: ...e primary transfer charging assembly Pre primary transfer charging wire p 5 4 Developing assembly Developing sleeve unit p 5 5 Photo sensitive drum unit p 5 5 ITB p 5 5 Patch sensor p 5 5 Pickup Feed system Skew detection sensor p 5 6 Skew roller skew driven roller p 5 6 CIS sensor p 5 6 Image standard sensor post registration sensor pre registration sensor p 5 6 Registration roller registration d...

Page 657: ... the key certificate CA certificate installed at the time of factory shipment can be restored by selecting the following to execute CA KEY COPIER FUNCTION CLEAR CA KEY In the case of failure to restore key certificate CA certificate even though executing CA KEY use SST to install key certificate CA certificate and then execute CA KEY again CAUTION Before replacing parts data backup You perform the...

Page 658: ... charging wire with a service mode Cleaning of all charging wires COPIER FUNCTION CLEANING WIRE CLN 2 Execute setting of development contrast and charging voltage with a service mode Execution of voltage control COPIER FUNCTION MISC P INTER EX 3 Adjustment of primary charging assembly after replacement of charging assembly In service mode set to 5 for COPIER TEST PG TYPE and press the start key fo...

Page 659: ...ER FUNCTION MISC P INTR EX LEVEL 2 8 Execute cleaning of charging wire with a service mode Cleaning of all charging wires COPIER FUNCTION CLEANINNG WIRE CLN 9 Perform a power cycle of main power OFF ON Photo sensitive drum unit Procedure of parts replacement Refer to Parts Replacement Procedure of adjustment 1 Execute offset adjustment of potential sensor for photosensitive drum with a service mod...

Page 660: ...acement Procedure of adjustment 1 Perform the light intensity auto adjustment COPIER FUNCTION SENS ADJ OP SENS 2 Adjust the leading edge registration Registration roller registration driven roller Procedure of parts replacement Refer to Parts Replacement Procedure of adjustment 1 Apply grease in the bearing and shaft super lube grease FY9 6006 2 Adjust the skew 3 Adjust the right edge registration...

Page 661: ...nt Procedure of adjustment 1 Open the deck and detach the connector cover in the direction of the arrow 1 screw Connector Screw 2 Disconnect the wiring harness 3 wire saddles 1 edge saddle 1 connector for upper and middle decks only Edge saddle Wire saddle Wiring hareness Connector 3 As a marker for attaching the deck front cover confirm and take note of the engraved scale mark around attachment 5...

Page 662: ...o move the deck front cover in the direction b a b A B Latch cover Deck front cover CAUTION If you moved the latch claw while performing the side registration adjustments or if you replaced a deck be sure to adjust the deck solenoid position If it is not adjusted pressing the deck open close button may not open the deck F 5 6 F 5 7 T 5 17 Paper surface sensor Procedure of parts replacement Refer t...

Page 663: ...EAR DC CON to clear RAM on DC controller PCB COPIER FUNCTION CLEAR CNT DCON to clear service counter on DC controller PCB 2 Turn OFF and then ON the power turning OFF and then ON the power executes RAM clear 3 In the case of failure to upload backup data before replacement e g DC controller PCB was damaged enter the value for each Service Mode item described on the service label Because the value ...

Page 664: ... of the test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw B counter clockwise for half rotation Install primary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charging assembly and test print to check printed image 4 If the front side of the test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw C clockwise for one rotation Install primary charging a...

Page 665: ...more round Install primary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charging assembly and test print to check printed image 6 If the rear side of the test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw C counter clockwise for half rotation Install primary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charg...

Page 666: ...edge margin L1 0 1 mm basis on the test print and execute adjustment so that the right edge margin L1 meets the specification of 2 5 0 5 mm MEMO Be sure that the magnification of 1 Skew and 2 In main scanning direction is within the standard to execute this adjustment L1 F 5 15 F 5 16 Procedure of adjustment Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG R Adjustment range ...

Page 667: ... Type Management Settings Details Edit Image Location Adjustment Test Print System Settings Paper Type Management Settings Details Edit Image Location Adjustment Skew Correction System Settings Paper Type Management Settings Details Edit Image Location Adjustment Zoom Fine Adjustment System Settings Paper Type Management Settings Details Edit Image Location Adjustment Right Edge Alignment Adjustme...

Page 668: ...6 6 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Making Initial Checks Test Print Troubleshooting Items Image Faults Malfunction Feeding Failure Version Upgrade ...

Page 669: ...5 The site is well ventilated and the floor keeps the machine level 6 The machine s power plug remains connected to the power outlet Checking the Paper 7 The paper is of a recommended type 8 The paper is not moist Try paper fresh out of package Checking the Placement of Paper 9 Check the cassette and the manual feed tray to see if the paper is not in excess of a specific level 10 If a transparency...

Page 670: ...t print type the cause may lie in PDL input or the reader PG TYPE TYPE Pattern Items Originator Gradation Fogging Transfer Fault Black line White line Uneven Density Uneven Density at the Front Rear Right Angle Straight Lines 0 Normal copy print 1 Grid Yes Yes Main controller PCB 2 3 17 gradations Yes Yes Yes Yes Main controller PCB 5 6 11 to 14 Half tone Yes Yes Yes Yes Main controller PCB Select...

Page 671: ... front rear Check at front rear for uneven density Fault in the photosensitive drum 108 mm F 6 1 T 6 3 Halftone TYPE 5 6 11 to 14 Check item How to check Suspected cause Transfer fault Check the whole image for transfer fault Fault in the ITB line soil Fault in the primary transfer roller line soil Fault in the secondary transfer roller line soil Black lines Check the whole image for black lines L...

Page 672: ...image edge on 13 x 19 inch paper p 6 8 Splash trailing edge of halftone p 6 9 Density loss due to excessive transfer 2nd side p 6 10 Mottled image 2nd side p 6 11 Unfocused image margin p 6 12 Separation claw trace solid image 1st side of 2 sided print p 6 13 Horizontal vertical lines due to refresh roller p 6 14 Points to note when using the pre printed paper p 6 15 Malfunction Front cover distor...

Page 673: ...not 2 Change the halftone setting in additional function mode This can reduce the lines Additional Functions Printer Settings Settings XXXX 1 under Halftones Text Graphics Imaging In the foregoing 3 items in case of PS PDF Imaging EFI specify Tone in case of LIPS BDL PCL specify Gradation 2 1 XXXX differs depending on the printer types LIPS PCL etc 2Aforementioned setting contents are disable if t...

Page 674: ...left for a long time and in addition the low duty image is printed on it the charge amount of toner gets low and the splash occurs This symptom does not occur on the plain paper Field measure Reduce the foggy removal potential Vback in service mode COPIER ADJUST V CONT VBACK S Adjust potential control fogging remove High quality paper COPIER ADJUST V CONT VBACK S Adjust potential control fogging r...

Page 675: ...ured image area on 13 x 19 inch paper Field measure Broaden the right image margin in service mode COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG R Adjust of right edge regist position Enter the value for front into 1st line and for back into 2nd line respectively As the value is changed by 1 the image is shifted by 0 1 mm toward the horizontal scanning direction toward rear right edge margin is decreased toward fron...

Page 676: ...ailing edge of paper Conditions Low temperature low humidity environment 2nd side Paper with heavy grammage Highly strong paper Particular paper of heavy type Field measure In case that the symptom occurs on 1st side Remove the paper curl and place it Or use the paper whose package is just opened In case that the symptom occurs on 2nd side Adjust the decurl amount Points to note Nothing particular...

Page 677: ...y transfer current in service mode 1 Check the absolute moisture ratio COPIER DISPLAY ANALOG ABS HUM2 2 Reduce the secondary transfer current According to the absolute moisture ratio checked in step 1 specify the setting value from COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR TGT 1 to 8 Absolute moisture ratio 0 63 g m3 or less 2TR TGT1 0 64 to 1 72 g m3 2TR TGT2 1 73 to 5 79 g m3 2TR TGT3 5 8 to 8 89 g m3 2TR TGT4 8 ...

Page 678: ...oisture ratio COPIER DISPLAY ANALOG ABS HUM2 2 Decrease the secondary transfer current According to the absolute moisture ratio checked in step 1 specify the setting value from COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR TGT 1 to 8 Absolute moisture ratio 0 63 g m3 or less 2TR TGT1 0 64 to 1 72 g m3 2TR TGT2 1 73 to 5 79 g m3 2TR TGT3 5 8 to 8 89 g m3 2TR TGT4 8 9 to 14 9 g m3 2TR TGT5 15 to 17 9 g m3 2TR TGT6 18 to ...

Page 679: ...ease the secondary transfer current in service mode 1 Check the absolute moisture ratio COPIER DISPLAY ANALOG ABS HUM2 2 Decrease the secondary transfer current According to the absolute moisture ratio checked in step 1 specify the setting value from COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR TGT 1 to 8 Absolute moisture ratio 0 63 g m3 or less 2TR TGT1 0 64 to 1 72 g m3 2TR TGT2 1 73 to 5 79 g m3 2TR TGT3 5 8 to 8 ...

Page 680: ...ons On solid image on 1st side of 2 sided print After the continuous print of plain paper lower separation claw is engaged if the solid black image of high glossy is printed the symptom appears obviously The symptom appears outstandingly in case of Neusiedler 200 g m2 Field measure Execute the refresh operation of pressure roller in service mode Enter 1 in COPIER FUNCTION CLEANING FX CLN and press...

Page 681: ...ler Location Fixing Cause Insufficient refresh of pressure roller uneven in wiping Conditions 1st side in 2 sided print in case of Neusiedler 200 g m2 used As the extended use the dirt sticks and the symptom gets worse This does not occur on plain paper Field measure 1 Clean the refresh roller and the pressure roller with alcohol 2 Replace the refresh roller Points to note Nothing particular Sampl...

Page 682: ...ed onto the pre printed paper it influences the fixing performance and output paper may get dirt due to the unfixed toner especially on the coated paper or mottled image called moire may appear due to the screen ruling If this symptom occurs follow the instruction below and take an appropriate action Print condition Use the paper with oil based oxidation polymerization dry ink that is highly tempe...

Page 683: ...itions Print condition When using the pre printed paper with oil based ink used prevent to use the paper with excessive amount of spray power or remove the spray power With the paper printed with ultraviolet curable ink spray power is not used and aforementioned trouble does not occur F 6 15 F 6 16 Measure If the paper flies apart inside the machine In the same procedure to clean the paper dust re...

Page 684: ... that case be careful of the paper curl or sticking Measure against the trouble due to the toner of full color laser printer Print condition On this machine it is absolutely not possible to feed the paper printed in the following color laser printer Kodak Nexpress series Xerox iGen series Xerox DC8000 series Xerox DC1257 series Ricoh ProC900 Canon CLC1100 5000 series and so forth The models that u...

Page 685: ...cover was overloaded the operation was made Measures 1 Put your hands on the upper and lower sides of the cover and stretch to the direction of arrow to correct the distortion F 6 18 2 Make sure that the front cover is no longer distorted How to check Left front cover When you close the cover while pressing the handle make sure that the lower magnet catch comes before or at the same time as the up...

Page 686: ... perform the following measures Point to check Gap of the front cover left and right in horizontal and vertical directions Check point F 6 20 How to adjust 1 Open the front cover 2 Loosen the screws on the adjustment board lower of the tilted front cover Screw loosen Screw loosen Adjustment board lower Adjustment board lower 3 Stretch the cover to the direction of arrow to correct the tilt and tig...

Page 687: ...el from 6 could cause multiple feeding or frequent jams As the machine automatically adjusts the airflow level according to paper types and the operating environment if 6 is not set change the value of the fan level to 6 When no improvement can be seen by changing the setting proceed to the next step Check the paper condition 1 Confirm that there aren t any defects on papers When there is no defec...

Page 688: ... performed accordingly The parameter value changes by changing the adjustment value for Paper Separation Fan Level Adjustment from 6 Floatation air and separation air are explained as below Fan level image table Separation air setting 7 High Low 11 17 20 23 25 6 10 16 19 22 24 5 6 9 12 13 15 18 21 4 3 5 8 14 3 4 7 2 2 1 1 Floatation air setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Low High F 6 23 T 6 6 Floatation ai...

Page 689: ...r Normal temperature low humidity 1 5 9 9 15 15 15 19 22 Normal temperature normal humidity 1 5 9 9 15 15 15 19 22 High temperature high humidity 1 6 9 9 15 15 15 19 22 Coated paper Normal temperature low humidity 14 15 16 16 19 19 Normal temperature normal humidity 14 15 16 16 22 22 High temperature high humidity 14 15 16 16 22 22 Paper size Surface nature of the paper Usage environment Paper wei...

Page 690: ... 23 Coated paper Normal temperature low humidity 9 16 20 20 23 23 Normal temperature normal humidity 10 16 20 20 23 23 High temperature high humidity 10 16 20 20 23 23 Paper size Surface nature of the paper Usage environment Paper weight Standard size paper Feed length Paper width 52g to 63g 64g to 79g 80g to 105g 106g to 128g 129g to 150g 151g to 180g 181g to 209g 210g to 256g 257g to 300g A3 LDR...

Page 691: ...an Level Adjustment Fan level image table Separation air setting 7 High Low 11 1 17 20 23 25 6 10 16 19 22 24 5 6 4 9 1 12 2 13 3 15 5 18 21 4 3 5 5 8 2 14 4 3 4 7 3 2 2 1 1 Floatation air setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Low High User mode Paper Separation Fan Level Adjustment Fan level image table Floatation air setting Separation air setting 11 5 15 6 5 10 4 14 6 4 9 3 13 5 5 8 2 12 4 5 7 1 11 3 7 6 D...

Page 692: ... Separation air setting 7 High Low 11 17 20 3 23 25 6 10 16 1 19 2 22 5 24 5 6 9 12 5 13 4 15 2 18 1 21 4 4 3 5 8 14 3 3 4 7 2 2 1 1 Floatation air setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Low High T 6 10 b Corner bend of 60gsm A4 thin paper in normal temperature low humidity environment Lower curled paper tends to make much wider space between paper because of separation air and the paper edge tends to hang dow...

Page 693: ... the internal cover 1 3 Loosen the 5 screws that fix the deck front cover 1 F 6 26 F 6 27 4 Remove the 1 screw on the right side of the deck and detach the cable cover 1 5 Remove the 3 wire saddles 1 and 1 edge saddle 2 and roll out the cable a Then attach the 3 wire saddles and 1 edge saddle again CAUTION Be careful not to make the cable come in contact with the edge of the plate etc and broken D...

Page 694: ...stock assembly ON the floor and damage the external surface 7 Select the deck of the main body to make 1 sided copy of 100 sheets of paper At this point observe the behavior of the paper being picked up from the location indicated in the red box on the photo below F 6 30 F 6 31 Optimum airflow level All spaces between two adjacent floated sheets are almost the same and the number of floated sheets...

Page 695: ... Feeding Fan level adjustment Troubleshooting Feeding Failure Multiple Feeding Fan level adjustment Weak airflow level The number of floated sheets is small 5 sheets or less a The number of floated sheets increases and decreases per approx 10 sheets F 6 34 ...

Page 696: ...Settings Paper feed setting is changed as a user changes the setting value on the screen Be sure to understand this operation method and instruct users how to make paper feed adjustment at 2 sided printing correctly User Mode and Machine Operation Setting value displayed in user mode and setting value paper feed correction table when making 2 sided prints retained in the machine are different Pape...

Page 697: ...75 to 100 3 3 4 4 4 4 50 to 74 4 4 4 4 4 4 25 to 49 5 5 4 4 4 4 0 to 24 6 6 4 4 4 4 Limit value 10 10 10 10 7 5 T 6 12 T 6 13 2 sided coated paper 2 sided Paper weight 80 to 90 91 to 105 106 to 128 129 to 150 151 to 180 181 to 256 250 mm or more in paper width landscape 75 to 100 3 3 0 0 0 0 50 to 74 4 4 0 0 0 0 25 to 49 5 5 0 0 0 0 0 to 24 6 6 0 0 0 0 Less than 250 mm in paper width portrait 75 t...

Page 698: ...0 mm in paper width portrait 75 to 100 6 6 50 to 74 7 7 25 to 49 8 8 0 to 24 9 9 Limit value 10 10 T 6 16 Adjustment procedure Perform paper feed adjustment at 2 sided printing by following the procedure shown below MEMO Paper feed adjustment with the following conditions is shown here non coated paper 250 mm or more in paper width landscape 75 to 100 of image duty 60 g paper weight and other envi...

Page 699: ...0 0 0 25 to 49 8 5 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 to 24 9 6 5 0 0 0 0 0 Limit value 10 10 10 10 10 7 5 5 6 Check the paper feed adjustment at 2 sided printing screen Although the value is 5 in the setting 0 is displayed on the paper feed adjustment screen T 6 17 F 6 37 7 Set the value to 3 by pressing 3 times and then press OK The feed setting on the screen is changed from 0 to 3 and paper feed adjustment at 2 sid...

Page 700: ...me of System Software SST USB memory Others Finisher Finisher controller FIN AG FIN CON Used when adding a finisher Saddle finisher Finisher controller SDL CON Used when adding a saddle finisher Paper folding unit Paper folding unit controller FDL CON Used when adding a paper folding unit Inner booklet trimmer Inner Booklet Trimmer controller TRM CON Used when adding a Inner booklet trimmer Overse...

Page 701: ...ller PUNCH hyper terminal Used when adding a professional puncher SST is not available to upgrade Use hyper terminal standard software for Windows from PC to download MEMO 2 types of CPUs the CPU IC8 of main controller board 1 and the CPU IC54 of main controller board 2 are equipped with this machine The boot program for CPU of main controller board 2 is stored in BootROM on the main controller PC...

Page 702: ...TEM DOWNLOAD SYSTEM program In service mode Normal mode program Safe mode Normal mode F 6 40 Function Download mode Normal mode download mode B Safe mode download mode A Formatting the HDD ALL BOOTDEV Downloading the system software System Language RUI Boot Dcon Rcon SDICT MEAPCONT KEY TTS BROWSER TSTMP MEDIA HELP WebDAV System Language RUI Boot Dcon Rcon SDICT MEAPCONT KEY TTS BROWSER TSTMP MEDIA...

Page 703: ...up using the new version Writing takes place There are 2 ways to download the system software Batch download To download various system software collectively The system software combination that will be downloaded with batch download is stated in the batch download information file ALL which is stored on the system CD Register the system software in SST to enable the batch download function Indivi...

Page 704: ...mbinations with No in the above list Upgrading itself is completed normally but the upgrading of the Finisher AK1 Saddle Finisher AK2 is not executed T 6 21 Making Preparations Installing the System Software System CD SST Here you will be copying the system software found on the System CD to the SST MEMO If the capacity of system software exceeds the CD capacity the system software will be recorde...

Page 705: ...sterd Firms Found Firm Registered firmware New firmware has found Click REGISTER button Click a button to execute CONNECT CANCEL EXIT REGISTER Register Firmware Delete Firmware Delete Backup Data System Management RUI XXenvXXXX XXjavXXXX XXxxvXXXX XXxxvXXXX USenvXXXX SYSTEM USenvXXXX USenvXXXX XXenvXXXX TTS XXjavXXXX WebDAV Service Support Tool DLM0 Ver X XX E The firmware listed below is New firm...

Page 706: ...TFS or HFS single partition There must not be multiple partitions CAUTION You cannot use a security protected USB device Be sure to remove the protection before use Procedure 1 Start up the PC 2 Connect the USB device to the USB port of the PC 3 Start up the SST 4 Click the USB icon on the Target Selection screen Select a model to connect CONTROL Model List MFP USB Target Selection MFP USB c Servi...

Page 707: ... USB ASR XXxxvXXXX BROWSER XXxxvXXXX HELP XXxxvXXXX MEAPCONT XXxxvXXXX SYSTEM USenvXXXX TSTAMP JPxxvXXXX LANGUAGE XXenvXXXX XXjavXXXX RUI XXenvXXXX XXjavXXXX d Valid drive DriveType 1 FileSystem FAT TotalSize 1 001MB FreeSpace 1 001MB CANCEL EXIT START Register Firmware Export Firmware Delete Firmware Delete Backup Data System Management Select the target Click a button to execute Click the START ...

Page 708: ...tion with SST thus USB device and SST cannot be used simultaneously Procedure 1 Start up the PC 2 Check the network settings of the PC 2 1 At the command prompt type IPCONFIG and press the Return key 2 2 Make sure that the network setting is as below IP address 172 16 1 160 subnet mask 255 255 255 0 default gateway any CAUTION Do not use the following IP address 172 16 1 0 172 16 1 100 172 16 1 25...

Page 709: ...t COPIER FUNCTION SYSTEM DOWNLOAD in service mode and press OK In case of safe mode While pressing 2 8 simultaneously turn ON the main power switch F 6 52 Making Connections USB device in use CAUTION The SST cannot be run while the USB device is in use The machine will not communicate with the SST when it detects the presence of a USB device Preparatory Work Requirements USB device to which the sy...

Page 710: ...starts up select COPIER FUNCTION SYSTEM DOWNLOAD in service mode and press OK In case of safe mode While pressing 2 8 simultaneously turn ON the main power switch See the following menu appearing on the control panel indicating that the machine has recognized the presence of a USB device The figure represents the normal mode F 6 53 CAUTION The machine may not recognize a USB device depending on ma...

Page 711: ...afe mode While pressing 2 8 turn ON the main power switch 2 Start up the SST 3 Select the model and the type of system software Single then check the network settings and click START MFP USB Target Selection CONTROL Export Firm Selection iPR1135 MFP USB c Interface Network IP Address 172 16 1 100 EXIT START Register Firmware CONNECT Delete Firmware Delete Backup Data System Management Select the t...

Page 712: ...sk to be executed Download Firmware Upload Data Download Data Restore Backup System Format HDD Cancel Return to Main Menu Start HDDFormat Execute formatting Confirmation Execute Formatting Cancel BOOTDEV BOOTDEV System F 6 58 F 6 59 7 When formatting has ended click OK Control 172 16 1 100 iPR1135 SAFE ServiceSupportTool DLM10 Ver X XX E Clear Click the button of the task to be executed Download F...

Page 713: ...e version of system software automatically If the combination of system software that is registered in SST is newer than the combination on a device the new combination is selected automatically If not it will not be selected The combination can be selected manually if needed Identifies the download mode normal safe of the machine automatically Since SST identifies the download mode of the machine...

Page 714: ...te Also users can specify an IP address of the machine and a language 4 Click EXIT SST Ver System Manage 1 System Manage 2 CONTROL 172 16 1 100 Language English Normal Mode Assist Mode IP Address Start Mode Register Firmware Delete Firmware System Management EXIT CANCEL Change Delete Backup Data CONNECT Change Firmware Drive Ver Info COM Port Select USB Adapter Timeout Setting Assist Mode Settings...

Page 715: ...ncel Return to Main Menu Service Support Tool DLM10 Ver X XX E Assist Mode 172 16 1 100 172 16 1 10 Series iPR1135 DLMode SAFE PC Information Available firmware version Select firmware version USenXXXX US USenXXXX US USenXXXX USS USenXXXX US MFP Information Same Ver Skip Downgrade Confirm Same Ver and Downgrade Confirm Overwrite all Confirm Download Control Later version firmware was found for con...

Page 716: ...hine turn on the main power switch F 6 68 F 6 69 13 Click Next Cancel Next Return to Main Menu Service Support Tool DLM10 Ver X XX E Assist Mode 172 16 1 100 172 16 1 10 Series iPR1135 DLMode NORMAL PC Information Available firmware version USenXXXX US USenXXXX US USenXXXX USS USenXXXX US MFP Information Overwrite all Confirm Download Control Downloading firmware was completed Shutdown sequence is...

Page 717: ...the network settings and click Start Batch Download Service Support Tool DLM0 Ver X XX E Batch List CONTROL Model List iPR1135 iPR1135 vXX XX rev XX iPR1135 Common to Copy PDL Boot Interface Network IP Address 172 16 1 100 Job 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Single iPR1135 ALL No Did you turn on copier by holding dow iPR1135_SYSTEM_USenXXXX iPR1135_LANGUAGE_XXenXXXX iPR1135_LANGUAGE_XXjaXXXX i...

Page 718: ...ase restart the device Batch Result 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 iPR1135_MEDIA_XXxxXXXX iPR1135_TTS_XXenXXXX iPR1135_TTS_XXjaXXXX iPR1135_ASR_XXenXXXX iPR1135_ASR_XXjaXXXX iPR1135_BROWSER_XXxxXXXX iPR1135_HELP_XXxxXXXX iPR1135_WebDAV_XXxxXXXX iRZZZZ_SDICT_XXjaXXXX iRZZZZ_KEY_XXxcXXXX iRZZZZ_KEY_XXxpXXXX iPR1135_DCON_XXxxXXXX iPR1135_DCON_XXxxXXXX iPR1135_RCON_XXxxXXXX Downloading the...

Page 719: ...X OK iPR1135_MEAPCONT_XXxxXXXX OK iPR1135_MEDIA_XXxxXXXX OK iPR1135_TTS_XXenXXXX OK iPR1135_TTS_XXjaXXXX OK iPR1135_ASR_XXenXXXX OK iPR1135_ASR_XXjaXXXX OK iPR1135_BROWSER_XXxxXXXX OK iPR1135_HELP_XXxxXXXX OK iPR1135_WebDAV_XXxxXXXX OK iRZZZZ_SDICT_XXjaXXXX OK iRZZZZ_KEY_XXxcXXXX OK iRZZZZ_KEY_XXxpXXXX OK iPR1135_DCON_XXxxXXXX OK iPR1135_DCON_XXxxXXXX OK iPR1135_RCON_XXxxXXXX OK Downloading the fi...

Page 720: ...m MEAPCONT XXxxXXXX RUI XXenXXXX LANGUAGE XXjaXXXX XXenXXXX SDICT XXjaXXXX ASR iPR1135 BOOT BROWSER DCON HELP LANGUAGE MEAPCONT RCON RUI SYSTEM TTS WebDAV USenvXXXX F 6 81 5 When downloading has ended click OK to go back to the previous screen SelectableFirmware Control 172 16 1 100 iPR1135 NORMAL OK SYSTEM iPR1135 Hold USenXXXX MEAPCONT XXxxXXXX RUI XXenXXXX LANGUAGE XXjaXXXX XXenXXXX SDICT XXjaX...

Page 721: ...N XXxxXXXX LANGUAGE XXjaXXXX XXenXXXX TTS XXjaXXXX XXenXXXX WEBDAV XXxxXXXX XXxxvXXXX ASR XXjaXXXX SDICT XXjaXXXX BOOT XXxxXXXX XXenXXXX MEDIA XXjaXXXX XXenXXXX ASR iPR1135 BROWSER DCON HELP LANGUAGE MEAPCONT RCON MEDIA RUI SYSTEM TTS WebDAV F 6 86 6 2 Click Start Shutdown so that the machine starts the shut down sequence The main power switch turns OFF automatically Message Start Shutdown Cancel ...

Page 722: ... SST After replacing the Main Controller PCB 2 be sure to start the machine with the 2 and 8 keys in safe mode and restore Sraming bin using SST If the machine is started normally without restoring Sraming bin at the first startup a mismatch occurs between the Inbox management information in the SRAM of the Main Controller PCB 2 and the Inbox data in the HDD In that case the documents in the Inbox...

Page 723: ...5 BROWSER KEY iRZZZZ SDICT DCON HELP LANGUAGE MEAPCONT MEDIA RCON RUI SYSTEM TTS WebDAV SelectableFirmware Select the firmware to be downloaded then click the Start button ServiceSupportTool DLM10 Ver X XX E Click the button of the task to be executed Download Firmware Upload Data Download Data Restore Backup System Format HDD Shutdown Return to Main Menu Start Clear F 6 90 F 6 91 5 Select MeapBac...

Page 724: ...P USB c Interface Network IP Address 172 16 1 100 EXIT START Register Firmware CONNECT Delete Firmware Delete Backup Data System Management Select the target Click a button to execute Register Remove Click the interface and click the START button Service Support Tool DLM0 Ver X XX E iPR1135 Single ALL Start Assist Mode Select the model Type of system software F 6 94 4 Click Download Data Selectabl...

Page 725: ...Shutdown in normal mode Use it to execute shut down instructions Press the keys on a control panel to select or execute each function F 6 97 Points to Note CAUTION Do Not Turn Off the Power During Download Write Operation Do not turn OFF the power while the system software is being downloaded or written The machine may fail to start when the power is turned ON If the power cannot be turned ON try ...

Page 726: ... that in the USB device are compared If the latter is new it will be downloaded to the temporary storage area of the HDD At the end of the downloading the machine restarts on its own to write the downloaded system software to the system area of the HDD and the flash ROM Procedure 1 Check to see that the Execute Memory lamp on the control panel is off and turn off the power of the machine as descri...

Page 727: ...e version 2 Upgrade w Confirmation System software on HDD and that on USB device are compared and if the system software on USB device is newer than that on HDD it will be downloaded in the temporary storage area on HDD If the system software on USB device is the same or older than that on HDD the message whether or not to overwrite is displayed Unlike menu 1 the machine does not restart automatic...

Page 728: ...rite is displayed each time Press the key on the control panel 0 overwrite other than 0 do not overwrite At the end of downloading a message will appear asking you to press a key 5 Press any key In case of normal mode shutdown sequence is executed 6 When a message appears asking you to turn off the power turn off the main power switch 7 Remove the USB device 8 Turn on the main power switch Upon st...

Page 729: ...sec or more 1 2 Shut down the machine by following the instruction on the control panel The main power switch will turn off automatically 2 Connect the USB device to the USB port 3 Start the machine in appropriate download mode 4 Press the key on the control panel 3 0 execute download other that 0 go back to Menu screen While downloading is under way the control panel shows its progress At the end...

Page 730: ...re 1 2 Shut down the machine by following the instruction on the control panel The main power switch will turn off automatically 2 Connect the USB device to the USB port 3 Start the machine in safe mode While pressing 2 8 turn ON the main power switch 4 Press the key on the control panel 4 0 go to Partition Selection screen other that 0 go back to Menu screen F 6 110 5 Press the key on the control...

Page 731: ...chine in appropriate download mode 4 Press the key on the control panel 6 0 initialize other than 0 go back to Menu screen After execution a message will appear asking you to turn off and then on the power F 6 113 5 Turn off the main power switch 6 Remove the USB device 7 Turn on the main power switch 7 Clear downloaded files Use it to remove the system software files that have been saved in the t...

Page 732: ...on Upgrade Version Upgrade using USB Other Functions Procedure 1 Press the key on the control panel Stop 0 execute other than 0 go to Menu screen The shut down sequence will be executed and a message will appear asking you to turn off the power 2 Turn off the main power switch and remove the USB device F 6 115 ...

Page 733: ...7 7 Error Code Error Code Overview Location Code Pickup Position Code Pickup size Error Code Jam Code Alarm Code ...

Page 734: ...nformation is displayed as 2 digit numbers as follows Device DISPLAY JAM DISPLAY ERR imagePRESS 1135 1135 1125 125 1110 1110 ARCNET option imagePRESS 1110 1110 IPC option imagePRESS 1135 11 35 1125 1125 1110 1110 00 Main controller 00 Printer engine 05 Color Image Reader L1 Reader DADF 01 01 or 04 T 7 1 Device DISPLAY JAM DISPLAY ERR imagePRESS 1135 1135 1125 125 1110 1110 ARCNET option imagePRESS...

Page 735: ...tes the position where a paper was picked up when a jam occurred In the jam display screen the P row corresponds to the pickup position code Pickup position Pickup position code imagePRESS 1135 1135 1125 1125 1110 1110 Deck 01 2 sided printing 32 POD Deck C1 1st Upper 08 Middle 09 Lower 0A Secondary POD Deck C1 2nd Upper 0B Middle 0C Lower 0D 3rd Upper 0E Middle 0F Lower 10 Side Paper Deck AF1 Mul...

Page 736: ...ntina LEGAL I B5 ISOB5 ALTR Argentina LETTER I B6 ISOB6 OFI OFICIO I B7 ISOB7 A OFI Argentina OFICIO I C0 ISOC0 B OFI Bolivia OFICIO I C1 ISOC1 E OFI Ecuador OFICIO I C2 ISOC2 M OFI Mexico OFICIO I C3 ISOC3 KLGL Korea LEGAL I C4 ISOC4 GLGL Government LEGAL I C5 ISOC5 GLTR Government LETTER I C6 ISOC6 IND LGL India LEGAL I C7 ISOC7 COM10 COM10 I SRA3 SRA3 DL DL J B0 JISB0 E_C2 Nagagata 2 J B1 JISB1...

Page 737: ...e external heat roller unit in the case of 1 000 000 or more Code Detail Code Location Item Description E000 0206 05 Title Error in fixing temperature raising delay software detection Description of detection The pressure roller heater heater driver causes an error The external heat lower roller heater heater driver causes an error During warm up operation the temperature of pressure roller main t...

Page 738: ...Measures 1 Clean the external heat upper roller sub thermistor 2 Replace the external heat roller thermistor 3 Replace the external heat heater 1 4 Replace the fixing heater control PCB When the counter value of the external heat upper roller is less than 1 000 000 Replace the external heat roller unit in the case of 1 000 000 or more Code Detail Code Location Item Description E001 0080 05 Title E...

Page 739: ...Description of detection Error in low temperature detection of fixing roller Detected temperature of fixing roller main thermistor is 60 deg C or lower against the target for 1 sec Measures 1 Replace the fixing roller main thermistor 2 Replace the fixing heater 3 Replace the fixing heater control PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E003 0002 05 Title Error in low temperature detection D...

Page 740: ...tection error the relay was turned OFF by the hardware detection Measures This error does not usually occur because software detection is performed before hardware detection Code Detail Code Location Item Description E004 0011 05 Title Heater ON OFF detection circuit error Description of detection ON OFF detection circuit error of the fixing heater main Measures 1 Check the fixing heater connector...

Page 741: ...roller unit to the correct position Remove the fixing front upper cover and the fixing web unit and check the cam position At normal termination the cam is in a standing state The fixing roller and the external heat roller are disengaged Refer to Parts Replacement and Cleaning Main Unit Removing Fixing Pressure Unit in the Service Manual for details 2 Check the connector of the external heat disen...

Page 742: ...ace the PCB if necessary E012 0010 05 Title Error in drum motor Description of detection Lock is unlocked 5 times repeatedly during the operation Measures Check the connector of the drum motor M6 and replace the motor if necessary Code Detail Code Location Item Description E012 0011 05 Title Error in drum motor Description of detection Invalid lock is detected during standby Measures Check the con...

Page 743: ...on of detection Pre registration feed motor 2 Measures Check the connector of the pre registration feed motor 2 M20 and replace the motor if necessary Code Detail Code Location Item Description E015 0021 05 Title Error in feed motor Description of detection Pre registration separation motor 2 Measures Check the connector of the pre registration separation motor 2 M21 and replace the motor if neces...

Page 744: ...e vertical path motor 2 M59 and replace the motor if necessary Code Detail Code Location Item Description E015 0062 05 Title Error in feed motor Description of detection Deck feed motor 1 Measures Check the connector of the deck feed motor 1 M62 and replace the motor if necessary E015 0063 05 Title Error in feed motor Description of detection Deck feed motor 2 Measures Check the connector of the d...

Page 745: ...of detection While the motor is driving the lock has come off for 1 sec continuously come off 10 times with 100 msec cycle Measures 1 Check the connector of the waste toner stirring motor M69 2 Check the connector of the pickup feed driver PCB PCB3 3 Check the connector of the DC controller PCB PCB1 4 Replace the waste toner stirring motor M69 5 Replace the pickup feed driver PCB PCB3 6 Replace th...

Page 746: ...e the hopper stirring motor M68 6 Replace the hopper driver PCB PCB46 7 Replace the fixing main driver PCB PCB8 8 Replace the DC controller PCB PCB1 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E028 0001 05 Title Error in toner bottle movement Description of detection Position sensor does not go ON within the specified time 3 sec after the toner bottle is slid back and forth Measures Check the conne...

Page 747: ...sor exceeds the specified value for 5 sec continuously ITB is displaced toward rear Measures 1 Clean the ITB displacement sensor PS6 2 Replace the ITB displacement detection flag 3 Replace the ITB edge area 4 Readjust the ITB failure in ITB feed position 5 Replace the ITB displacement sensor PS6 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E075 0002 05 Title Error in ITB displacement control Descrip...

Page 748: ...Occurrence timing can be identified by this numeric values for design review As a field remedy laser scanner needs to be replaced regardless of this numeric values Measures 1 Check the connector 2 Replace the laser scanner unit 3 Replace the DC controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E110 0013 05 Title Error in scanner motor Detection fails after BD detection Description of detec...

Page 749: ...CK signal is detected during BD rotation Measures 1 Check the connector 2 Replace the laser scanner unit 3 Replace the DC controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E110 0025 05 Title Error in scanner motor Rotation accuracy error during phase control Description of detection When PLOCK signal cannot be detected during the BD rotation of polygon scanner either the PLOCK signal canno...

Page 750: ...Measures 1 Check the connector of the DC controller PCB PCB1 2 Check the connector of the registration duplex driver PCB PCB4 3 Replace the DC controller PCB PCB1 4 Replace the registration duplex driver PCB PCB4 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E197 0010 05 Title Error in serial communication Description of detection Communication error with PCB at power ON Measures 1 Check the connecto...

Page 751: ...3 Replace the DC controller PCB PCB1 4 Replace the PCB E197 0023 05 Title Error in serial communication Description of detection Communication error with PCB at power ON Measures 1 Check the connector of the DC controller PCB PCB1 2 Check the connector of the PCB 3 Replace the DC controller PCB PCB1 4 Replace the PCB E197 0024 05 Title Error in serial communication Description of detection Communi...

Page 752: ... be performed in the home position location Measures 1 Check the connector of the glass shifting HP sensor SR11 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the glass shift motor M9 3 Replace the reader controller PCB PCB1 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E202 0102 04 Title Error in glass shifting HP Description of detection Return route can t be performed in the home position location ...

Page 753: ...Error when EEPROM power supply for reader controller PCB PCB1 is charged Measures Replace the reader controller PCB PCB1 E248 0002 04 Title Error in EEPROM Description of detection Error during EEPROM for reader controller PCB PCB1 is written Measures Replace the reader controller PCB PCB1 E248 0003 04 Title Error in EEPROM Description of detection Error during EEPROM for reader controller PCB PCB...

Page 754: ... the Power relay PCB PCB14 3 Check the connectors J1476 J1516 harnesses of the 24V power PCB 3 PCB20 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E260 0102 05 Title Reverse delivery driver PCB 24V error supported by DC Controller Ver 49 04 or later Description of detection When checking the power supply detection port at intervals of 100 msec at power on an error was detected 5 times in a row exclud...

Page 755: ...he Power relay PCB PCB14 3 Check the connectors J1476 J1516 harnesses of the 24V power PCB 3 PCB20 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E260 0106 05 Title DC controller PCB 24V error supported by DC Controller Ver 49 04 or later Description of detection When checking the power supply detection port at intervals of 100 msec at power on an error was detected 5 times in a row excluding the case...

Page 756: ...wer relay PCB PCB14 3 Check the Front door switch right SW7 and Front door switch left SW8 4 Check the connectors J1472 J1514 harnesses of the 24V power PCB 1 PCB18 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E260 0110 05 Title Deck driver PCB 24V error supported by DC Controller Ver 49 04 or later Description of detection When checking the power supply detection port at intervals of 100 msec at po...

Page 757: ...3 2 Check the connectors J1103 J1120 harnesses of the Power relay PCB PCB14 3 Check the connectors J1309 J1513 harnesses of the 12V power PCB PCB17 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E260 0202 05 Title Reverse delivery driver PCB 12V error supported by DC Controller Ver 49 04 or later Description of detection When checking the power supply detection port at intervals of 100 msec at power o...

Page 758: ... signal of the surface scanner unit Description of detection Due to the abnormal VSYNC signal VSYNC is not executed in the CMOS PCB Reader which is in the communication with the reader Controller PCB PCB1 and cause abnormal image or abnormal task abort Measures 1 Check the connector of the scanner unit Reader 2 Check the connector of the reader controller PCB PCB1 3 Replace the scanner unit Reader...

Page 759: ...error Measures 1 Turn OFF ON 2 Replace the main controller PCB E315 000D 00 Title Error in JBIG decode Description of detection JBIG decode error Measures 1 Turn OFF ON 2 Replace the main controller PCB E315 000E 00 Title Error at software decode Description of detection JBIG decode error Measures Replace the main controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E315 0025 00 Title Error i...

Page 760: ...in device timeout Description of detection If interruption does not occur within 2 min from start up Measures 1 DDI S Check RCON and I F 2 Replace the main controller PCB E315 0551 00 Title Error in device abnormal termination Description of detection When an abnormal interruption is detected after startup Measures 1 DDI S Check RCON and I F 2 Replace the main controller PCB Code Detail Code Locat...

Page 761: ...0003 01 Title Error in the communication between Reader Controller PCB DADF Description of detection Sending error during communication between Reader Controller PCB and DADF Measures 1 Check the connection between the DADF driver PCB PCB1 and the reader controller PCB 2 Replace the DADF driver PCB PCB1 3 Replace the reader controller PCB E400 0003 04 Title Error in the communication between Reade...

Page 762: ...e the DADF driver PCB PCB1 E413 0011 01 Title Abnormality in DADF disengaging motor 2 M7 Description of detection DADF disengaging home position sensor 2 SR16 OPEN Measures 1 Check the connector of the disengaging home position sensor 2 SR16 2 Check the connector of the disengaging motor 2 M7 3 Replace the disengaging home position sensor 2 SR16 4 Replace the disengaging motor 2 M7 5 Replace the D...

Page 763: ...between the host machine and the Secondary POD Deck Measures 1 Check the power of the option 2 Check the connection of the ARCNET cable 3 Replace the ARCNET driver PCB 4 Replace the POD deck controller PCB PCB1 If any of those is not assumed as a cause this error might have occurred on another option Code Detail Code Location Item Description E500 0001 13 Title Error in ARCNET communication Descri...

Page 764: ...unexpected operation Description of detection Measures If an error cannot be released by turning OFF ON the power contact a sales company E500 0099 02 Title Error due to unexpected operation Description of detection Measures If an error cannot be released by turning OFF ON the power contact a sales company Code Detail Code Location Item Description E500 00A1 51 Title Error due to unexpected operat...

Page 765: ...ection of the harness between the master controller PCB and the option controller PCB 4 Replace the option controller PCB 5 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E501 0002 52 Title Communication error with the 2nd stacker Description of detection Abnormal data reception mismatched checksum EXT abnormal data reception Measures 1 Check the connector of the opti...

Page 766: ...eplace the option controller PCB 5 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E501 0011 52 Title Communication error with the 2nd stacker Description of detection Communication error was notified with parallel signal because the stacker detects communication error Measures 1 Check the connector of the option controller PCB 2 Check the connector of the master contr...

Page 767: ...ome specified time Measures 1 Check the connector of the slave controller PCB 2 Check the connector of the cutter controller PCB 3 Replace the slave controller PCB 4 Replace the cutter controller PCB E501 0084 61 Title Communication error between the slave controller PCB and the cutter controller PCB of the perfect binder Description of detection If the communication alarm between the slave contro...

Page 768: ...ctor of the finisher controller PCB 2 Check the connector of the saddle stitcher controller PCB 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB 4 Replace the saddle stitcher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E503 0003 02 Title Error in puncher communication connection Description of detection Measures 1 The power of professional puncher is not turned ON 2 Check the connection between...

Page 769: ...ion of detection Communication failed between the finisher paper folding unit Measures 1 Check the connector of the finisher controller PCB 2 Check the connector of the paper folding unit controller PCB 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB 4 Replace the paper folding unit controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E503 0062 02 Title Error in communication between the finisher paper...

Page 770: ...res Replace the DC controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E505 0002 51 Title EEPROM writing error with the stacker Description of detection Data failed to be written properly Measures 1 Replace the EEPROM on the master controller PCB 2 Replace the master controller PCB E505 0002 52 Title EEPROM writing error with the 2nd stacker Description of detection Data failed to be written...

Page 771: ... POD deck is different E509 0002 12 Title Download error Description of detection ACC classification code that is wrote into the BOOTROM and the firmware is different Measures Firmware of POD deck is different Code Detail Code Location Item Description E509 0002 13 Title Download error Description of detection ACC classification code that is wrote into the BOOTROM and the firmware is different Mea...

Page 772: ...isher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E514 8004 02 Title Error in the gripper motor Description of detection The gripper HP sensor does not detect the gripper Measures 1 Check the connector of the gripper HP sensor S140 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Check the connector of the gripper motor M117 and replace the motor if necessary 3 Replace the finisher controller P...

Page 773: ...operation Measures 1 Check the connector of the stack tray 1 shift HP sensor front S47 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the stack tray 1 shift motor front M24 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E524 8012 51 Title Error in lock of stack tray 1 shift motor front M24 of the stacker Description of detection Stack tray 1 shift HP sensor front S47 ...

Page 774: ... M21 of the 2nd stacker Description of detection Stack tray 1 shift HP sensor rear S34 failed to be ON even though specified period of time has passed in the case of initial shift operation Measures 1 Replace the connector of the stack tray 1 shift HP sensor rear S34 2 Replace the stack tray 1 shift motor rear M21 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E524 8...

Page 775: ... sensor S108 and replace the sensor if necessary b 2 Check the connector of the front alignment motor M108 and replace the motor if necessary b 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E530 8011 51 Title Error in lock of stack tray 1 alignment motor rear M22 of the stacker Description of detection Stack tray 1 alignment HP sensor rear S33 failed to be OFF ev...

Page 776: ...k tray 2 alignment HP sensor rear S40 failed to be ON even though specified period of time has passed in the case of initial operation to shift from the standby position for each paper to HP Measures 1 Replace the connector of the stack tray 2 alignment HP sensor rear S40 2 Replace the stack tray 2 alignment motor rear M23 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Descripti...

Page 777: ... the swing guide motor M110 and replace the motor if necessary 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB E535 0002 02 Title Error in the swing guide motor Description of detection The swing guide HP sensor does not detect the swing guide Measures 1 Check the connector of the swing guide HP sensor S110 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Check the connector of the swing guide motor M110 and replace t...

Page 778: ...sures 1 Check the connector of the stack tray 1 alignment HP sensor front S48 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the stack tray 1 alignment motor front M25 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E537 8011 52 Title Error in lock of stack tray 1 alignment motor front M25 of the 2nd stacker Description of detection Stack tray 1 alignment HP sensor fro...

Page 779: ...sures 1 Check the connector of the delivery angle HP sensor 2 Check the connector of the delivery angle adjustment motor 3 Replace the delivery angle HP sensor 4 Replace the delivery angle adjustment motor 5 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E539 8002 02 Title Error in delivery angle adjustment motor HP sensor stationary Description of detection HP sens...

Page 780: ...lace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the upper tray up down motor M36 3 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E540 8002 02 Title a Error in tray A upper tray Fin AK b Error in the tray 1 shift motor Fin AG Description of detection a Detected position of tray A is below the tray B b The tray 1 detects the discontinuous area with the tray 1 area sensors Measu...

Page 781: ... Replace the tray A up down motor 5 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E542 0013 02 Title Error in the tray 2 shift motor Description of detection The swing guide safety switch front rear is turned ON Measures 1 Check the connector of the swing guide safety switch front rear SW102 SW104 2 Check the connector of the staple position switch SW103 3 Replace ...

Page 782: ...B up down motor 5 Replace the finisher controller PCB E544 8001 02 Title Upper clearance paddle lifting error Description of detection Delay of HP sensor Measures Code Detail Code Location Item Description E544 8002 02 Title Upper clearance paddle lifting error Description of detection Stationary of HP sensor Measures E548 8001 02 Title Lower clearance paddle lifting error Description of detection...

Page 783: ...pply fan FAN101 and replace the fan if necessary b 2 Replace the finisher controller PCB E551 0002 31 Title Error in power fan on the integration unit Description of detection The lock status is released when the fan stops Measures Check the connector of the power fan FM1 and replace the fan if necessary Code Detail Code Location Item Description E551 0002 61 Title Error in the power cooling fan c...

Page 784: ...ck plate upper cooling fan front FM12 is detected Measures 1 Replace the back plate upper cooling fan front FM12 2 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E551 8007 61 Title Error in the back plate upper cooling fan rear FM13 of the perfect binder Description of detection The lock signal of the back plate upper cooling fan rear FM13 is detected Measures 1 Replac...

Page 785: ...cified period of time has passed in the case of initial operation to shift from the standby position for each paper to HP Measures 1 Replace the side registration HP sensor S2 2 Replace the side registration detection motor M9 3 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E566 8001 52 Title Error in lock of side registration detection motor M9 of the 2nd stacker De...

Page 786: ... even though specified period of time has passed in the case of initial nip nip release operation Measures 1 Check the connector of the side registration shift HP sensor S6 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the side registration shift motor M7 3 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E568 8001 02 Title a Error in feed roller disengage operation Fin...

Page 787: ... failed to be OFF even though specified period of time has passed in the case of initial nip nip release operation Measures 1 Check the connector of the nip release HP sensor 2 S4 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the nip release motor 2 M5 3 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E568 8021 52 Title Error in lock of nip release motor 2 M5 of the 2n...

Page 788: ...er HP sensor S114 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Check the connector of the stacking tray paper retainer motor M114 and replace the motor if necessary 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E56D 8002 02 Title Error in the stacking tray paper retainer motor Description of detection The stacking tray paper retainer HP sensor does not detect the stacki...

Page 789: ...r of the paper return guide HP sensor S112 and replace the sensor if necessary b 2 Check the connector of the paper return guide motor M112 and replace the motor if necessary b 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E578 8001 51 Title Error in lock of lead in belt up down motor M34 of the stacker Description of detection Lead in shift HP sensor S42 failed ...

Page 790: ...2 Replace the finisher controller PCB b 1 Check the connector of the paper trailing edge pushing guide HP sensor S113 and replace the sensor if necessary b 2 Check the connector of the paper trailing edge pushing guide motor M113 and replace the motor if necessary b 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E57B 8002 02 Title Error in the paper trailing edge ...

Page 791: ...ary a 2 Replace the finisher controller PCB b 1 Check the connector of the paper retainer HP sensor S135 and replace the sensor if necessary b 2 Check the connector of the processing tray paper retainer motor M118 and replace the motor if necessary b 3 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E57C 8001 51 Title Error in lock of trail edge retaining motor M29 o...

Page 792: ...ing shift HP sensor S46 failed to be OFF even though specified period of time has passed in the case of initial operation to shift from stack tray 2 to HP Measures 1 Replace the trail edge retaining shift HP sensor S46 2 Replace the trail edge retaining motor M29 3 Replace the Slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E580 8011 51 Title Error in lock of stack tray up down mot...

Page 793: ...ray it failed to be ON even though 30 sec has passed Measures 1 Check the connectors of the flapping paper surface sensor 1 S30 and the stack tray paper surface sensor front rear S44 43 and replace the sensors if necessary 2 Replace the stack tray up down motor 1 M20 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E580 8015 51 Title Error in lock of stack tray up down...

Page 794: ...1 M20 or stack tray up down motor 2 M19 3 Replace the slave controller PCB 4 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E580 8021 51 Title Error in lock of stack tray up down motor 2 M19 of the stacker Description of detection In the case that stack tray 2 full level sensor S23 and arm escape sensor 2 S24 are ON although turning ON of stack tray 2 full level senso...

Page 795: ... tray it failed to be ON even though 30 sec has passed Measures 1 Check the connectors of flapping paper surface sensor 2 S37 and the stack tray paper surface sensor front rear S44 43 and replace the sensor s if necessary 2 Replace the stack tray up down motor 2 M19 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E580 8025 51 Title Error in lock of stack tray up down ...

Page 796: ...lace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E583 8002 02 Title a Error in stack delivery auxiliary tray operation Fin AK b Error in the tray auxiliary guide motor Fin AG Description of detection a Stack delivery auxiliary tray HP sensor does not go OFF within 5 sec after the stack delivery auxiliary motor starts operation b The tray auxiliary guide front rear HP sen...

Page 797: ...troller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E586 8001 52 Title Error in lock of decurler shift motor M11 of the 2nd stacker Description of detection Decurler shift HP sensor S14 failed to be OFF even though specified period of time has passed in the case of adjusting decurler pressure Measures 1 Check the connector of the decurler shift HP sensor S14 and replace the sensor if necessary ...

Page 798: ...master controller PCB E587 0005 52 Title Error in lock of cooling fan 5 FAN5 of the 2nd stacker Description of detection Lock signal has been ON continuously for specified period of time Measures 1 Replace the cooling fan 5 FAN5 2 Replace the master controller PCB E587 0006 51 Title Error in lock of cooling fan 6 FAN6 of the stacker Description of detection Lock signal has been ON continuously for...

Page 799: ...or if necessary 5 Replace the puncher driver PCB PCB1 6 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E590 8004 02 Title Error in punch operation Description of detection If the punch motor HP sensor PS36 cannot be detected at the operation switch of 2 hole 3 hole 2 hole 4 hole France Measures 1 Check the punch motor 2 Check the punch motor clock sensor SR38 3 Repl...

Page 800: ...fer home position sensor right S100 3 Replace the cutter controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5A2 8085 61 Title Error in the waste buffer transfer motor M37 of the perfect binder Description of detection The waste buffer clock sensor S101 is not ON within some specified time during motor rotation Measures 1 Replace the waste buffer transfer motor M37 2 Replace the waste buffe...

Page 801: ...ss home position sensor S90 3 Replace the cutter controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5A4 8083 61 Title Error in the press motor M36 of the perfect binder Description of detection The press end sensor S87 is not OFF within some specified time during press release Measures 1 Replace the press motor M36 2 Replace the press end sensor S87 3 Replace the cutter controller PCB E5A4...

Page 802: ... trimmer is remained at home position Description of detection The stopper home position sensor PI05 failed to be OFF Measures 1 Check the Stopper Home Position Sensor PI05 2 Replace the Motor Driver PCB 3 Replace the Trimmer Controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5A7 8061 02 Title The conveyer retaining roller shift motor M08 of the booklet trimmer has not been arrived at home...

Page 803: ...easures 1 Replace the cutter motor M35 2 Replace the cutter area sensor 2 S85 3 Replace the cutter controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5AA 8003 02 Title Error in the cutter motor Description of detection The cutter motor clock sensor does not detect the motor clock Measures 1 Check the connector of the cutter motor clock sensor S108 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Repl...

Page 804: ...osition sensor S83 is not ON within the specified time when the trimmer mount returns to the home position Measures 1 Replace the trimmer mount transfer motor M40 2 Replace the trimmer home position sensor S83 3 Replace the cutter controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5AE 8000 02 Title Remaining paper error at trimmer Description of detection After the delivery operation from ...

Page 805: ...trimmer is remained at the home position Description of detection The rear push alignment guide home position sensor PI122 is not turned OFF Measures 1 Check the connector 2 Replace the sensor 3 Replace the motor Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5AF 8041 02 Title The front push alignment guide shift motor M31 of the two knife booklet trimmer has not been arrived at the home position Des...

Page 806: ... Description of detection The paper stack information or the booklet delivery command of the booklet trimmer was received while the operation start command was not received Measures 1 Check the connector 2 Replace the motor Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5AF 8097 02 Title The stepping motor of the two knife booklet trimmer has not completed shifting to the specified position Descripti...

Page 807: ...r HTR1 on the perfect binder Description of detection Error in thermostat THSW is detected Measures 1 Replace the heater HTR1 2 Replace the thermistor THSW 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5B0 8008 61 Title Error in the heater HTR1 on the perfect binder Description of detection The remain detection thermistor S58 detected temperature more than 170 degr...

Page 808: ...1 Check the movement of the glue supply system 2 Replace the remain detection thermistor S58 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5B2 8003 61 Title Error in the glue pile level detection of the perfect binder Description of detection Glue supply is not performed even gluing is performed in the amount set the fluid detection position doesn t become lower th...

Page 809: ...an t get within the set range Measures 1 Clean the leading edge detection sensor S65T S65L and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5B4 8007 61 Title Error in the sensor auto adjustment of the perfect binder Description of detection Even the D A output value of the input path sensor S92T S92L changed up to the upper limit va...

Page 810: ...nput limit can t get within the set range Measures 1 Replace the leading edge detection sensor S65T S65L 2 Replace the slave controller PCB E5B4 8017 61 Title Error in the sensor auto adjustment of the perfect binder Description of detection Even the D A output value of the inlet path sensor S92T S92L changed up to the lower limit value the A D input limit can t get within the set range Measures 1...

Page 811: ...sensor S76 3 Replace the cutter controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5B5 8016 61 Title Error on the cut waste detection of the perfect binder Description of detection 1 The waste buffer full detection sensor S96T S96L detected cut waste during initial movement 2 After cut waste processing cut waste bigger than the size set stuck between the waste buffer and paper pressing pla...

Page 812: ... 3 Replace the glue pile transfer home position sensor front S74 4 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5B8 8001 61 Title Error in the glue pile roller motor M25 of the perfect binder Description of detection The rotation detection cannot be performed by the glue pile roller rotation detection sensor S59 during glue pile roller trigger Measures 1 Replace the...

Page 813: ...essary 2 Replace the front estrangement motor M103 3 Replace the trimmer controller PCB PCB1 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5BA 8011 02 Title Error in the rear estrangement motor Description of detection The rear estrangement motor does not turn ON Measures 1 Check the connector of the rear estrangement motor HP sensor S104 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the rear estran...

Page 814: ... plate open sensor S62 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5BC 0003 61 Title The Error in the back plate transfer motor M26 of the perfect binder Description of detection When the back plate closes the back plate close sensor S63 is not ON within some specified time after triggered Measures 1 Replace the back plate transfer motor M26 2 Replace the back pl...

Page 815: ... driven for the specified time Measures 1 Replace the alignment motor front M4 2 Replace the alignment home position sensor front large S14 3 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5C2 8004 61 Title Error in alignment motor front M4 on P binder Description of detection When the alignment motor front M4 pushes the large size paper the alignment home position s...

Page 816: ...up down motor M2 2 Replace the paper surface sensor front S1 3 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5C5 8004 61 Title Error in stack tray up down motor M2 on P binder Description of detection When the stack tray is lowered the paper surface sensor front S1 does not go OFF even though it is driven for the specified time Measures 1 Replace the stack tray up d...

Page 817: ...r left S27 3 Replace the disengage open sensor left S28 4 Replace the master controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5C9 0005 61 Title Error in disengage motor left M15 on P binder Description of detection When the left cover sheet path moves to the open position the disengage open sensor left S28 does not come ON even though it is driven for the specified time Measures 1 Replac...

Page 818: ... Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5D2 8002 61 Title Error in sub grip motor M20 on P binder Description of detection When the sub grip closes the sub grip open sensor S40 does not go OFF even though it is driven for the specified time Measures 1 Replace the sub grip motor M20 2 Replace the sub grip open sensor S40 3 Replace the slave controller PCB E5D2 ...

Page 819: ... if necessary 2 Replace the gripper motor M35 3 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5D4 8001 52 Title Error in lock of gripper motor M35 of the 2nd stacker Description of detection Gripper HP sensor S15 failed to be ON even though specified period of time has passed in the case of initial gripper operation Measures 1 Check the connector of the gripper HP se...

Page 820: ...M21 on P binder Description of detection 1 When the main grip rotates to the paper shift position the rotation home position sensor S43 does not come ON even though it is driven for the specified time 2 When the paper presence is detected under the other condition than the sub grip being in the home position the main grip does not exist in the rotation home position Measures 1 Remove the paper sta...

Page 821: ...n sensor front S51 3 Replace the main grip close sensor front S53 4 Replace the slave controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5D7 8001 61 Title Error in main grip motor front M23 on P binder Description of detection When the main grip is opened the main grip open sensor front S51 does not come ON even though it is driven for the specified time Measures 1 Replace the main grip mo...

Page 822: ...or S205 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Check the connector of the saddle leading edge stopper motor M203 and replace the motor if necessary 3 Replace the saddle stitcher controller PCB 4 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5F0 8002 02 Title Error in saddle positioning plate Description of detection Saddle leading edge stopper HP sensor does not go...

Page 823: ...sures 1 Check the connector of the saddle alignment plate HP sensor S206 and the saddle alignment motor M202 2 Check the connection of the saddle alignment plate HP sensor S206 and the saddle alignment motor M202 harnesses 3 Replace the saddle alignment plate HP sensor S206 4 Replace the saddle alignment motor M202 5 Replace the saddle stitcher controller PCB 6 Replace the finisher controller PCB ...

Page 824: ...he saddle paper push plate motor M205 5 Replace the saddle stitcher controller PCB 6 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5F6 8003 02 Title Saddle paper push on plate motor clock error Description of detection Rotation speed of the saddle paper push on plate motor becomes 6 clocks or less Measures 1 Check the connectors of the saddle paper push on plate m...

Page 825: ...ead in roller disengage motor M214 5 Replace the saddle stitcher controller PCB 6 Replace the finisher controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E5F9 8002 02 Title Error in the saddle lead in roller disengage motor Description of detection Although the saddle lead in roller disengage motor is driven for 50 pulses the saddle lead in roller cannot move from the CLOSE position of the ...

Page 826: ... within 5 sec after the saddle training edge holding shift motor starts operation Measures 1 Check the connectors of the saddle trailing edge holding shift motor and the saddle trailing edge holding shift HP sensor and replace the motor the sensor if necessary 2 Replace the stitcher controller PCB E5FD 8002 02 Title Error in saddle trailing edge holding shift motor Description of detection Saddle ...

Page 827: ...s it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0101 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the FSTDEV Measures 1 Check the cable and power connector etc 2 If the problem persists after the above is performed activate using the save mode and re install all form...

Page 828: ...ription E602 0113 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the FSTDEV Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above is performed input the CH...

Page 829: ...e and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0201 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is on the IMG_MNG Measures 1 Check the cable...

Page 830: ...ail Code Location Item Description E602 0213 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is on the IMG_MNG Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the abo...

Page 831: ...e and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0301 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the FSTCDEV Measures 1 Check the cable...

Page 832: ...de Location Item Description E602 0313 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the FSTCDEV Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above is ...

Page 833: ...de and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0401 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the APL_GEN Measures 1 Check the cabl...

Page 834: ... Location Item Description E602 0413 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the APL_GEN Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above is pe...

Page 835: ...e mode and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0501 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the TMP_GEN Measures 1 Check the ...

Page 836: ...Code Location Item Description E602 0513 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the TMP_GEN Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above i...

Page 837: ...de and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0601 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the TMP_FAX Measures 1 Check the cabl...

Page 838: ...de Location Item Description E602 0613 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the TMP_FAX Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above is ...

Page 839: ...de and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0701 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the TMP_PSS Measures 1 Check the cabl...

Page 840: ...de Location Item Description E602 0713 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the TMP_PSS Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above is ...

Page 841: ...ode and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0801 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the PDLDEV Measures 1 Check the cabl...

Page 842: ...de Location Item Description E602 0813 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in the PDLDEV Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the problem persists after the above is p...

Page 843: ...ave mode and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0901 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in BOOTDEV Measures 1 Check the ca...

Page 844: ... re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 0913 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in BOOTDEV Measures High possibility that the document data of BOX etc on the HDD is broken 1 Input the CHK TYPE corresponds to the partition execute HDD CHECK required time few minutes to several tens minutes and turn the power OFF ON 2 If the pro...

Page 845: ...0 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_MEAP Measures 1 Check the cable and power connector etc 2 If the problem persists after the above is performed activate using the save mode and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON Re install all the format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI in the SST and turn...

Page 846: ...l the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1012 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_MEAP Measures Error caused by garbled data and software bug 1 Activate using the save mode re install all the format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST turn the main power OFF ON 2 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is tro...

Page 847: ... and re install in the SST 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1100 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_SEND Measures 1 Check the cable and power connector etc 2 If the problem persists after the above is perform...

Page 848: ...l the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1112 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_SEND Measures Error caused by garbled data and software bug 1 Activate using the save mode re install all the format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST turn the main power OFF ON 2 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is tro...

Page 849: ...F ON For BOOTDEV BOOTDEV2 APL_SEND re format and re install in the SST 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1200 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_KEEP Measures 1 Check the cable and power connector etc 2 If the...

Page 850: ... HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1212 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_KEEP Measures Error caused by garbled data and software bug 1 Activate using the save mode re install all the format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST turn the main power OFF ON 2 If the problem still pe...

Page 851: ...wer OFF ON For BOOTDEV BOOTDEV2 APL_SEND re format and re install in the SST 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1300 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_LOG Measures 1 Check the cable and power connector etc 2 I...

Page 852: ...l the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 1312 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection The abnormality is in APL_LOG Measures Error caused by garbled data and software bug 1 Activate using the save mode re install all the format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST turn the main power OFF ON 2 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trou...

Page 853: ...DEV BOOTDEV2 APL_SEND re format and re install in the SST 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 2000 00 Title Error in authentication between host machine and encryption board Description of detection Authentication error of host machine and encryption board Me...

Page 854: ...ng the save mode and re install all format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST and turn the main power OFF ON 3 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 FF05 00 Title Error in the Hard Disc Description of detection Error in the unspecified partition Measures E...

Page 855: ...tition Measures Error caused by garbled data and software bug 1 Activate using the save mode re install all the format and system SYSTEM LANGUAGE RUI on the SST turn the main power OFF ON 2 If the problem still persists it is concluded that there is trouble in the HDD hence replace the HDD and re install the system Code Detail Code Location Item Description E602 FF23 00 Title Error in the Hard Dis...

Page 856: ...encryption key error encryption process error Description of detection Error of encryption processing area Measures Power OFF ON Code Detail Code Location Item Description E610 0202 00 Title Failure of HDD encryption key hardware configuration error initialization error encryption key error encryption process error Description of detection Error of encryption processing area Measures Power OFF ON ...

Page 857: ...s Check the cable Code Detail Code Location Item Description E713 0000 05 Title Error in option IPC Description of detection At power on when IPC communication IC of sorter detects an error Measures Cable check E717 0001 00 Title Communication error with NE controller Description of detection Error at NE controller start When NE controller that is connected before power OFF is not connected at pow...

Page 858: ...onnected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 0007 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 0008 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported opt...

Page 859: ... 001D 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 001E 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 001F 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 860: ... 0033 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 0034 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 0035 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 861: ... 0049 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 004A 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 004B 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 862: ... 005F 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 0060 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 0061 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 863: ... 0075 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 0076 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 0077 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 864: ... 008B 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 008C 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 008D 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 865: ... 00A1 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 00A2 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 00A3 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 866: ... 00B7 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 00B8 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 00B9 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 867: ... 00CD 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 00CE 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 00CF 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 868: ... 00E3 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 00E4 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 00E5 05 Title Error in unsupported option connec...

Page 869: ...nnected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 00FA 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported option is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 00FB 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Unsupported opti...

Page 870: ...ed Description of detection Side paper deck for other model is connected Measures Check the option configuration E720 020F 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detection Side paper deck for other model is connected Measures Check the option configuration Code Detail Code Location Item Description E720 0300 05 Title Error in unsupported option connected Description of detec...

Page 871: ...ctor of scanner connection 2 Check of scanner power check whether initialization operation is executed or not at start up 3 Replacement of RCON scanner board or main controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E732 0022 00 Title Scanner communication error Description of detection 36PIN power distribution cannot be detected Hardware failure of DDI S Measures 1 Check of connector of s...

Page 872: ... and the reader controller PCB PCB1 Measures 1 Check the connection of the DDIS cable 2 Replace the reader controller PCB PCB1 3 Replace the main controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E743 0004 04 Title Error in DDI communication Description of detection SCI error occurs reception data NG reception timeout SEQ timeout error When the reader controller PCB PCB1 detects the commun...

Page 873: ...ination of software of DC controller and the electrical circuit cannot be identified Measures 1 Check the short connector J4384 of fixing main driver PCB PCB8 2 Check the connection of the cable E750 0001 05 Title Hardware software combination error Description of detection a Combination of software of DC controller and the electrical circuit is incorrect b 24V power cannot be detected Measures a ...

Page 874: ...of detection Disconnection failure of the fixing sheet cooling fan 2 FM11 Measures Check the connector of the fan and replace the fan if necessary Code Detail Code Location Item Description E804 0013 05 Title Error in pre fixing feed exhaust fan Description of detection Disconnection failure of the pre fixing feed exhaust fan FM13 Measures Check the connector of the fan and replace the fan if nece...

Page 875: ... replace the fan if necessary E804 0046 05 Title Error in toner feed pipe cooling fan Description of detection Disconnection failure of the toner feed pipe cooling fan FM46 Measures Check the connector of the fan and replace the fan if necessary Code Detail Code Location Item Description E804 0053 05 Title Error in hopper cooling fan1 Description of detection Disconnection failure of the hopper co...

Page 876: ...scription of detection When an error is detected on the developing assembly cooling fan FM5 Measures 1 Check for caught cable of the fan 2 Replace the fan Code Detail Code Location Item Description E804 0108 05 Title Error in fixing assembly heat exhaust fan1 Description of detection When an error is detected on the fixing assembly heat exhaust fan1 FM8 Measures 1 Check for caught cable of the fan...

Page 877: ...tle Error in fixing lower roller cooling fan3 Description of detection When an error is detected on the fixing lower roller cooling fan3 FM30 Measures 1 Check for caught cable of the fan 2 Replace the fan Code Detail Code Location Item Description E804 0131 05 Title Error in fixing lower roller cooling fan4 Description of detection When an error is detected on the fixing lower roller cooling fan4 ...

Page 878: ...engaging Description of detection While the fixing motor is stopped the external heat roller is engaged for more than the specified time Measures 1 Check the connector of the external heat disengage sensor PS16 and replace the sensor if necessary 2 Check the connector of the fixing sub driver PCB 2 PCB10 and replace the PCB if necessary 3 Check the connector of the fixing main driver PCB PCB8 and ...

Page 879: ...ble of the power cooling fan 1 FM2 and replace the fan if necessary 2 Replace the POD deck controller PCB PCB1 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E860 0003 13 Title Error in power cooling fan 1 FM2 Description of detection The lock status is released when the fan stops Measures 1 Check the connection caught cable of the power cooling fan 1 FM2 and replace the fan if necessary 2 Replace the...

Page 880: ...ver PCB PCB701 2 Replace the POD deck controller PCB PCB1 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E861 0002 21 Title Error in middle deck communication Description of detection Communication cannot be made between POD deck controller PCB PCB1 and POD middle deck pickup drive driver PCB PCB36 Measures 1 Replace the POD middle deck pickup drive driver PCB PCB701 2 Replace the POD deck controller ...

Page 881: ...iver PCB 3 Replace the DC relay PCB E862 0001 21 Title Error in upper deck storage driver PCB_24V Description of detection 24V port is OFF Measures 1 Replace the upper deck storage driver PCB 2 Replace the upper deck pickup driver PCB 3 Replace the DC relay PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E862 0002 05 Title Error in deck driver PCB_12V Description of detection 12V port is OFF Measur...

Page 882: ...detection When contact failure is detected on J2101 connector Measures 1 Check the connector J2101 2 Replace the upper deck storage driver PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E862 0005 05 Title Error in contact failure J2102 on host deck Description of detection When contact failure is detected on J2102 connector Measures 1 Check the connector J2102 2 Replace the deck driver PCB E862 00...

Page 883: ... deck storage driver PCB 2 Replace the middle deck pickup driver PCB 3 Replace the DC relay PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E862 0103 13 Title Error in middle deck storage driver PCB_5V Description of detection 5V port is OFF Measures 1 Replace the middle deck storage driver PCB 2 Replace the middle deck pickup driver PCB 3 Replace the DC relay PCB E862 0103 21 Title Error in middle...

Page 884: ...on of detection 12V port is OFF Measures 1 Replace the lower deck storage driver PCB 2 Replace the lower deck pickup driver PCB 3 Replace the DC relay PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E862 0202 13 Title Error in lower deck storage driver PCB_12V Description of detection 12V port is OFF Measures 1 Replace the lower deck storage driver PCB 2 Replace the lower deck pickup driver PCB 3 R...

Page 885: ...ion 24V port of upper deck pickup drive driver PCB is OFF Measures 1 Replace the upper deck pickup drive driver PCB 2 Replace the DC relay PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E863 0001 13 Title Error in upper deck pickup drive driver PCB_24V Description of detection 24V port of upper deck pickup drive driver PCB is OFF Measures 1 Replace the upper deck pickup drive driver PCB 2 Replace ...

Page 886: ...e driver PCB_24V Description of detection 24V port of lower deck pickup drive driver PCB is OFF Measures 1 Replace the lower deck pickup drive driver PCB 2 Replace the DC relay PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E863 0201 13 Title Error in lower deck pickup drive driver PCB_24V Description of detection 24V port of lower deck pickup drive driver PCB is OFF Measures 1 Replace the lower d...

Page 887: ...motor driver PCB PCB5 Description of detection When contact failure on J3002 connector is detected Measures 1 Check the connector J3002 2 Replace the path motor driver PCB 3 Replace the POD deck controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E864 0003 13 Title Contact failure on connector J3002 of path motor driver PCB PCB5 Description of detection When contact failure on J3002 connecto...

Page 888: ...path front cover 24V Description of detection 24V power of vertical path motor supplied from the path motor driver PCB failed Measures 1 Replace the Vertical path cover interlock switch 2 Check the connection of the harness between the vertical path cover interlock switch and the path motor driver PCB 3 Replace the path motor driver PCB E864 0006 21 Title Error in vertical path front cover 24V Des...

Page 889: ... PCB Measures 1 Check the connector J2151 2 Replace the deck level display PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E866 0002 11 Title Error in contact failure on connector J2151 of upper deck display area driver PCB Description of detection Contact failure on connector J2151 of upper deck display area driver PCB Measures 1 Check the connector J2151 2 Replace the upper deck display area driv...

Page 890: ...lace the lower deck display area driver PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E866 0202 11 Title Error in contact failure on connector J2151 of lower deck display area driver PCB Description of detection Contact failure on connector J2151 of lower deck display area driver PCB Measures 1 Check the connector J2151 2 Replace the lower deck display area driver PCB E866 0202 12 Title Error in ...

Page 891: ...Low temperature is detected on the middle deck floatation air heater Measures 1 Replace the middle deck floatation air heater 2 Replace the AC relay PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E867 0102 12 Title Error in low temperature of middle deck floatation air heater Description of detection Low temperature is detected on the middle deck floatation air heater Measures 1 Replace the middle...

Page 892: ...fan FM1 Description of detection The lock status is released when the fan stops Measures 1 Check the connection caught cable of the path driver cooling fan FM1 2 Replace the path motor driver PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E869 0002 13 Title Error in path driver cooling fan FM1 Description of detection The lock status is released when the fan stops Measures 1 Check the connection c...

Page 893: ...F6 5 Replace the deck driver PCB 6 Replace the host machine DC controller PCB Code Detail Code Location Item Description E906 0201 00 Title Error in overheat of air heater on side middle deck Description of detection Overheat error is detected Measures 1 Replace the air heat unit HT201 2 Replace the air heater PCB harness 3 Replace the upper deck air heater PCB 4 Replace the deck driver PCB 5 Repl...

Page 894: ...sures 1 Check the connector J4360 harnesses of the Fixing sub driver PCB 1 PCB9 2 Check that the Fixing feed unit is properly installed 3 Check that the drawer connector of the Fixing assembly is clean 4 Check the connectors J810 J851 harnesses of the Fixing main driver PCB PCB8 Code Detail Code Location Item Description E998 0005 05 Title Developing driver PCB connection error supported by DC Con...

Page 895: ...ple SDL STP Saddle stitch staple INIT ROT Residual at initial rotation UP DEVICE Upper stream device jam OTHER OTH JAM Other jams ERROR Error RETRY ERR Stop due to jam when operation control error is detected 1st time 2 STOP Press Stop key Feeding stopped due to jam ROT Operation is not stopped PROGRAM Program error TIME OUT Time out error MEDIA NG Different media length 1Including the jams after ...

Page 896: ...vertical path sensor 3 PS104 00 0121 DELAY Delivery vertical path sensor 4 PS148 00 0122 DELAY Decurler outlet sensor PS76 00 0123 DELAY Duplexing delivery sensor 2 PS85 ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 00 0124 DELAY Duplexing delivery sensor 3 PS86 00 0125 DELAY Duplexing delivery sensor 4 PS87 00 0126 DELAY Duplexing delivery sensor 5 PS88 00 0127 DELAY Duplexing delivery sens...

Page 897: ...r PS47 to 54 ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 00 0403 REG NG Primary skew sensor front Primary skew sensor rear Secondary skew sensor front Secondary skew sensor rear Primary skew sensor for transparency front Primary skew sensor for transparency rear Secondary skew sensor for transparency front Secondary skew sensor for transparency rear PS47 to 54 00 0404 REG NG Pre registrati...

Page 898: ...g delivery sensor 6 PS89 00 0A28 POWER ON Duplexing delivery sensor 7 PS90 00 0A29 POWER ON Duplexing delivery sensor 8 PS901 00 0A2A POWER ON Delivery inlet sensor PS168 00 0A2B POWER ON Escape path sensor PS28 00 0A2D POWER ON Escape path sensor 2 PS171 00 0B00 DOOR OP Door open DOOR OP 00 0C2D SEQ NG Stop due to jam accompanied with sequence error SEQ NG 00 0C90 SEQ NG Stop due to jam accompani...

Page 899: ...very sensor PCB5 01 0012 STNRY Delivery sensor PCB5 01 0042 STNRY Post separation sensor 1 Post separation sensor 2 Post separation sensor 3 SR2 SR3 PCB2 01 0043 DELAY Delay sensor SR4 01 0044 STNRY Delay sensor SR4 01 0045 DELAY Registration sensor PCB3 01 0046 STNRY Registration sensor PCB3 01 0047 DELAY Lead sensor 1 PCB4 F 7 2 ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 01 0048 STNRY L...

Page 900: ...S9 11 2101 STNRY Upper deck pull out sensor PS601 11 2102 STNRY Middle deck pull out sensor PS701 11 2103 STNRY Lower deck pull out sensor PS801 11 2104 STNRY Upper vertical path sensor 1 PS1 11 2105 STNRY Upper vertical path sensor 2 PS2 11 2106 STNRY Lower vertical path sensor 1 PS3 11 2107 STNRY Lower vertical path sensor 2 PS4 11 2108 STNRY Lower vertical path sensor 3 PS5 11 210B STNRY Horizo...

Page 901: ...STNRY ESC Horizontal path sensor 4 PS9 11 2F1F SEQ NG Stop due to jam accompanied with sequence error SEQ NG 12 2001 DELAY Upper deck pull out sensor PS601 12 2002 DELAY Middle deck pull out sensor PS701 12 2003 DELAY Lower deck pull out sensor PS801 ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 12 2004 DELAY Upper vertical path sensor 1 PS1 12 2005 DELAY Upper vertical path sensor 2 PS2 12 ...

Page 902: ...ntal path sensor 1 PS6 12 2D0C STNRY ESC Horizontal path sensor 2 PS7 12 2D0D STNRY ESC Horizontal path sensor 3 PS8 12 2D0E STNRY ESC Horizontal path sensor 4 PS9 12 2F1F SEQ NG Stop due to jam accompanied with sequence error SEQ NG ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 13 2001 DELAY Upper deck pull out sensor PS601 13 2002 DELAY Middle deck pull out sensor PS701 13 2003 DELAY Lower...

Page 903: ... path sensor 1 PS3 13 2C07 DELAY ESC Lower vertical path sensor 2 PS4 13 2C08 DELAY ESC Lower vertical path sensor 3 PS5 13 2C0A DELAY ESC Multi path sensor 2 PS15 13 2C0B DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 1 PS6 13 2C0C DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 2 PS7 13 2C0D DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 3 PS8 13 2C0E DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 4 PS9 13 2D01 STNRY ESC Upper deck pull out sensor PS6...

Page 904: ...l path sensor 2 PS7 21 200D DELAY Horizontal path sensor 3 PS8 21 200E DELAY Horizontal path sensor 4 PS9 21 200F DELAY Buffer path sensor 1 PS31 21 2010 DELAY Buffer path sensor 2 PS32 21 2012 DELAY Escape path sensor PS33 21 2013 DELAY Escape delivery sensor PS34 21 20F0 TIMING NG Timing error TIMING NG 21 2101 STNRY Upper deck pull out sensor PS601 21 2102 STNRY Middle deck pull out sensor PS70...

Page 905: ... ESC Inserter connection path sensor 2 PS15 21 2C0B DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 1 PS6 21 2C0C DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 2 PS7 21 2C0D DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 3 PS8 21 2C0E DELAY ESC Horizontal path sensor 4 PS9 21 2C0F DELAY ESC Buffer path sensor 1 PS31 21 2C10 DELAY ESC Buffer path sensor 2 PS32 21 2C12 DELAY ESC Escape path sensor PS33 21 2C13 DELAY ESC Escape delivery sens...

Page 906: ... 1754 STNRY Reverse path 1 sensor RS2 02 1755 DELAY Reverse path 2 sensor RS3 02 1756 STNRY Reverse path 2 sensor RS3 02 1757 DELAY Reverse path 3 sensor RS4 02 1758 STNRY Reverse path 3 sensor RS4 02 1759 DELAY Bypass 2 sensor RS5 02 175A STNRY Bypass 2 sensor RS5 02 175E TIMING NG Reverse path 2 sensor RS3 02 175F ERROR Error ERROR 02 1774 TIME OUT Time out error TIME OUT 02 1775 TIME OUT Time o...

Page 907: ...TNRY Bypass 1 sensor RS1 31 1105 STNRY Reverse path 1 sensor RS2 31 1107 STNRY Reverse path 2 sensor RS3 31 1109 STNRY Reverse path 3 sensor RS4 31 110B STNRY Bypass 2 sensor RS5 31 1F07 TIMING NG Reverse path 2 sensor RS3 31 1FD0 ERROR Error ERROR 31 1FD1 ERROR Error ERROR 31 1FD2 ERROR Error ERROR T 7 19 T 7 20 Professional Puncher B1 ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 31 11A3 S...

Page 908: ...sor 2 S10 51 1120 STNRY Paper inlet sensor 1 S11 51 1121 STNRY Paper inlet sensor 2 S9 51 1122 STNRY Horizontal registration timing sensor S7 51 1123 STNRY Gripper timing sensor S8 51 1124 STNRY Stack tray eject sensor 1 S35 51 1125 STNRY Stack tray eject sensor 2 S36 51 1126 STNRY Coupled inlet sensor S13 51 1127 STNRY Top tray eject sensor S62 51 1128 STNRY Coupled eject sensor 1 S12 51 1129 STN...

Page 909: ...sor 1 S11 52 1121 STNRY Paper inlet sensor 2 S9 52 1122 STNRY Horizontal registration timing sensor S7 52 1123 STNRY Gripper timing sensor S8 52 1124 STNRY Stack tray eject sensor 1 S35 52 1125 STNRY Stack tray eject sensor 2 S36 52 1126 STNRY Coupled inlet sensor S13 52 1127 STNRY Top tray eject sensor S62 52 1128 STNRY Coupled eject sensor 1 S12 52 1129 STNRY Coupled eject sensor 2 S10 52 1200 T...

Page 910: ...1 1122 STNRY Signature path 1 sensor S18 61 1123 STNRY Signature path 2 sensor S19 61 1124 STNRY Timing sensor S5 61 1125 STNRY Tray empty sensor S8 61 1127 STNRY Cover path 1 sensor S20 61 1128 STNRY Cover path 2 sensor S26 61 1129 STNRY Through delivery sensor S25 61 112A STNRY Cover registration sensor S21 61 112B STNRY Cover registration sensor S21 61 112C STNRY Cover horizontal registration s...

Page 911: ... Press Stop key STOP 02 17E1 DELAY Entrance sensor S20 02 17E3 DELAY Delivery sensor 2 S21 02 17E9 DELAY Slowdown timing sensor S30 02 17EA DELAY Release timing sensor S31 02 17EB DELAY Fold position sensor S32 02 17EC DELAY Upper stopper paper sensor S33 02 17ED DELAY Delivery sensor 1 S22 02 17EE DELAY Fold tray paper sensor S27 02 17F1 STNRY Entrance sensor S20 02 17F3 STNRY Delivery sensor 2 S...

Page 912: ...sensor 1 S22 02 1092 DELAY Fold tray paper sensor S27 02 109E STOP Press Stop key STOP 02 1183 STNRY Entrance sensor S20 02 1185 STNRY Delivery sensor 2 S21 02 1187 STNRY Slowdown timing sensor S30 02 1189 STNRY Release timing sensor S31 02 118B STNRY Fold position sensor S32 02 118D STNRY Upper stopper paper sensor S33 02 118F STNRY Delivery sensor 1 S22 02 1193 STNRY Fold tray paper sensor S27 0...

Page 913: ...1 sensor PCB UN13 02 1109 STNRY Buffer path 2 sensor PCB UN14 02 110B STNRY Upper delivery sensor PS5 F 7 10 ACC ID Jam Code Type Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 02 110D STNRY Lower path sensor PCB UN24 02 110F STNRY Lower delivery sensor PS6 02 1143 STNRY Saddle inlet sensor PS101 02 1147 STNRY Saddle vertical path sensor PS103 02 114B STNRY Saddle press front sensor PS109 02 1155 STNRY Saddle pre...

Page 914: ...e Sensor Name Jam Type Sensor ID 02 10D0 DELAY Conveyor section booklet sensor Photoelectric PI13 02 11C3 STNRY Infeed section entrance booklet sensor Photoelectric PI01 02 11C5 STNRY Infeed section exit booklet sensor Photoelectric PI02 02 11C7 STNRY Trim section entrance booklet sensor Photoelectric PI07 02 11C9 STNRY Stopper booklet sensor Photoelectric PI08 02 11CB STNRY Trim section exit book...

Page 915: ...ort section entrance booklet sensor Photoelectric PI111 02 10E2 DELAY Stopper section booklet sensor Photoelectric PI112 02 10E4 DELAY Transport section exit booklet sensor Photoelectric PI113 02 10E6 DELAY Conveyor Section Booklet Sensor Photoelectric PI13 02 11E1 STNRY Transport section entrance booklet sensor Photoelectric PI111 02 11E3 STNRY Stopper section booklet sensor Photoelectric PI112 0...

Page 916: ...02 17CD POWER ON Power ON POWER ON 02 17CE ERROR Error ERROR 02 17CF STOP Press Stop key STOP 02 17E0 DELAY Entrance sensor S20 02 17E2 DELAY Delivery sensor 2 S21 02 17E4 DELAY Upper tray regist sensor Low tray regist sensor S3 7 02 17E5 DELAY Middle feed sensor S8 02 17E6 DELAY Reverse entrance sensor S18 02 17E7 DELAY Reverse sensor S17 02 17E8 DELAY Reverse timing sensor S16 02 17F0 STNRY Entr...

Page 917: ...Entrance sensor S20 71 21F2 STNRY Delivery sensor 2 S21 71 21F4 STNRY Upper tray regist sensor Low tray regist sensor S3 7 71 21F5 STNRY Middle feed sensor S8 71 21F6 STNRY Reverse entrance sensor S18 71 21F7 STNRY Reverse sensor S17 71 21F8 STNRY Reverse timing sensor S16 71 2200 OTHER Other jams OTHER 71 2300 POWER ON Power ON POWER ON 71 2400 DOOR OP Door open DOOR OP 71 2C00 SEQ NG Stop due to...

Page 918: ...cal path middle sensor S002 00 0137 DELAY Vertical path lower sensor S003 00 0139 DELAY Delivery sensor S005 00 022F STNRY Upper deck pull out sensor S102 00 0231 STNRY Middle deck pull out sensor S202 00 0233 STNRY Lower deck pull out sensor S302 00 0234 STNRY Lower deck feed sensor S004 00 0235 STNRY Vertical path upper sensor S001 00 0236 STNRY Vertical path middle sensor S002 00 0237 STNRY Ver...

Page 919: ...or S131 02 1645 OTH JAM Punch HP sensor S104P 02 164F OTH JAM Other jams OTH JAM 02 1786 SDL STP Saddle stitcher HP sensor S223 02 1787 POWER ON Saddle inlet sensor Saddle vertical path sensor Saddle delivery sensor 1 Saddle delivery sensor 2 S201 203 226 227 02 1788 COVER OP Front door sensor S129 02 178A POWER ON Trimmer inlet sensor S101T 02 178B COVER OP Front door sensor S129 02 178F OTH JAM ...

Page 920: ...upper deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0047 POD Connector of supply position sensor on upper deck is disconnected Operation Alarm is displayed while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release 04 0048 POD Connector of right separation fan on upper deck is disconnected Operation Upper deck is not used lifter is lowered to the lowest po...

Page 921: ...ddle deck is not used lifter is lowered to the lowest position How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0144 POD Remain level count of middle deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Middle deck is not used middle deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0145 POD Remain level count of middle deck exceeds the lower limit Oper...

Page 922: ...on Lower deck is not used lifter is lifted to the lowest position How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0244 POD Remain level count of lower deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Lower deck is not used lower deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0245 POD Remain level count of lower deck exceeds the lower limit Opera...

Page 923: ... is not used lifter is lifted to the lowest position How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0344 POD2 Remain level count of upper deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Upper deck is not used upper deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0345 POD2 Remain level count of upper deck exceeds the lower limit Operation Upper ...

Page 924: ... while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0443 POD2 Lifter lower limit sensor of middle deck exceeds the lower limit Operation Middle deck is not used lifter is lifted to the lowest position How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0444 POD2 Remain level count of middle deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Midd...

Page 925: ...ation Alarm is displayed while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0543 POD2 Lifter lower limit sensor of lower deck exceeds the lower limit Operation Lower deck is not used lifter is lifted to the lowest position How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0544 POD2 Remain level count of lower deck exceeds the upper...

Page 926: ...arm is displayed while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0643 POD3 Lifter lower limit sensor of upper deck exceeds the lower limit Operation Upper deck is not used lifter is lifted to the lowest position How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 0644 POD3 Remain level count of upper deck exceeds the upper limit O...

Page 927: ...not used middle deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0742 POD3 Lifter upper limit sensor of middle deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Alarm is displayed while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release 04 0743 POD3 Lifter lower limit sensor of middle deck exceeds the lower limit Operatio...

Page 928: ...n Operation Lower deck is not used lower deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 0842 POD3 Lifter upper limit sensor of lower deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Alarm is displayed while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release 04 0843 POD3 Lifter lower limit sensor of lower deck exceeds t...

Page 929: ... is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 1042 Lifter upper limit sensor of host machine s deck exceeds the upper limit Operation Alarm is displayed while normal operation is kept How to release Open close the deck to release 04 1043 Lifter lower position sensor of host machine s deck exceeds the lower limit Operation Host machine s deck is...

Page 930: ...n Lifter does not ascend Operation Upper deck is not used upper deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 1241 M Inserter Paper surface sensor of upper deck is broken Operation Upper deck is not used upper deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 1242 M Inserter Lifter upper limit sensor of uppe...

Page 931: ...F ON to release 04 1339 M Inserter Middle deck lifter motor does not ascend Operation Middle deck is not used middle deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 1340 M Inserter Lifter lower limit sensor of middle deck is broken Lifter does not ascend Operation Middle deck is not used middle deck lifter motor is stopped How to...

Page 932: ...wer deck is broken Lifter does not descend Operation Lower deck is not used lower deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 1439 M Inserter Lower deck lifter motor does not ascend Operation Lower deck is not used lower deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 1440 M Inserter Lifter lower limit s...

Page 933: ...er deck is broken while the lifter ascends Operation Upper deck is not used upper deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release Location Code Description Detailed description 04 3041 Side PD Paper surface sensor of upper deck is broken while the lifter ascends Operation Upper deck is not used upper deck lifter motor is stopped How to release Turn OFF ON to release 04 3042 Side...

Page 934: ...4 9506 Sequence error Sequence error 04 9507 Sequence error Sequence error 04 9508 Sequence error Sequence error 04 A100 Double feed in POD upper deck small 1 Double feed of small size paper occurred 04 A101 Double feed in POD middle deck small 1 Double feed of small size paper occurred Location Code Description Detailed description 04 A102 Double feed in POD lower deck small 1 Double feed of smal...

Page 935: ...k small 3 Double feed of small size paper occurred 04 A332 Double feed in Side PD lower deck small 3 Double feed of small size paper occurred Location Code Description Detailed description 04 A400 Double feed in POD upper deck middle 1 Double feed of middle size paper occurred 04 A401 Double feed in POD middle deck middle 1 Double feed of middle size paper occurred 04 A402 Double feed in POD lower...

Page 936: ... in Side PD upper deck large Double feed of large size paper occurred Location Code Description Detailed description 04 A631 Double feed in Side PD middle deck large Double feed of large size paper occurred 04 A632 Double feed in Side PD lower deck large Double feed of large size paper occurred 04 A700 Double feed in POD upper deck extra large Double feed of extra large size paper occurred 04 A701...

Page 937: ...small 2 Take up feed of small size paper occurred 04 B213 Take up feed in M Inserter middle deck small 2 Take up feed of small size paper occurred Location Code Description Detailed description 04 B214 Take up feed in M Inserter lower deck small 2 Take up feed of small size paper occurred 04 B230 Take up feed in Side PD upper deck small 2 Take up feed of small size paper occurred 04 B231 Take up f...

Page 938: ...ed in POD3 lower deck middle 2 Take up feed of middle size paper occurred 04 B510 Take up feed in Machine s deck middle 2 Take up feed of middle size paper occurred Location Code Description Detailed description 04 B512 Take up feed in M Inserter upper deck middle 2 Take up feed of middle size paper occurred 04 B513 Take up feed in M Inserter middle deck middle 2 Take up feed of middle size paper ...

Page 939: ...tion error Drum rotation error was detected 10 0205 Hopper Toner level sensor error Hopper Toner level sensor 1error How to release Clean replace the Hopper Toner level sensor 1 PS132 10 9010 Video count value error Minor video data was detected 10 9020 Video count value error Minor video data was detected Location Code Description Detailed description 10 9030 Video count value error Minor video d...

Page 940: ... the limit 34 0005 Fine adjustment of auto registration Sum of correction values of writing correction in sub scanning exceeds the total limit 34 0006 Fine adjustment of auto registration Correction value per writing correction in main scanning exceeds the limit Location Code Description Detailed description 34 0008 Fine adjustment of auto registration Correction value per magnification correction...

Page 941: ...he glue supply bottle is empty Operation Paper stack that is under booklet operation is delivered and operation stops Location Code Description Detailed description 66 0011 P binder Booklet failure is detected Paper stack that is not trimmed within the specified finish size or whose job is canceled during the booklet operation is delivered to the stack tray Operation Paper stack is delivered and o...

Page 942: ...ved 67 0007 Inserter Tray width volume is broken At the fitst initialization of inserter there is an error in A D value of A4 vertical width or A4 horizontal width of upper tray that is saved in EEPROM Operation The paper on the inserter upper tray is removed 67 0008 Inserter Tray width volume is broken At the fitst initialization of inserter there is an error in A D value of A4 vertical width or ...

Page 943: ...ging Failure of rendering 81 0003 Imaging Overflow of work memory for translator 81 0004 Imaging Imaging initialization error 81 0005 Imaging Imaging processing error 82 0001 RIP H W Dart hang up due to invalid DisplayList 83 0001 CanonPDF PDF data error 83 0002 CanonPDF PDF compression analysis error 83 0003 CanonPDF PDF page compression error 83 0004 CanonPDF PDF data processing error 83 0005 Ca...

Page 944: ...8 8 Service Mode Service Mode Overview COPIER FEEDER SORTER BOARD Situation Mode ...

Page 945: ...ed in the use case The case when instructed by the service office due to reasons as having the large negative effects difficult settings etc The case of performing the individual measure due to the tender business etc Do not use in cases that are not mentioned above Service Mode Menu TOP Screen MODELIST A brand new additional mode in the host machine A function that can be used as a reference on h...

Page 946: ...an be displayed Select the desired initial window main item sub item or minor item then pres i Information button to display an explanatory text hereafter service mode contents on the selected item E g COPIER DISPLAY Version window 1 Press i 3 Select the desired minor item and press i 2 Minor item titles are displayed 4 A detailed explanation on the item will be displayed usage scenarios instructi...

Page 947: ...lectrical parts intended and its device classification For instance if the host machine uses paper pass detection sensor then press the button on the COPIER and P Sensor position Device classification Electrical parts classification 2 Then the selected electrical parts classification s mark name port number and 0 1 content will appear 3 If the i button is pressed the screen displaying the electric...

Page 948: ... related Image related controller other general items IMG MCON MN CON image related and image related items other than those referred to above Image quality copy speed IMG SPD Power down sequence Cleaning CLEANING Cleaning of charging unit drum transfer roller ITB etc Environment settings ENV SET Temperature humidity environmental heater condensation log acquisition Paper feed pickup delivery FEED...

Page 949: ...tem Password 2 After entering the password for service technician Service mode COPIER Option FNC SW SM PSWD press OK button SM PSWD MEMO If Service Engineer s password is forgotten password function is cancelable by using Service Support Tool SST F 8 7 F 8 8 Switching Screen Level 1 2 Switching screens between level 1 and 2 has been made easier When level 1 screen is displayed press LEVEL 1 in the...

Page 950: ...oncerned language is not installed English explanatory text will be displayed If English language Service Mode Content SMCNT is not installed either explanatory text can t be displayed F 8 10 Back up of service mode In factory setting adjustments are made for each machine and adjustment values are written in the service label When you replaced the DC controller PCB or executed the RAM clear functi...

Page 951: ...tion due to a no paper error data can be moved to the SST or the USB memory device as long as the machine can enter download mode NOTE While an error is occurring data of service print cannot be create When connecting a USB device that operates on an external power supply the machine needs to be started with the USB device ON A USB device connected after starting the machine cannot be recognized S...

Page 952: ...erall flow 1 Selecting RPT FILE Select service mode Copier Function MISC P RPT FILE and then press OK 2 Generating report file 3 Using SST or USB memory device to collect the report file Transfer the report data which was collected from the machine to the USB memory device operation 1 Select service mode Level 1 Copier Function MISC P RPT FILE and then press OK PJH P 2 2ATVC EX WTNR ALL OK RPT FIL...

Page 953: ...ther keys 6 Download ServicePrint 4 ServicePrint Transfer the report data from the machine to the USB memory device Backup Menu USB 1 Sublog 4 ServicePrint 5 Netcap C Return to Main Menu ーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーーー Note If the downloaded file is opened as plain text the paragraphs are misaligned which makes it difficult to read the data When the file is dragged to WordPad an image similar to the image outp...

Page 954: ...rint Files to a PC using the SST Service Mode Overview The data output of the service data print How to Move Service Print Files to a PC using the SST 4 Select Reprot and click Start 5 Select the name of the Folder to store and as necessary a brief description then click Save 6 Click OK F 8 18 F 8 19 ...

Page 955: ... item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION PS PCL Ver dspl of UFR board PS PCL function Lv 1 Details Displaying the version on UFR board PS PCL function Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 SDL STCH Dspl of ROM version of Saddle Finisher Lv 1 Details Displaying ROM version of the saddle stitche...

Page 956: ...ge file Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION LANG DA Version dspl of Denmark language file Lv 2 Details Displaying the version of Denmark language file Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate met...

Page 957: ...t the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION LANG TW Ver dspl of Chinese language file trad Lv 2 Details Displaying the version of traditional Chinese language file Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method ...

Page 958: ... the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION TTS JA Dspl of Japanese voice dictionary version Lv 1 Details Displaying the version of Japanese voice dictionary Check that the version is properly displayed is displayed when no file is found Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust...

Page 959: ...em Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION BND IF ROM version dspl of P binder relay PCB Lv 1 Details Displaying ROM version of the perfect binder relay PCB Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 BND MSTR Dspl of master ROM ver of P binding unit Lv 1 Deta...

Page 960: ... French Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION MEDIA ZH Ver dspl of Chinese media info simple Lv 2 Details Displaying the version of media information in simplified Chinese Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware ...

Page 961: ...ck that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION MEDIA RU Ver dspl of Russian media information Lv 2 Details Displaying the version of media information in Russian Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method...

Page 962: ...displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 COPIER DISPLAY VERSION TRIM2 Dspl of ROM version of 2 knife trimmer Lv 1 Details Displaying ROM version of Two knife trimmer Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 ...

Page 963: ... set range 00 01 to 99 99 S LNG GR Ver of service mode German lang file Lv 1 Details Displaying the version of German language file in Service Mode Check that the version is properly displayed Use case When upgrading the firmware Adj set operate method Select the item Display adjust set range 00 01 to 99 99 S LNG SP Ver of service mode Spanish lang file Lv 1 Details Displaying the version of Spani...

Page 964: ...ile the card reader is connected copy is not available 1 Card reader is not connected or the card reader is inserted while the card reader is connected copy is available COPIER DISPLAY ACC STS DATA CON Dspl of NE Controller connection state Lv 1 Details To display the connecting state of the NE Controller Display adjust set range 0 to 1 0 Not connected 1 Connected RAM Dspl of memory capacity of ma...

Page 965: ...lay only Display adjust set range 0000 0000 0000 0000 to 1111 1111 1111 1111 0 Invalid 1 Active b15 to b0 Reserve to be used when PDL is newly added HDD Display of HDD model name Lv 1 Details Displaying the model name of HDD Use case When checking model name of HDD used with the host machine Adj set operate method N A display only COPIER DISPLAY ACC STS PCI1 Display of PCI1 connected PCB Lv 1 Deta...

Page 966: ...ate method N A display only Unit Degree C Appropriate target value At standby 200 10 At print 210 10 the value differs depending on paper type paper grammage or the mode priority on image productivity COPIER DISPLAY ANALOG FIX LC Dspl of press roller center temp mainTH Lv 1 Details Displaying temperature on the center surface of the pressure roller which is detected by the main thermistor Use case...

Page 967: ...PIER DISPLAY ANALOG DK2 HUM Dspl of inside humidity of POD deck2 Lv 1 Details Displaying humidity inside the secondary POD deck storage Measured by the environment sensor HS601 found at the upper deck Use case When checking the humidity inside the storage Adj set operate method N A display only Unit Appropriate target value 30 to 70 Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY ANALOG DK1 HUM DK3 HUM FIX EX...

Page 968: ...emperature of POD deck3 Lv 1 Details Displaying temperature inside the 2nd secondary POD deck storage Measured by the environment sensor HS601 found at the upper deck Use case When checking the temperature inside the storage Adj set operate method N A display only Unit Degree C Appropriate target value 20 to 27 Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY ANALOG DK1 TEMP DK2 TEMP DK3 HUM Dspl of inside hum...

Page 969: ...ust set range 4000 to 0 Unit V Appropriate target value 3000 to 2000 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2EL COPIER DISPLAY HV STS 1TR V Dspl primary transfer application voltage Lv 2 Details Displaying the voltage measurement value in which a specified amount of current is applied in the latest to the primary transfer roller Checking of the current at this time is available with 1TR I Use ca...

Page 970: ...SHR8 COPIER DISPLAY HV STS 2TR V 2TR BASE Dspl of base voltage of sec transfer Lv 2 Details Displaying base voltage when a specified amount of current is applied to the secondary transfer inner roller To be derived from the result of the latest ATVC control Equivalent to the difference between the applied voltage and the allotted voltage Use case When checking the result of the secondary transfer ...

Page 971: ... Appropriate target value 16 to 246 COPIER DISPLAY CCD GAIN OG Gain level of img sensr odd bit G frnt Lv 2 Details Displaying the Green gain level adjustment value in odd numbered bit on CMOS sensor of front side scanner unit Continuous display of upper limit can determine a failure of the scanner unit reader controller PCB Use case When replacing the reader controller PCB When the scanned image i...

Page 972: ...canner unit in color scanning mode Use case When image failure occurs at back side scanning in color mode Adj set operate method N A display only Display adjust set range 33 to 163 Appropriate target value 33 to 163 Supplement memo LED cannot be replaced individually Replace the scanner unit COPIER DISPLAY CCD OFST BW Img sensor offset value B W Front Lv 2 Details Displaying the CMOS sensor offset...

Page 973: ...etermine a failure of the scanner unit reader controller PCB Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced When failure appears on the scanned image Adj set operate method N A display only Display adjust set range 1 to 47 Appropriate target value 1 to 47 COPIER DISPLAY CCD GAIN2 OG Gain level of img sensr odd bit G back Lv 2 Details Displaying the Green gain level adjustment value in odd num...

Page 974: ...N A display only Caution To update the display be sure to move to a different screen and then move back to be displayed again to display the potential at the moment of display of this screen If the value is out of range 30 to 30 there is a possibility of open cercuit on potential sensor Display adjust set range 30 to 720 Unit V Appropriate target value 30 to 30 Approx 0 at standby VL1T Dspl of lgh...

Page 975: ...emo Coated paper group 1 sided coated paper 2 sided coated paper vellum film S indicates Special COPIER DISPLAY DPOT VCONT T Dspl of developing contrast thinPP Lv 1 Details Displaying developing contrast Vcont when formulating image with thin paper 53 up to 64 g m2 In the case of too dark light image density checking Vcont can determine whether it s due to failure of potential control or D max con...

Page 976: ... density is too light or too dark Adj set operate method N A display only Display adjust set range 0 to 600 Unit V Appropriate target value 250 to 430 Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY DPOT VCONT T VBACK N LPWR T COPIER DISPLAY DPOT LPWR N Dspl of laser power quality PP Lv 2 Details Displaying laser power when formulating image with high quality paper group In the case of too light dark image de...

Page 977: ...N A display only Display adjust set range 0 to 600 Unit V Appropriate target value 80 to 450 Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY DPOT EPC VL1 EPC VL3 EPC VL4 EPC VL3 Dspl of potential VL3 at potential cntrl Lv 1 Details Displaying light area potential VL2 at the time of laser output C0H that is measured by potential control In normal status it will be VL4 VL3 VL2 VL1 500 V In abnormal status this ...

Page 978: ...r group high quality paper recycled paper embossed paper label postcard cotton COPIER DISPLAY DENS DMAX S Dspl of developing contrast coatedPP Lv 1 Details Displaying developing contrast Vcont that is determined by D max control with coated paper group Although this value is reflected to VCONT S there will be mismatch in value if offset adjustment is selected with DUPDWN S Use case To separate the...

Page 979: ...ust set range 0 to 255 Appropriate target value 24 to 60 Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY DENS P B AVE P DARK COPIER DISPLAY DENS P DARK Dspl of ITB base dtct result in LED OFF Lv 2 Details Displaying the ITB base detection result when the patch sensor LED is OFF The detection result is used for D ma control or D half control as a characteristic of the patch sensor Use case To separate the caus...

Page 980: ...tem W TNR 1 Status dspl of waste toner full sensor Lv 1 Details Displaying the output value and the judgment value of the waste toner full level sensor in the waste toner container The value in the left shows the current output value The value in the right shows the threshold value 675 to be determined as reaching full level Use case When checking the sensor When checking clogging of waste toner A...

Page 981: ...ts of environment sensor and the fixing main thermistor as log data per 60 min Latest 13 logs are saved and when a new data is collected the earliest data will be deleted Use case When checking the inside environment of the host machine Adj set operate method Select the item 002 Dspl of environment log data No 2 Lv 1 Details Displaying the environment log data inside temperature humidity fixing ro...

Page 982: ...ew data is collected the earliest data will be deleted Use case When checking the inside environment of the host machine Adj set operate method Select the item COPIER DISPLAY ENVRNT 009 Dspl of environment log data No 9 Lv 1 Details Displaying the environment log data inside temperature humidity fixing roller temperature No 9 The machine saves the inside temperature deg C humidity and fixing rolle...

Page 983: ...midity fixing roller temperature No 13 The machine saves the inside temperature deg C humidity and fixing roller temperature deg C that are calculated from the detected results of environment sensor and the fixing main thermistor as log data per 60 min Latest 13 logs are saved and when a new data is collected the earliest data will be deleted Use case When checking the inside environment of the ho...

Page 984: ...Normal 1 Error 13 12R power supply monitoring 0 Normal 1 Error 12 Not use 11 Deck feed motor 3 error detection M64 0 Error 1 Normal 10 Deck feed motor 2 error detection M63 0 Error 1 Normal 9 Deck feed motor 1 error detection M62 0 Error 1 Normal 8 Duplexing feed motor 6 error detection M54 0 Error 1 Normal 7 Duplexing feed motor 5 error detection M53 0 Error 1 Normal 6 Pre registration separation...

Page 985: ...paper 1 Paper 6 Deck feed sensor 3 PS117 0 No paper 1 Paper 5 Duplexing delivery sensor 7 PS90 0 No paper 1 Paper 4 Deck feed sensor 1 PS115 0 No paper 1 Paper 3 Pre registration roller 2 disengage sensor PS36 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Pre registration roller 1 disengage sensor PS34 0 No paper 1 Paper 1 Escape path sensor PS28 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 POD deck path sensor PS26 0 No paper 1 Paper Address bi...

Page 986: ...ransparency front PS53 0 No paper 1 Paper Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P010 15 Primary skew sensor for transparency rear PS52 0 No paper 1 Paper 14 Primary skew sensor for transparency front PS51 0 No paper 1 Paper 13 Secondary skew sensor rear PS50 0 No paper 1 Paper 12 Secondary skew sensor front PS49 0 No paper 1 Paper 11 Primary skew sensor rear PS48 0 No paper 1 Paper 10 Primary skew senso...

Page 987: ...exing feed motor 4 driver error M52 1 Duplexing feed motor 3 driver error M51 0 Duplexing feed motor 2 driver error M50 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P014 15 Duplexing feed motor1 driver error M48 14 Pre fixing feed disengage motor driver error M29 13 Pre fixing feed motor driver error M28 12 Registration shift motor driver error M27 11 Registration motor driver error M26 10 FPGA configuration e...

Page 988: ...M30 1 ON 2 Fixing lower roller cooling fan 3 half speed FM30 1 ON 1 Not use 0 LED2 check 1 ON P017 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Steering roller HP sensor PS7 0 HP 12 ITB belt HP sensor PS5 0 HP 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 ITB motor lock detection M8 0 Lock normal rotation 1 No lock including stop 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 24V power supply error 1 Err...

Page 989: ...ath sensor 1 PS102 1 Paper 3 Not use 2 Delivery sensor 2 PS67 1 Paper 1 Delivery sensor 1 PS66 1 Paper 0 Not use Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P022 15 Not use 14 Delivery inlet sensor PS168 1 Paper 13 Not use 12 Open sensor 8 PS113 11 Delivery upper fan 1 lock detection FM56 0 Lock 10 Delivery upper fan 2 lock detection FM57 0 Lock 9 Delivery lower fan 1 lock detection FM58 0 Lock 8 Delivery low...

Page 990: ... bit Name Symbol Remarks P026 15 Duplexing decurler pressure motor error detection M39 14 Duplexing decurler motor error detection M38 13 Delivery decurler pressure motor 2 error detection M37 12 Delivery decurler motor 2 error detection M36 11 Delivery decurler pressure motor 1 error detection M35 10 Delivery decurler motor 1 error detection M34 9 Straight delivery motor 1 error detection M32 8 D...

Page 991: ... 1 lock detection FM10 0 Lock 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P030 15 Fixing duct suction fan lock detection FM25 0 Lock 14 Toner level sensor 2 PS133 0 Toner 1 No toner 13 Toner level sensor 1 PS132 0 Toner 1 No toner 12 Hopper cooling fan 1 lock detection FM53 0 Lock 11 Not use 10 Hopper cover open switch SW2 0 ON 9 Toner container position sensor 2 PS129 0 Detect 1...

Page 992: ... Motor driver reset 10 Not use 9 8 Pre primary transfer exhaust fan FM22 7 Developing cooling fan FM1 6 Pre primary transfer exhaust fan half speed FM22 1 Half speed 5 Pre primary transfer exhaust fan full speed FM22 1 Full speed 4 Pre fixing feed motor CW M28 0 CW 1 CCW 3 Pre fixing feed motor ON M11 1 ON 2 Fixing lower roller cooling fan half speed FM28 to FM32 1 Half speed 1 Fixing lower roller...

Page 993: ... motor CW M12 0 CCW 1 CW 7 Fixing belt press motor I1 M10 1 ON 6 Fixing belt press motor I0 M10 1 ON 5 Fixing belt press motor CW M10 0 CCW 1 CW 4 Fixing cleaner solenoid ON SL2 1 ON 3 Developing assembly cooling fan half speed FM5 1 Half speed 2 Developing assembly cooling fan full speed FM5 1 Full speed 1 Primary exhaust fan half speed FM4 1 Half speed 0 Primary exhaust fan full speed FM4 1 Full...

Page 994: ...g motor CW M2 4 Developing stirring motor ON M2 3 Jam detection port 1 Jam 2 Error detection port 1 Error 1 5V remote 1 ON 0 Check operation LED 1 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P041 15 Fixing heater control PCB connect detection 0 Not connected 1 Connected 14 Air pickup driver PCB connect detection 0 Not connected 1 Connected 13 Developing driver PCB contact detection drawer 0 Connected 1 Not...

Page 995: ...power supply ON 1 ON 12 High voltage remote 0 ON 11 Finisher remote 0 ON 10 Finisher download 2 1 Download mode 9 Finisher reset 1 Reset 8 Finisher download 1 1 Download mode 7 Not use 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P044 15 Cassette heater ON signal 1 ON 14 Drum heater ON signal 1 ON 13 24V power supply A B C D Fan full speed 0 ON 12 24V power supply A B C D Fan half speed 0 ON 11 1...

Page 996: ...t use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P049 15 Deck level display PCB 12V error detection 0 Normal 1 Error 14 Deck driver PCB 5V error detection 0 Normal 1 Error 13 Deck driver PCB 12V error detection 0 Normal 1 Error 12 Deck driver PCB 24V error detection 0 Normal 1 Error 11 J2101 connect detection 0 Not Connected 1 Connected 10 Deck switch MS803 0 Close 1 Open 9 Not use 8 Side air floatation fan 1 ...

Page 997: ...1 normal 4 Trailing edge sensor 1 PS815 0 No paper 1 Paper 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Paper suction fan ON FM801 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Side air floatation fan 2 CONT1 FM808 CONT0 CONT1 0 0 Stop 1 0 16V 0 1 20V 1 1 24V Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P051 15 Side air floatation fan 2 CONT0 FM808 CONT0 CONT1 0 0 Stop 1 0 16V 0 1 20V 1 1 24V 14 Side air floatation fan 1 CONT0 FM807 CONT0 CONT1 0 0 Stop 1 0 16V 0 1...

Page 998: ... 7 A 1 0 3 A 0 0 0 A 5 4 Pull out drive motor CLK M802 0 Not counted 1 Counted 3 Suction belt motor set current 1 M801 I0 I1 1 1 1 4 A 0 1 1 0 A 1 0 0 3 A 0 0 0 A 2 Suction belt motor set current 0 M801 I0 I1 1 1 1 4 A 0 1 1 0 A 1 0 0 3 A 0 0 0 A 1 0 Suction belt motor CLK M801 0 Not counted 1 Counted P065 7 Line Counter INT 6 Not use 5 JACK SNS IRQ 4 3 Stepping Motor INT 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Dru...

Page 999: ...e P072 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P073 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P074 7 Not use 6 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P075 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P076 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use...

Page 1000: ...aper 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Deck pickup motor ERR M001 0 Error 4 Upper deck safety switch S108 1 Open 0 Close 3 Air heater unit ERR HT101 0 High Temperature 1 Normal Temperature 2 Air heater unit ready HT101 0 Low Temperature 1 Blast temperature 1 Upper deck right flotation fan ERR FAN102 0 Error 0 Upper deck left flotation fan ERR FAN101 0 Error T 8 16 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P055 15 Not u...

Page 1001: ... Not use 0 Paper 1 No paper 4 Lower deck lifter lower limit sensor S312 0 Paper 1 No paper 3 Not use 2 Vertical path lower sensor S003 0 Paper 1 No paper 1 Lower deck feed sensor S004 0 Paper 1 No paper 0 Delivery sensor S005 0 Paper 1 No paper Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P059 15 Middle deck right flotation fan EN FAN202 1 ON 14 Middle deck left flotation fan EN FAN201 1 ON 13 Air heater unit ...

Page 1002: ...switch S308 1 Open 0 Close 3 Air heater unit ERR HT301 0 High Temperature 1 Normal Temperature 2 Air heater unit ready HT301 0 Low Temperature 1 Blast temperature 1 Lower deck right flotation fan ERR FAN302 0 Error 0 Lower deck left flotation fan ERR FAN301 0 Error Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P063 15 Lower deck right flotation fan EN FAN302 1 ON 14 Lower deck left flotation fan EN FAN301 1 ON ...

Page 1003: ...sensor 1 SR1 0 Open 1 Close 2 DADF open closed sensor 2 SR3 0 Open 1 Close 3 Fan lock signal 0 Lock 1 Un Lock 4 Scanner unit exhaust fan lock FM1 0 Lock 1 Un Lock 5 for R D 6 for R D 7 Not use P004 0 B_DDI_SPI1 1 fixed 1 B_DDI_SCTS 0 Sendable 2 B_DDI_SPRDY 0 Engine ready 3 LED for R D 1 ON 4 Analog processor rear front selector 0 Reader 1 DADF 5 LED for original size 1 ON 6 For watchdog output Tog...

Page 1004: ...ze sensor 2 SR18 0 No paper 1 Paper 7 Original size sensor 1 SR17 0 No paper 1 Paper P004 0 Delivery sensor PCB5 0 Paper 1 No paper 1 Lead sensor 2 SR5 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Lead sensor 1 PCB4 0 Paper 1 No paper 3 Registration sensor PCB3 0 Paper 1 No paper 4 Not use 5 Glass shifting home position sensor SR11 0 Home position reading position 6 Not use 7 Post separation sensor 3 PCB2 0 Paper 1 No pa...

Page 1005: ... 0 P002 15 14 13 12 11 ARCNET ID PCB SW3 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 10 ARCNET ID PCB SW2 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 9 ARCNET ID PCB SW1 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 8 ARCNET ID PCB SW0 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 7 Delivery tray full detection light emission PCB Output PCB9 6 Delivery tray full detection light reception PCBInput PCB10 5 4 3 2 1 Upper deck environment sensor humidity Input HS601 0 Upper deck environment sensor temperature I...

Page 1006: ...de COPIER I O POD Deck 1 Secondary POD Deck C1 PD CON P001 to P120 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P005 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P006 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P007 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P008 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ...

Page 1007: ...ED1 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 7 Lower deck side right fan_CONT0 FM807 6 Lower deck side left fan_CONT0 FM808 5 Lower deck lifter motor CCW M803 4 Lower deck lifter motor CW M803 3 Lower deck open close solenoid ON SL801 0 Open 1 Close 2 Lower deck open close LED ON 0 OFF 1 ON 1 Lower deck paper supply indicator LED ON 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Lower deck operating indicator LED ON 0 OFF 1 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remark...

Page 1008: ... heater control 0 H601 4 Upper deck air heater ON H601 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Upper deck side right fan_CONT1 FM607 2 DN PICKUP SPWM 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P014 15 Upper deck paper indicator LED8 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Upper deck paper indicator LED7 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Upper deck paper indicator LED6 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Upper deck paper indicator LED5 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Upper deck paper indicator LED4 ON 0 ...

Page 1009: ...rol 0 H701 4 Middle deck air heater ON H701 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Middle deck side right fan_CONT1 FM707 2 DN PICKUP SPWM 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P018 15 Middle deck paper indicator LED8 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Middle deck paper indicator LED7 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Middle deck paper indicator LED6 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Middle deck paper indicator LED5 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Middle deck paper indicator LED4 ON 0 OFF 1...

Page 1010: ...mission PCB Input switching PCB9 0 Left sensor 1 Right sensor 10 9 8 7 Lower vertical path motor 2 I1 M13 6 Lower vertical path motor 2 I0 M13 5 Lower vertical path motor 2 2PHASE M13 0 2 Phase 1 1 2 Phase 4 Lower vertical path motor 2 CLK M13 1 Counted 3 Lower vertical path motor 1 I1 M12 2 Lower vertical path motor 1 I0 M12 1 Lower vertical path motor 1 2PHASE M12 0 2 Phase 1 1 2 Phase 0 Lower v...

Page 1011: ...s P026 15 Horizontal path motor 2 I1 M16 14 Horizontal path motor 2 I0 M16 13 Horizontal path motor 2 2PHASE M16 0 2 Phase 1 1 2 Phase 12 Horizontal path motor 2 CLK M16 1 Count 11 Horizontal path motor 1 I1 M15 10 Horizontal path motor 1 I0 M15 9 Horizontal path motor 1 2PHASE M15 0 2 Phase 1 1 2 Phase 8 Horizontal path motor 1 CLK M15 1 Count 7 Horizontal path motor 4 I1 M18 6 Horizontal path mo...

Page 1012: ...Check SW0 0 ON 1 OFF P029 Environment sensor temperature HS601 P030 Upper deck environment sensor humidity Input HS601 P031 P032 P033 P034 P035 Escape Full adjustment Input P036 Escape Full adjustment Output P037 P038 P039 P040 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P041 15 Host machine interuption 1 Interuption 14 ARCNET interuption 1 Interuption 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Deck controller 5V_ON PCB1 0 OFF 1 ON 6...

Page 1013: ...P043 15 14 13 12 Reset out 11 10 9 Download RXD 8 Download TXD 7 CPU Clock Output 6 5 4 3 2 Download latch ON PCB1 0 Normal 1 Download mode 1 Download latch IN PCB1 0 Normal 1 Download mode 0 Download latch OFF PCB1 P044 15 14 13 LED drive PCB1 0 OFF 1 ON 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P045 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P046 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1...

Page 1014: ... OFF 6 Lower deck air heater control 1 H801 5 Lower deck air heater control 0 H801 4 Lower deck air heater ON H801 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Lower deck side right fan_CONT1 FM807 2 DN PICKUP SPWM 1 0 P050 15 Lower deck paper indicator LED8 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Lower deck paper indicator LED7 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Lower deck paper indicator LED6 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Lower deck paper indicator LED5 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Lower dec...

Page 1015: ...it switch MS802 0 Normal 1 Lower limit 13 Lower deck lifter lower position sensor PS812 0 Lower position 1 Others 12 Lower deck supply position sensor PS809 0 Supply position 1 Others 11 Lower deck J2150 connect sensor 0 Not connected 1 Connected 10 Lower deck suction fan error FM801 0 Error 1 Normal 9 Lower deck pickup driver PCB 24V error sensor PCB801 0 Normal 1 Error 8 Lower deck open close se...

Page 1016: ...imit 2 Upper deck foreign substance sensor PS613 1 Foreign substance exists 1 Upper deck lead edge upper limit paper surface sensor PS603 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 Upper deck lead edge lower limit paper surface sensor PS604 0 No paper 1 Paper Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P056 15 Upper deck J2102 connect sensor 0 Not connected 1 Connected 14 Upper deck lifter lower limit switch MS602 0 Normal 1 Lower...

Page 1017: ... Normal 1 Upper limit 2 Middle deck foreign substance sensor PS713 1 Foreign substance exists 1 Middle deck lead edge upper limit paper surface sensor PS703 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 Middle deck lead edge lower limit paper surface sensor PS704 0 No paper 1 Paper Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P060 15 Middle deck J2102 connect sensor 0 Not connected 1 Connected 14 Middle deck lifter lower limit switch ...

Page 1018: ... 15 Multi path sensor 2 PS15 0 No paper 1 Paper 14 Multi path sensor 1 PS14 0 No paper 1 Paper 13 Upper vertical path sensor 2 PS2 0 No paper 1 Paper 12 Upper vertical path sensor 1 PS1 0 No paper 1 Paper 11 10 Lower vertical path sensor 3 PS5 0 No paper 1 Paper 9 Lower vertical path sensor 2 PS4 0 No paper 1 Paper 8 Lower vertical path sensor 1 PS3 0 No paper 1 Paper 7 6 5 4 3 Horizontal path sen...

Page 1019: ...M17 1 Counted P067 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 Path motor driver PCB connector J3002 not connect detection PCB5 0 Not connected 1 Connected 1 Path motor driver PCB connector J3003 not connect detection PCB5 0 Not connected 1 Connected 0 Path motor driver PCB connector J3004 not connect detection PCB5 0 Not connected 1 Connected Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P068 15 14 ENTER Push SW105 0 ON...

Page 1020: ...supply POWER ON PCB1 0 ON 1 OFF 2 1 0 P082 15 14 13 12 11 ARCNET ID PCB SW3 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 10 ARCNET ID PCB SW2 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 9 ARCNET ID PCB SW1 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 8 ARCNET ID PCB SW0 PCB12 0 ON 1 OFF 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Upper deck environment sensor humidity Input HS601 0 Upper deck environment sensor temperature Input HS601 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P083 15 14 13 12 Reset out 11 10 9 Downloa...

Page 1021: ...de COPIER I O POD Deck 1 Secondary POD Deck C1 PD CON P001 to P120 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P085 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P086 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P087 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P088 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ...

Page 1022: ...ED1 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 7 Lower deck side right fan_CONT0 FM807 6 Lower deck side left fan_CONT0 FM808 5 Lower deck lifter motor CCW M803 4 Lower deck lifter motor CW M803 3 Lower deck open close solenoid ON SL801 0 Open 1 Close 2 Lower deck open close LED ON 0 OFF 1 ON 1 Lower deck paper supply indicator LED ON 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Lower deck operating indicator LED ON 0 OFF 1 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remark...

Page 1023: ...r heater control 0 H601 4 Upper deck air heater ON H601 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Upper deck side right fan_CONT1 FM607 2 DN PICKUP SPWM 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P094 15 Upper deck paper indicator LED8 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Upper deck paper indicator LED7 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Upper deck paper indicator LED6 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Upper deck paper indicator LED5 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Upper deck paper indicator LED4 ON 0...

Page 1024: ...rol 0 H701 4 Middle deck air heater ON H701 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Middle deck side right fan_CONT1 FM707 2 DN PICKUP SPWM 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P098 15 Middle deck paper indicator LED8 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Middle deck paper indicator LED7 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Middle deck paper indicator LED6 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Middle deck paper indicator LED5 ON 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Middle deck paper indicator LED4 ON 0 OFF 1...

Page 1025: ...r 2 I1 M13 6 Lower vertical path motor 2 I0 M13 5 Lower vertical path motor 2 2PHASE M13 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase 4 Lower vertical path motor 2 CLK M13 1 Counted 3 Lower vertical path motor 1 I1 M12 2 Lower vertical path motor 1 I0 M12 1 Lower vertical path motor 1 2PHASE M12 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase 0 Lower vertical path motor 1CLK M12 1 Counted Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P102 15 Upper vertical pa...

Page 1026: ...ntal path motor 2 2PHASE M16 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase 12 Horizontal path motor 2 CLK M16 1 Counted 11 Horizontal path motor 1 I1 M15 10 Horizontal path motor 1 I0 M15 9 Horizontal path motor 1 2PHASE M15 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase 8 Horizontal path motor 1 CLK M15 1 Counted 7 Horizontal path motor 4 I1 M18 6 Horizontal path motor 4 I0 M18 5 Horizontal path motor 4 2PHASE M18 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase 4 Horizo...

Page 1027: ...nsor humidity Input HS601 P111 P112 P113 P114 P115 Escape Full Adjustment Input P116 Escape Full Adjustment Output P117 P118 P119 P120 Multi Drawer Document Insertion SORTER P261 to P304 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P261 15 Not use 14 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 DCON 5V ON PCB1 0 OFF 1 ON 6 Lower deck pickup drive 24V POWER ON PCB1 0 OFF 1 ON 5 Middle deck ...

Page 1028: ... 1 Download mode 0 Download Luch OFF PCB1 0 Download OFF 1 Normal P264 15 CORNE Chip Select 0 Active 14 Not use 13 LED drive 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 for R D 6 for R D 5 for R D 4 for R D 3 for R D 2 for R D 1 for R D 0 for R D Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P265 15 for R D 14 for R D 13 for R D 12 for R D 11 for R D 10 for R D 9 for R D 8 for R D 7 for R ...

Page 1029: ... Switching Excitation M801 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase 8 Lower deck pickup motor CLK M801 1 Counted 7 Lower deck cassette heater ON H802 0 ON 1 OFF 6 Lower deck air heater control 1 5 Lower deck air heater control 0 4 Lower deck air heater ON H801 0 ON 1 OFF 3 Lower deck side right fan_CONT1 FM807 2 DN PICKUP SPWM 1 Not use 0 Not use P270 15 Lower deck paper indicator LED8 ON LED8 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Lower de...

Page 1030: ...ower deck lifter lower position sensor PS812 0 Lower position 1 Others 12 Lower deck supply position sensor PS809 0 Supply position 1 Others 11 Lower deck J2150 connect sensor PCB803 0 Not connected 1 Connected 10 Lower deck suction fan error FM801 0 Error 1 Normal 9 Lower deck pickup driver PCB 24V error sensor PCB801 0 Normal 1 Error 8 Lower deck open close sensor PS807 0 Open 1 Close 7 Lower de...

Page 1031: ...ance sensor PS613 1 Foreign substance exists 1 Upper deck lead edge upper limit paper surface sensor PS604 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 Upper deck lead edge lower limit paper surface sensor PS603 0 No paper 1 Paper Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P276 15 Upper deck J2102 connect sensor PCB603 0 Not connected 1 Connected 14 Upper deck lifter lower limit switch PS602 0 Normal 1 Lower limit 13 Upper deck lif...

Page 1032: ...k foreign substance sensor PS713 1 foreign substance exist 1 Middle deck lead edge upper limit paper surface sensor PS704 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 Middle deck lead edge lower limit paper surface sensor PS703 0 No paper 1 Paper Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P280 15 Middle deck J2102 connect sensor PCB703 0 Not connected 1 Connected 14 Middle deck lifter lower limit switch MS702 0 Normal 1 Lower limit...

Page 1033: ... sensor 1 PS14 0 Paper 1 No paper 13 Upper vertical path sensor 2 PS2 0 Paper 1 No paper 12 Upper vertical path sensor 1 PS1 0 Paper 1 No paper 11 10 Lower vertical path sensor 3 PS5 0 Paper 1 No paper 9 Lower vertical path sensor 2 PS4 0 Paper 1 No paper 8 Lower vertical path sensor 1 PS3 0 Paper 1 No paper 7 6 5 4 3 Horizontal path sensor 4 PS9 0 Paper 1 No paper 2 Horizontal path sensor 3 PS8 0...

Page 1034: ...ve Connect J110 Detection PCB1 0 Not connected 1 Connected 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Path motor driver PCB connector J3002 Detection PCB5 0 Not connected 1 Connected 1 Path motor driver PCB connector J3003 Detection PCB5 0 Not connected 1 Connected 0 Path motor driver PCB connector J3004 Detection PCB5 0 Not connected 1 Connected Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P288 15 Not use 14 ENTER Push SW105 0 ON...

Page 1035: ...use 0 Not use Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P292 15 Not use 14 Escape delivery sensor PS34 0 Paper 1 No paper 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Escape path sensor 1 PS33 0 Paper 1 No paper 10 Buffer path Sensor 2 PS32 0 Paper 1 No paper 9 Buffer path Sensor 1 PS31 0 Paper 1 No paper 8 Not use 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Main 24V OFF Detection 0 Normal 1 OFF 2 Buffer Cover 24VOFF Detection 0...

Page 1036: ... 8 Exit motor 2 CLK 7 6 5 Upper tray width sensor AD S10 4 Lower tray width sensor AD S13 3 2 1 0 T 8 21 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P307 15 14 13 Reserve solenoid SOL1 0 PWM 1 PWM 12 Upper tray registration sensor S3 0 No paper 1 Paper 11 Lower tray registration sensor S7 0 No paper 1 Paper 10 9 Communication reception for writing in the flash memory 8 Communication transmission for writing i...

Page 1037: ...a bus 4 3 External I O data bus 3 2 External I O data bus 2 1 External I O data bus 1 0 Tray paper feed motor CLK M1 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P311 15 Lower tray pickup sensor S6 0 Outside pickup position 1 Pickup position 14 Lower tray last paper sensor 2 S15 0 No paper 1 Paper 13 Lower tray last paper sensor 1 S14 0 Paper 1 No paper 12 Lower tray empty sensor S12 0 Paper 1 No paper 11 Uppe...

Page 1038: ...OFF 1 ON 10 9 PCB LED2 0 ON 1 OFF 8 PCB LED1 0 ON 1 OFF 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P319 Lower tray width sensor AD S13 P320 Upper tray width sensor AD S10 P325 Entrance motor 1 current M5 P330 Tray paper feed motor current M1 P331 Reverse motor current M6 Document Insertion SORTER P038 to P047 FIN AG type Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P038 15 14 13 12 11 Paper delivery start response 0 OFF 1 ON 10 Paper de...

Page 1039: ...p enable 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Exit motor 1 enable 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Brushless motor enable 0 OFF 1 ON 10 HB motor enable 0 OFF 1 ON 9 Entrance motor 1 phase switching 2 M5 PH0 0 PH1 0 2phase 8 Entrance motor 1 phase switching 1 M5 PH0 1 PH1 0 1 2phase 7 Paper delivery start response 0 ON 1 OFF 6 Paper delivery start 0 OFF 1 ON 5 Drive switching motor rotation direction M4 0 CW 1 CCW 4 Drive switching motor C...

Page 1040: ...dle feed sensor S8 0 No paper 1 Paper 3 Drive switch sensor S1 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 2 Inserter open close sensor S19 0 Close 1 Open 1 Upper cover open close switch SW2 0 Close 1 Open 0 Lower tray lower limit sensor S5 0 Outside lower limit 1 Lower limit P045 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 Power supply lock detect signal 3 F1 0 Normal 1 Lock 5 4 3 Delivery sensor 2 S21 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Inlet sen...

Page 1041: ...model detect 14 13 12 11 10 Finisher connect detect 0 Finisher is connected 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Reverse motor FG M4 1 Low P250 15 14 13 12 Pre reverse feed motor FG M3 1 Low 11 Lead in motor FG M2 1 Low 10 1 Low 9 Bypass feed motor FG M1 1 Low 8 Reverse delivery motor FG M5 1 Low 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 T 8 23 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P251 15 14 13 SST connect 1 SST is connected 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 ...

Page 1042: ...bit Name Symbol Remarks P255 15 Punch PchComEnable 0 ON 14 Punch Stanby 0 ON 13 Punch PunchEnable 0 ON 12 Punch PaperComAck 0 ON 11 Punch PaperExit 0 ON 10 Punch DoorOpen SW1 0 ON 9 Punch Abnormal 0 ON 8 Punch conect detection 0 Connected 7 6 5 Front door open detection MSW1 1 Close 4 3 Power down detect 0 Power down 2 1 Finisher EjectStartAck 0 Finisher EntryStart P256 15 7segLED_A 1 ON 14 7segLE...

Page 1043: ...ss bit Name Symbol Remarks P259 15 14 13 12 11 Fan error detect FM1 1 Rotation 10 9 8 7 6 5 Integration unit bypass 2 sensor RS5 1 Paper 4 Integration unit reverse flapper HP sensor RS7 1 Paper 3 Integration unit reverse path 3 sensor RS4 1 Paper 2 Integration unit reverse path 2 sensor RS3 1 Paper 1 Integration unit reverse path 1 sensor RS2 1 Paper 0 Integration unit bypass 1 sensor RS1 1 Paper ...

Page 1044: ...15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 Reverse motor FG M4 0 High 1 Low 7 6 5 4 Pre reverse feed motor FG M3 0 High 1 Low 3 Lead in motor FG M2 0 High 1 Low 2 1 Bypass feed motor FG M1 0 High 1 Low 0 Reverse delivery motor FG M5 0 High 1 Low P049 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 SST connect 1 SST is connected 4 3 2 GA interrupt 0 1 0 In 1 0 T 8 24 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P050 15 14 13 12 GA reset 1 reset 11 10 ...

Page 1045: ...0 ON 0 Punch connect detection 0 Connected Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P054 15 14 13 Front door open detection MSW1 0 Close 1 Open 12 11 Power down detect 0 Power down 10 9 Finisher EjectStartAck 8 Finisher EntryStart 7 7segLED_A 1 ON 6 7segLED_B 1 ON 5 7segLED_C 1 ON 4 7segLED_D 1 ON 3 7segLED_E 1 ON 2 7segLED_F 1 ON 1 7segLED_G 1 ON 0 7segLED_dot 1 ON P055 15 14 Fan motor ON FM1 1 Rotation 1...

Page 1046: ...ration unit bypass 2 sensor RS5 1 Paper 12 Integration unit reverse flapper HP sensor RS7 1 Paper 11 Integration unit reverse path 3 sensor RS4 1 Paper 10 Integration unit reverse path 2 sensor RS3 1 Paper 9 Integration unit reverse path 1 sensor RS2 1 Paper 8 Integration unit bypass 1 sensor RS1 1 Paper 7 P puncher bypass 2 sensor S8 1 Paper 6 P puncher bypass 3 sensor S7 1 Paper 5 P puncher punc...

Page 1047: ... Normal 7 G A 5 interruption input 6 G A 9 interruption input 5 G A 8 interruption input 4 G A 7 interruption input 3 G A 4 interruption input 2 G A 3 interruption input 1 G A 1 interruption input 0 G A 2 interruption input T 8 25 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P137 15 14 13 Master controller PCB LED 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Not use 11 Horizontal registration shift sensor S1 0 No paper 1 Paper 10 G A 6 inte...

Page 1048: ...ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 4 7 segment LED5 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 3 7 segment LED4 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 2 7 segment LED3 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 1 7 segment LED2 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 0 7 segment LED1 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON P140 15 14 13 12 11 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 4 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P141 15 WDT output 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Inlet ...

Page 1049: ...rler shift motor A phase M11 5 Decurler shift motor A phase M11 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Cooling fan 11 FAN11 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Cooling fan 10 FAN10 0 OFF 1 ON P144 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Decurler shift motor B phase M11 8 Not use 7 6 5 4 3 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P145 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 12 11 Not use 10 Not...

Page 1050: ... HP 3 Nip release HP sensor 2 S4 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 2 Nip release HP sensor 1 S3 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 1 Not use 0 Front cover open close sensor S5 0 Close 1 Open P148 15 Not use 14 Machine error LED 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Not use 12 Stack ON OFF button LED 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Front cover OPEN button LED right 0 OFF 1 ON 10 Stack LED right 0 OFF 1 ON 9 Front cover OPEN button LED left 0 OFF 1 ON 8 Stack...

Page 1051: ...aper 14 Gripper timing sensor S8 0 Paper 1 No paper 13 Top tray eject sensor S62 0 Paper 1 No paper 12 Coupled eject sensor 2 S10 0 Paper 1 No paper 11 Coupled eject sensor 1 S12 0 Paper 1 No paper 10 Coupled inlet sensor S13 0 Paper 1 No paper 9 Top tray empty sensor S55 0 Paper 1 No paper 8 Top tray full sensor S56 0 Stack enable 1 Full 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 AD converter chip select 3 ...

Page 1052: ...FF 1 ON 9 Horizontal shift HP sensor S6 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 8 Top tray empty sensor S55 0 Paper 1 No paper 7 Top tray up down clock sensor S61 6 Top tray paper level sensor S57 0 No paper 1 Paper 5 Top tray full sensor S56 0 Stack enable 1 Full 4 Horizontal registration timing sensor S7 0 No paper 1 Paper 3 Top tray eject sensor S62 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Coupled inlet sensor S13 0 No paper 1 P...

Page 1053: ...Detect arm 1 Evade Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P161 15 Spare 14 Insertion shift HP sensor S42 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 13 Tap paper level sensor 1 S30 0 No paper 1 Paper 12 Insertion belt HP sensor S45 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 11 Stack tray paper level front sensor S44 0 No paper 1 Paper 10 Stack tray 1 up down clock sensor S20 9 Dolly set switch SW8 0 No 1 Set 8 Front cover open close switch ...

Page 1054: ...Stack enable 1 Full 10 Spare 9 Tray 2 approach disabled area sensor S21 0 Approach enable 8 Arm evade sensor 2 S24 0 Detect arm 1 Evade 7 Stack tray 2 sensor S29 0 No tray 1 Tray 6 Trailing end retaining HP sensor S49 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 5 Stack tray 1 sensor S27 0 No tray 1 Tray 4 Trailing end retaining shift HP sensor S46 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 3 Tap paper level sensor 2 S37 0 No paper 1 ...

Page 1055: ... phase M28 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P169 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P170 15 Stack tray 1 approach disabled area switch SW4 0 Enable 1 Unenable 14 Stack tray 2 approach disabled area switch SW5 0 Enable 1 Unenable 13 Spare 12 Stack tray de...

Page 1056: ...se M24 0 Stack tray 1 shift front motor A phase M24 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P173 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P174 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 Tap HP sensor 1 S32 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 6 Stack tray 1 paper empty sensor S26 0 Paper 1 No paper 5 Stack tray 1...

Page 1057: ...e 1 Tap motor 2 B phase M31 0 P176 15 14 13 12 11 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 4 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P177 15 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Stack tray 2 shift front motor B phase M26 11 Not use 10 Stack tray 2 shift front motor B phase M26 9 Stack tray 2 shift front motor A phase M26 8 Stack tray 2 shift front motor A phase M26 7 6 5 4 ...

Page 1058: ...e P185 Spare P186 Spare P187 Spare P188 Spare P189 Spare P190 Spare P191 Spare P192 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 G A watchdog timer overflow 11 SERIAL ERROR 10 SERIAL ERROR 9 Spare 8 Spare 7 Spare 6 ENTRY START ACK 5 ENTRY START 4 Spare 3 Spare 2 EJECT START 1 EJECT START ACK 0 Spare Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P193 15 Not use 14 Spare 13 Not use 12 G A reset 2 11 Decurler feed motor CW...

Page 1059: ...ooling fan 4 FAN4 0 OFF 1 ON 10 Cooling fan 3 FAN3 0 OFF 1 ON 9 Cooling fan 2 FAN2 0 OFF 1 ON 8 Cooling fan 1 FAN1 0 OFF 1 ON 7 7 segment LED8 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 6 7 segment LED7 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 5 7 segment LED6 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 4 7 segment LED5 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 3 7 segment LED4 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 2 7 segment LED3 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 1 7 segment LED2 ON signal 0 OFF 1 ON 0 7 segm...

Page 1060: ...Paper 9 JAM open close switch 2 SW10 0 Close 1 Open 8 JAM open close switch 1 SW11 0 Close 1 Open 7 Decurler shift motor B phase M11 6 Decurler shift motor A phase M11 5 Decurler shift motor A phase M11 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Cooling fan 11 FAN11 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Cooling fan 10 FAN10 0 OFF 1 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P201 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not ...

Page 1061: ...t HP sensor S14 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 5 Horizontal registration shift sensor S1 0 No paper 1 Paper 4 Horizontal registration HP sensor S2 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 3 Nip release HP sensor 2 S4 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 2 Nip release HP sensor 1 S3 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 1 Not use 0 Front cover open close sensor S5 0 Close 1 Open Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P205 15 Not use 14 Machine error L...

Page 1062: ...t sensor S58 0 No object 1 Object 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Stack ON OFF button 0 OFF 1 ON 1 Front cover open button right 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Front cover open button left 0 OFF 1 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P209 15 Top tray paper level sensor S57 0 No paper 1 Paper 14 Gripper timing sensor S8 0 Paper 1 No paper 13 Top tray eject sensor S62 0 Paper 1 No paper 12 Coupled eject sensor 2 S10 0 ...

Page 1063: ... P213 15 Service PCB Dip SW2 3 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Service PCB Dip SW2 2 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Service PCB Dip SW2 1 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Service PCB push SW3 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Service PCB Dip SW2 4 0 OFF 1 ON 10 Service PCB push SW2 0 OFF 1 ON 9 Horizontal shift HP sensor S6 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 8 Top tray empty sensor S55 0 Paper 1 No paper 7 Top tray up down clock sensor S61 6 Top tray paper level sensor S57 0 No p...

Page 1064: ...tack tray 1 coated sheet full sensor S17 0 Stack enable 1 Full 3 Stack tray paper level rear sensor S43 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Stack tray 1 sheet full sensor S18 0 Stack enable 1 Full 1 Not use 0 Arm evade sensor 1 S19 0 Detect arm 1 Evade P218 15 Spare 14 Insertion shift HP sensor S42 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 13 Tap paper level sensor 1 S30 0 No paper 1 Paper 12 Insertion belt HP sensor S45 0 Outsi...

Page 1065: ...r A phase M29 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P221 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P222 15 Front cover open close switch 3 SW3 0 ON 1 OFF 14 Power supply of control 2 36V1 type 0 OFF 1 ON 13 Power supply of control 2 24V1 type 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Front cover open close switch 2 SW2 0 ON 1 OFF 11 Stack tray 2 sheet full sensor S23 0 St...

Page 1066: ...icator LED14 0 OFF 1 ON 4 Jam indicator LED13 0 OFF 1 ON 3 Jam indicator LED12 0 OFF 1 ON 2 Jam indicator LED11 0 OFF 1 ON 1 Jam indicator LED10 0 OFF 1 ON 0 Jam indicator LED9 0 OFF 1 ON P224 15 14 13 12 11 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 4 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P225 15 WDT output 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Stack tray eject 2 motor B ph...

Page 1067: ...are 7 Tap motor 1 B phase M32 6 Tap motor 1 A phase M32 5 Tap motor 1 A phase M32 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use P228 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Tap motor 1 B phase M32 8 Not use 7 6 5 4 3 2 Not use 1 Not use 0 Not use Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P229 15 Not use 14 Not use 13 12 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 7 WDT output 6 Not use...

Page 1068: ...tack tray 1 alignment HP rear sensor S33 0 Outside HP 1 Inside HP 1 Stack tray 1 duplicate setting sensor S53 0 No tray 1 Tray 0 Stack tray 1 curl sensor S31 0 No paper 1 Paper P232 15 Tap motor 2 B phase M31 14 Tap motor 2 A phase M31 13 Tap motor 2 A phase M31 12 Not use 11 Not use 10 Not use 9 Not use 8 Not use 7 Not use 6 Not use 5 Not use 4 Not use 3 Not use 2 Not use 1 Tap motor 2 B phase M3...

Page 1069: ...are P243 Spare P244 Spare P245 Spare P246 Spare P247 Spare P248 Spare Perfect Binder SORTER P076 to P134 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P076 15 Stacking roller motor Alignment motor front rear Transport motor switching M1 M4 M5 M9 0 Alignment motor 1 Stacking transport motor 14 Stacking tray lift motor clock M2 13 12 Trail edge retaining lever motor clock M3 11 Delivery motor B phase M14 10 Deliv...

Page 1070: ...sertion communication control Stacker pre joint sensor 0 Paper 12 Insertion communication control serial communication error 0 Error 11 Alignment motor front PB Stacking tray shift motor PB M4 M9 10 Alignment motor front PA Stacking tray shift motor PA M4 M9 9 Alignment motor front EB Stacking tray shift motor EB M4 M9 8 Alignment motor front EA Stacking tray shift motor EB M4 M9 7 Switch back fla...

Page 1071: ... lock command SL3 1 Lock 0 Front cover lock solenoid unlock command SL3 1 Unlock Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P084 15 Gue case cover open sensor S33 0 Open 14 Top cover switch MSW3 0 Open 13 Upper cover open closed sensor S4 0 Open 12 Front cover switch MSW1 MSW2 MSW4 MSW5 MSW6 MSW7 1 Open 11 10 Stacking tray shift home position sensor S9 1 Home position 9 Stack weight shift home position senso...

Page 1072: ...save key 0 ON 2 Service PCB push switch 3 0 ON 1 Service PCB push switch 2 0 ON 0 Service PCB push switch 1 0 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P088 15 5V1 Monitoring 1 Normal 14 24V2 Monitoring 0 Normal 24V2 control 0 13 24V1 Monitoring 0 Normal 24V1control 0 12 Glue case full sensor AD S32T S32L 11 10 Glue case empty sensor AD S31T S31L 9 Insertion connect signal 0 Connect 8 7 6 5 4 3 Power sup...

Page 1073: ...ly motor PA phase M33 5 Glue supply motor EB phase M33 4 Glue supply motor EA phase M33 3 2 PIO chip select 1 G A chip select 0 Flash SST download select 0 Select Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P092 15 14 DAC_LD 13 DAC_CLK 12 DAC_DI 11 10 9 8 24V2 check signal 0 Normal 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 Level thermistor AD S58 0 P093 15 Size shift motor A phase M19 14 Size shift motor B phase M19 13 Size shift motor ...

Page 1074: ...sition sensor S44 0 Home position 7 Spine bending home position sensor right S66 1 Home position 6 Spine bending home position sensor left S60 1 Home position 5 Spine plate closed sensor S63 1 Not closed 4 Spine plate open sensor S62 0 Not open 3 Spine bending closed sensor left S61 1 Closed 2 Sub gripper closed sensor S41 1 Closed 1 Sub gripper open sensor S40 1 Open 0 Sub gripper paper sensor S3...

Page 1075: ...1 Binding position 8 Main gripper rotation enable sensor S36 1 Enable 7 LED3 LED3 0 ON 6 LED2 LED2 0 ON 5 LED1 LED1 0 ON 4 LED on PCB 0 ON 3 2 Gripper motor front FWD M24 1 Gripper motor front ENB M24 0 Gripper motor front REV M24 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P100 15 14 13 12 11 10 Push switch 3 0 ON 9 Push switch 2 0 ON 8 Push switch 1 0 ON 7 Dip switch 8 0 ON 6 Dip switch 7 0 ON 5 Dip switch ...

Page 1076: ... 2 FM5 1 Lock 10 Glue supply cooling fan upper lock detection 1 FM4 1 Lock 9 8 Glue roller rotation sensor S59 1 Flag ON 7 6 5 Stack delivery path shift motor FWD M30 4 Stack delivery path shift motor ENB M30 3 Stack delivery path shift motor REV M30 2 Stack shift motor FWD M18 1 Stack shift motor ENB M18 0 Stack shift motor REV M18 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P104 15 Trimmer motor B phase M35...

Page 1077: ...sensor S83 0 Home position 8 Press home position sensor S90 0 Home position 7 6 Press limit sensor S89 0 Limit 5 Rotation home position sensor 2 S91 0 Home position 4 Main gripper home position sensor S44 0 Home position 3 Slide home position sensor S82 0 Home position 2 Press end sensor S87 0 Closed 1 Rotation home position sensor 1 S95 0 Home position 0 Main gripper closed sensor front rear S53 ...

Page 1078: ...ON 0 LED1 0 ON Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P112 15 Stack door lock solenoid SL5 1 ON 14 Waste paper pushing solenoid SL4 1 ON 13 Binding lift tray motor enable M38 0 Enable 12 Binding lift tray motor CCW M38 11 Binding lift tray motor CW M38 10 Waste paper buffer shift motor enable M37 0 Enable 9 Waste paper buffer shift motor CCW M37 8 Waste paper buffer shift motor CW M37 7 6 5 4 3 Stack buf...

Page 1079: ... Stack thickness volume sensor AD S50 AD05 24V2 Monitoring AD P120 AD14 Temperature thermistor AD S56 AD06 5V1 Monitoring AD P121 AD15 Abnormal temperature thermistor AD S57 AD07 Cover registration sensor AD S21 P122 AD16 Machine temperature thermistor AD S105 AD08 Timing sensor AD S5 P123 DA01 Glue vat empty sensor glue vat full sensor DA S31T S31L S32T S32L AD17 Level thermistor spare AD S58 P12...

Page 1080: ...LK M14 11 0 ON 1 OFF 10 Exit motor phase switching 2 M13 M14 P31 0 P32 0 2 phase 9 Exit motor phase switching 1 M13 M14 P31 1 P32 0 1 2 phase 8 Exit motor 2 CLK M13 7 6 5 4 3 Upper stopper paper sensor AD S33 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Fold position sensor AD S32 0 No paper 1 Paper 1 Release timing sensor AD S31 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 Slowdown timing sensor AD S30 0 No paper 1 Paper T 8 27 Address bit Nam...

Page 1081: ...g edge press guide motor current M10 0 PWM 1 PWM 7 External I O data bus 6 6 5 External I O data bus 5 4 External I O data bus 4 3 External I O data bus 3 2 External I O data bus 2 1 External I O data bus 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P051 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P052 15 Folding unit sensor S29 0 Close 1 Open 14 Fold tray paper sensor S27 0 No paper 1 Paper 13 Fold tray paper f...

Page 1082: ...IT2 1 BIT3 0 Insetion 2 PCB identification signal 1 1 PSW2 PSW2 0 ON 1 OFF 0 PSW1 PSW1 0 ON 1 OFF P054 15 14 13 12 11 Fan 2 enable F1 0 OFF 1 ON 10 9 PCB LED2 0 ON 1 OFF 8 PCB LED1 0 ON 1 OFF 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 P055 Slowdown timing sensor AD S30 P056 Release timing sensor AD S31 P057 Fold position sensor AD S32 P058 Upper stopper paper sensor AD S33 P059 P060 P061 Slowdown timing sensor DA S30 P062 R...

Page 1083: ...n sensor AD S32 0 No paper 1 Paper 9 Release timing sensor AD S31 0 No paper 1 Paper 8 Slowdown timing sensor AD S30 0 No paper 1 Paper 7 6 5 4 3 2 Flapper solenoid SOL4 0 PWM 1 PWM 1 Flash write communication received 0 Flash write communication send T 8 28 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P031 15 EEPROM IO DO signal 0 Data bit 0 1 Data bit 1 14 Fold tray motor CLK M7 13 Leading edge press guide m...

Page 1084: ... 8 7 Folding unit sensor S29 0 Close 1 Open 6 Fold tray paper sensor S27 0 No paper 1 Paper 5 Fold tray paper full sensor S26 0 No paper 1 Paper 4 Fold tray HP sensor S28 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 3 Delivery 1 sensor S22 0 No paper 1 Paper 2 Upper stopper HP sensor S23 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 1 C fold stopper HP sensor S24 0 Outside home position 1 Insid...

Page 1085: ...ON 1 OFF Finisher AF1 Saddle Finisher AF2 SORTER P001 to P075 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P001 15 Stack tray operation without paper detection 14 ARCNET INT 13 Not use 12 Not use 11 Sample tray operation without paper detection 10 ASIC1 interrupt 0 ENG1 9 Paper Folding Unit RX 8 Paper Folding Unit TX 7 Saddle folder feeder motor encorder clock M106 6 Stack delivery motor M19 5 Check LED 0 OFF ...

Page 1086: ... solenoid SL9 0 ON 1 OFF 9 Staple motor direction switching M25 8 Staple motor ON M25 7 Tray B lift motor current switching 2 M23 6 Tray B lift motor current switching 1 M23 5 Tray B lift motor CW M23 0 CCW 1 CW 4 Tray B lift motor CLK M23 3 Tray B lift motor OFF M23 0 ON 1 OFF 2 Tray A paper surface sensor PCB receiving A D input selector 3 UN16 0 Selected 1 Not selected 1 Tray A paper surface se...

Page 1087: ...ot set or full 1 0 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P009 15 Inlet feed motor M1 14 Inlet feed motor M1 13 Inlet feed motor CW M1 0 CW 1 CCW 12 Inlet feed motor M1 11 Feed roller disengage motor current switching 2 M8 10 Feed roller disengage motor current switching 1 M8 9 Feed roller disengage motor current switching B phase M8 8 Feed roller disengage motor current switching A phase M8 7 Shift feed...

Page 1088: ... ENTER PSW 0 PUSH Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P013 15 14 Upper guide motor current switching M20 13 Upper guide motor B phase M20 12 Upper guide motor A phase M20 11 10 Feed belt move motor current switching M17 9 Feed belt move motor B phase M17 8 Feed belt move motor A phase M17 7 6 Paper trailing edge drop motor current switching M16 5 Paper trailing edge drop motor B phase M16 4 Paper trai...

Page 1089: ...al registration sensor 3 UN24 0 Paper 1 No paper 5 Horizontal registration sensor 2 UN24 0 Paper 1 No paper 4 Horizontal registration sensor 1 UN24 0 Paper 1 No paper 3 2 1 0 Feed belt HP sensor PS25 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P017 15 Trimmer Out 14 Stack delivery auxiliary tray motor ON M13 13 Stack delivery auxiliary tray motor B phase M13 12 Stack delivery auxiliary tray motor A phase M13 ...

Page 1090: ...ing M11 13 Processing stopper move motor B phase M11 12 Processing stopper move motor A phase M11 11 Motor standby HB 0 OFF 1 ON 10 Staple move motor current switching M21 9 Staple move motor B phase M21 8 Staple move motor A phase M21 7 CZ folding separate 0 Separate kill 1 Not separate 6 CZ folding reset 0 Reset off 1 Reset 5 CZ folding download mode 0 OFF 1 ON 4 3 Motor standby PM 0 OFF 1 ON 2 ...

Page 1091: ...0 Normal 1 Error 3 Saddle delivery sub tray paper sensor PS112 0 Paper 1 No paper 2 0 No paper 1 Paper 1 0 No paper 1 Paper 0 Saddle unit connect detection 0 Connected 1 Not connected Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P025 15 14 13 Saddle press front sensor PS109 0 No paper 1 Paper 12 Saddle alignment plate HP sensor PS106 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 11 10 9 8 Saddle lead edge sto...

Page 1092: ...e motor current IL M110 3 Jam paper display LED4 Front 0 OFF 1 ON 2 Saddle roller guide motor current IL M104 1 Motor standby 1 Standby 0 Saddle paper tapping motor current IL M113 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P029 15 Upper stopper paper sensor 0 No paper 1 Paper 14 Fold position sensor 0 No paper 1 Paper 13 Separation timing sensor 0 No paper 1 Paper 12 Speed down timing sensor 0 No paper 1 Pa...

Page 1093: ...rse unit motor rotation direction 0 CCW 1 CW 0 Reverse unit motor phase switching 1 0 2 phase 1 1 2 phase Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P033 15 Fold position adjustment clutch negative 0 OFF 1 ON 14 Fold position adjustment clutch positive 0 OFF 1 ON 13 PM motor chip enable 0 OFF 1 ON 12 Exit motor 1 enable 0 OFF 1 ON 11 Brushless motor enable 0 OFF 1 ON 10 HB motor enable 0 OFF 1 ON 9 Inlet fee...

Page 1094: ... home position 11 Delivery 1 paper sensor 0 No paper 1 Paper 10 Upper stopper HP sensor 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 9 Inner 3 stopper HP sensor 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 8 Lead edge hold HP sensor 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 7 6 Power supply fan lock signal 3 0 Normal 1 Lock 5 Fan lock signal 2 0 Normal 1 Lock 4 Fan lock signal 1 0 Normal ...

Page 1095: ...own timing sensor DA P066 Separation timing sensor DA P067 Fold position sensor DA P068 Upper stopper paper sensor DA P069 Inlet motor 1 current P070 Inlet motor 2 current P071 Fold position adjustment motor current P072 Exit motor 1 current P073 Exit motor 2 current P074 Pickup motor current P075 Reverse motor current Finisher AG1 Saddle Finisher AG2 SORTER P001 to P028 Address bit Name Symbol Re...

Page 1096: ...r retainer front HP sensor S139 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 2 Tray auxiliary guide front HP sensor S137 0 Inside home position 1 Outside home position 1 Front alignment HP sensor S108 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 0 Staple HP sensor S131 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position T 8 30 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P003 15 14 13 Tray auxiliary guide motor...

Page 1097: ...1 0 1 CCW 0 1 1 Brake 0 0 0 Free 1 Saddle stitcher motor ON signal M209 ON CW CCW 1 1 0 CW 1 0 1 CCW 0 1 1 Brake 0 0 0 Free 0 Saddle stitcher motor CW signal M209 ON CW CCW 1 1 0 CW 1 0 1 CCW 0 1 1 Brake 0 0 0 Free P006 15 Punch E2 data input signal 14 Punch DA data input signal 13 Punch E2 chip select 12 E2 chip select 11 Punch DA clock output signal 10 Punch DA data output signal 9 E2 data input...

Page 1098: ...or S110 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 10 Shutter close detection sensor S148 9 Shutter HP sensor S106 0 Inside home position 1 Outside home position 8 Paper trailing edge pushing guide HP sensor S113 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 7 Stack delivery lower shutter motor M122 0 OFF 1 ON 6 Shutter clutch CL102 0 OFF 1 ON 5 Swing guide solenoid SL101 0 OFF 1 ON 4 3 Front...

Page 1099: ...y fan alarm FAN101 0 OFF 1 ON 5 Inserter EjectStart 0 ON 1 OFF 4 Inserter EntryStartAck 0 ON 1 OFF 3 IF unit EjectStart 0 ON 1 OFF 2 IF unit EntryStartAck 0 ON 1 OFF 1 Fold EjectStart 0 ON 1 OFF 0 Fold EntryStartAck 0 ON 1 OFF Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P015 15 Saddle connection 0 Connected 1 Not connected 14 13 Staple position switch SW103 0 Close 1 Open 12 Swing guide safety switch SW102 SW...

Page 1100: ...on M210 0 CCW 1 CW 12 Saddle trailing edge retainer motor CLK M210 11 10 9 Saddle alignment guide motor rotation M202 0 CCW 1 CW 8 Saddle alignment guide motor CLK M202 7 Saddle lead in roller HP sensor S222 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 6 Saddle folder HP sensor S229 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home position 5 Staple HP sensor S131 0 Outside home position 1 Inside home posit...

Page 1101: ...e feed motor rotation M201 0 CCW 1 CW 12 Saddle feed motor clock M201 11 Inlet feed motor stepping M200 0 Half step 10 Saddle feed motor stepping M201 0 Half step 9 Saddle lead in roller disengage motor rotation M214 0 CCW 1 CW 8 Saddle lead in roller disengage motor CLK M214 7 Saddle folder feeder motor CW M206 1 CW 6 Saddle folder feeder motor CCW M206 1 CCW 5 Saddle paper push on plate motor CW...

Page 1102: ...ed motor CW CCW switching signal Trimmer M101 0 Entrance 1 Delivery 2 Feed motor standby signal Trimmer M101 0 Standby 1 Ready 1 Feed motor output permission signal Trimmer M101 0 Permission 1 Prohibition 0 Feed motor drive clock output Trimmer M101 Address bit Name Symbol Remarks P026 15 Registration motor permission signal Trimmer M102 0 Permission 1 Prohibition 14 Cutter motor encoder clock Tri...

Page 1103: ...otor drive clock output Trimmer M103 7 6 5 5V shutdown signal Trimmer 0 Supplied 1 Not supplied 4 3 2 Paddle solenoid ON signal Trimmer SL102 0 ON 1 OFF 1 Stopper solenoid ON signal Trimmer SL101 0 ON 1 OFF 0 Rear estrangement motor output permission signal Trimmer M104 0 Permission 1 Prohibition P028 15 14 LED on PCB Trimmer 0 ON 1 OFF 13 Cutter motor CCW signal Trimmer M106 0 CW 1 CCW 12 Cutter ...

Page 1104: ... the standard value set the smaller value If the out of original area is copied set the larger value As the value is increased by 1 the image position is shifted by 0 1 mm toward the rear Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Caution After the setting value is chang...

Page 1105: ...er the changed value in the service label Display adj set range 100 to 100 Unit 0 1 mm Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION INSTALL STRD POS ADJ X MG Image ratio in book mode sub scan frnt Lv 1 Details To make a fine adjustment of image magnification in sub scanning direction in copyboard reading mode When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared enter the value of s...

Page 1106: ...he copyboard glass is replaced Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Caution After the setting value is changed enter the changed value in the service label Display adj set range 7500 to 9999 Default value 9418 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST CCD W PLT X W PLT Y BW TGT COPIER ADJUST CCD SH TRGT Shading target value B W Copyboard Lv...

Page 1107: ...09 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD DF WLVL1 DF WLVL2 COPIER ADJUST CCD MTF2 M1 MTF value setting 1 main scan Front Lv 1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation Input the value in the service label of the reader Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main ...

Page 1108: ...g value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Display adj set range 20 to 85 Default value 50 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD MTF CLC COPIER ADJUST CCD MTF2 S2 MTF value setting 2 sub scan Front Lv 1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation Input the value in the service label of the reader Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cl...

Page 1109: ...olor drift crrctVL in img snsr back Lv 2 Details To correct the color drift between R G lines in sub scanning direction due to the back side scanner unit When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared enter the value of service label Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON th...

Page 1110: ... range 20 to 85 Default value 50 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD MTF CLC COPIER ADJUST CCD MTF M2 MTF value setting 2 main scan Back Lv 1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation Input the value in the service label of the reader Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Tur...

Page 1111: ...g value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Display adj set range 20 to 85 Default value 50 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD MTF CLC COPIER ADJUST CCD MTF S3 MTF value setting 3 sub scan Back Lv 1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation Input the value in the service label of the reader Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is clea...

Page 1112: ... When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Display adj set range 0 to 2550 Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST CCD DFCH R2 DFCH B2 DFCH B10 DFCH G2 DFCH G10 COPIER FUNCTION CCD DF LNR COPIER ADJUST CCD DFCH B2 Complex chart No 2 data B Back Lv 1 Details To calcula...

Page 1113: ... MTF CLC Display adj set range 20 to 85 Unit 0 01 Appropriate target value 20 to 85 Default value 50 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD MTF CLC COPIER ADJUST CCD MTF2 M12 MTF value setting 12 main scan Front Lv 1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation Input the value in the service label of the reader Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared...

Page 1114: ...TION CCD MTF CLC Display adj set range 20 to 85 Unit 0 01 Appropriate target value 40 to 70 Default value 50 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD MTF CLC COPIER ADJUST CCD MTF M12 MTF value setting 12 main scan Back Lv 1 Details Setting value for MTF filter coefficient calculation Input the value in the service label of the reader Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is c...

Page 1115: ...ice mode COPIER ADJUST CCD DFCH R2 DFCH R10 DFCH B2 DFCH B10 DFCH G2 DFCH G10 DFCH K10 COPIER FUNCTION CCD DF LNR COPIER ADJUST CCD DFCH K10 Complex chart No 10 data B W Back Lv 1 Details To calculate the front back linearity set the front B W data of No 10 image in DADF complex chart Enter the value of reader s service label Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Ad...

Page 1116: ...D CHG2 to 1 beforehand Display adj set range 0 to 4 0 correction ratio 100 1 95 2 90 3 85 4 80 Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST CCD CCD CHG2 COPIER ADJUST CCD MTFMBW MTF VL in main scan way B W Front Lv 1 Details If moire occurs in the image scanning during installation scanner unit replacement increase the level one at a time Input the value on the service label during reader co...

Page 1117: ... adj set range 700 to 1400 Default value 1126 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION CCD DF WLVL1 DF WLVL2 COPIER ADJUST CCD DFTBK R Shading target value R Back Lv 1 Details When the reader controller PCB is replaced enter the value of service label When the copyboard glass or back side scanner unit is replaced execute FUNCTION CCD DF WLVL1 DF WLVL2 and enter the value which is automatically set int...

Page 1118: ...ication in main scanning direction by the adjustment clock modulation of rotation speed of polygon mirror Convert the length of magnification measurement line of image position adjustment PG in percentage and enter the increase decrease amount in percentage Enter the value for front into 1st line and for back into 2nd line respectively As the value is changed by 1 the image magnification is increa...

Page 1119: ...ction The combination of AC element and DC element of the developing bias differs for each set value Select the appropriate combination for set value accordingly Use case When fogging image occurs Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adj set range 0 to 3 0 white band bias 0 1 white band bias 1 2 white band bias 2 3 white band bias 3 Default value 0 Related servic...

Page 1120: ...olid area of 17 gradations Display adj set range 0 to 1023 Appropriate target value 650 to 850 Default value 716 Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY DENS P LED P B AVE COPIER ADJUST DENS DMAX N T Fine adj of Dmax dens target quality PP Lv 2 Details To make a fine adjustment of density target value that is used at the D max control for high quality paper group display adjustment Use case When adjus...

Page 1121: ...elated service mode COPIER ADJUST DENS TSD E020 TSD BFR TSD HFR COPIER ADJUST DENS TSD HFR Adj of toner supply reference to hopper Lv 2 Details To adjust the reference of toner supply to the hopper Specify at how many times of toner presence detection to stop the toner supply the machine skips the toner presence detection until the specified number of times As the greater value is set more toner i...

Page 1122: ...he margin is shifted toward the center of the paper by 1 pixel 0 0847 mm Use case When reducing the margin due to user s request When enlarging the margin for transfer separation fixing separation Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 1181 Unit 1 pixel Appropriate target value 29 Default value 29 BLANK L Adj of lef...

Page 1123: ...iling edge of thin paper for expansion As the value is increased by 1 the margin is shifted toward the center of the paper by 1 pixel 0 0847 mm Use case When reducing the margin due to user s request When enlarging the margin for transfer separation fixing separation Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 1181 Unit ...

Page 1124: ... 1 V Appropriate target value 50 to 50 Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION MISC P DMAX N EPC Supplement memo Quality paper group high quality paper recycle paper texture paper labels post cards cotton COPIER ADJUST V CONT VCONT S Adj of potntial con dev contrast coatPP Lv 2 Details To make a fine adjustment of developing contrast target potential that is used at the potential cont...

Page 1125: ...table information Change the fogging removal target potential manually to adjust the fogging level As the smaller value is set fogging is reduced as the value is increased by 1 potential is increased by 1 V Use case When fogging is distinct Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Execute the potential control manually Caution If the setting value is too large banding oc...

Page 1126: ...value of service label As the value is increased the image after the adjustment gets darker Use case When the reader controller PCB is replaced or RAM is cleared Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value switch negative positive by key and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Caution When the setting value is changed enter the changed value in the service label Adjust the maximum densi...

Page 1127: ... Set pre pri trns charg current adj value Lv 1 Details To set the output adjustment value of pre primary transfer charge current As the value is incremented by 1 the current changes by 1 micro A Decrease Increase Actually the current setting value x 1 150 micro A flows When changing the setting value to 100 0 or 100 the current value becomes 50 micro A 150 micro A or 250 micro A respectively When ...

Page 1128: ...ing value and press OK key Caution Increase decrease the value 1 by 1 and check the symptom each time Display adj set range 10 to 10 Unit 5 uA Default value 0 COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR TGT4 Sec transfer current adj value Ev 3 Lv 2 Details To set the target current that is applied to the secondary transfer inner roller under the condition of absolute moisture ratio from 5 8 to 8 89 g m3 When low volt...

Page 1129: ...nd press OK key Caution Increase decrease the value 1 by 1 and check the symptom each time Display adj set range 10 to 10 Unit 5 uA Default value 0 COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR TGT8 Sec transfer current adj value Ev 7 Lv 2 Details To set the target current that is applied to the secondary transfer inner roller under the condition of absolute moisture ratio 21 6 g m3 or more When low voltage mottled ima...

Page 1130: ...lue 1 by 1 and check the symptom each time Display adj set range 10 to 10 Unit 100 V Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR ENV3 TR PPR3 TR DUP3 COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR SHR4 Adj sec trns paper allotted voltge set4 Lv 2 Details To adjust the paper allotted voltage of secondary transfer in setting 4 Setting 4 is the condition combination of environment paper type paper weight and feeding side t...

Page 1131: ...aper type paper weight and feeding side that are set at TR ENV8 TR PPR8 TR DUP8 When this condition is true paper allotted voltage that is set here is applied to the secondary transfer inner roller As the value is increased by 1 voltage is increased by 100 V Use case When an image failure that is subject to paper type occurs mottled image density loss due to excessive transfer toner splash on soli...

Page 1132: ... 3 envelope 4 tracing paper 5 transparency 6 postcard 7 labels 8 bond paper Default value 1 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR ENV5 TR DUP5 2TR TGT5 COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR PPR6 Set PPtype for PPallotted volt adj set6 Lv 2 Details To set the paper type paper weight for setting 6 Setting 6 is the condition combination of environment paper type paper weight and feeding side that are set at T...

Page 1133: ... 4 8 9 to 14 9 g m3 5 15 to 17 9 g m3 6 18 to 21 5 g m3 7 21 6 g m3 or more Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR PPR2 TR DUP2 2TR TGT2 COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR ENV3 Set envirnmnt for PPallot volt adj set3 Lv 2 Details To set the environment absolute moisture ratio for setting 3 Setting 3 is the condition combination of environment paper type paper weight and feeding side that ...

Page 1134: ... 4 8 9 to 14 9 g m3 5 15 to 17 9 g m3 6 18 to 21 5 g m3 7 21 6 g m3 or more Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR PPR6 TR DUP6 2TR TGT6 COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR ENV7 Set envirnmnt for PPallot volt adj set7 Lv 2 Details To set the environment absolute moisture ratio for setting 7 Setting 7 is the condition combination of environment paper type paper weight and feeding side that ...

Page 1135: ...ange 1 to 4 1 Host 1st side 2 Host 2nd side 3 Deck 1st site 4 Deck 2nd side Default value 1 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR ENV3 TR PPR3 2TR TGT3 COPIER ADJUST HV TR TR DUP4 Set PPside for PPallotted volt adj set4 Lv 2 Details To set the paper side for setting 4 Setting 4 is the condition combination of environment paper type paper weight and feeding side that are set at TR ENV4 TR PPR...

Page 1136: ...r scale to get the optimum point As the value is increased by 1 the voltage is increased by 1 V Use case When the image failure due to the secondary transfer static eliminator occurs related to the static eliminator trace separation failure Caution If the value is increased too much static eliminator trace occurs again Display adj set range 4000 to 0 Unit 1 V Appropriate target value 3000 to 2000 ...

Page 1137: ...splay adj set range 10 to 10 Unit 5 uA Default value 0 COPIER ADJUST HV TR 1TR TGT5 Adj of prmry trnsfer target current Ev4 Lv 2 Details To set the target current that is applied to the primary transfer roller under the condition of absolute moisture ratio from 8 9 to 14 9 g m3 When mottled image occurs increase the current and when water drop mark occurs decrease the current As the value is incre...

Page 1138: ...1 and check the symptom each time If too large value is set high voltage mottled image occurs Display adj set range 10 to 10 Unit 5 uA Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR 1TR TGT1 1TR TGT2 1TR TGT3 1TR TGT4 1TR TGT5 1TR TGT6 1TR TGT7 COPIER ADJUST HV TR 1TR BB Adj of pri trns current at Bk band squnc Lv 2 Details To adjust the primary transfer target current at black band sequ...

Page 1139: ...If there is no improvement execute 2TR RV Display adj set range 10 to 10 Unit 1 mm Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2RV RV COPIER ADJUST HV TR 2TR RV Adj sec trns trail edge weakbias current Lv 2 Details To adjust the delta current value of secondary transfer trailing edge weak bias down level from the application current When the white spots on t...

Page 1140: ... 0 to 6 0 level 1 0 5 mm 1 level 3 1 5 mm 2 level 5 2 5 mm 3 level 7 3 5 mm 4 level 9 4 5 mm 5 level 11 5 5 mm 6 level 13 6 5 mm Unit 2 levels Default value 3 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG TOP Adj of lead edge regist position Lv 1 Details Based on the value read by a test print adjust the laser writing start position in sub scanning direction that is set at the factory Set the value in which the lead...

Page 1141: ...s in additional function mode Display adjust set range 500 to 500 Unit 0 01 mm Default value 0 Supplement memo Value to input longitudinal direction skew margin mm longitudinal dimension mm x 15200 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ OHT TOP Adj of OHP lead edge regist position Lv 1 Details Based on the value read by a test print adjust the laser writing start position of transparency in sub scanning direction...

Page 1142: ...t on media basis in additional function mode Display adjust set range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1 mm Default value 0 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ OHT SKEW Adj of OHP skew amount Lv 1 Details Based on the value read by a test print adjust the skew offset amount of transparency that is set at the factory As the value is changed by 1 it rotates by 0 01 mm per 152 mm in longitudinal direction clockwise trailing edge ...

Page 1143: ...ide registration shift amount offset that is the fixing assembly paper edge measure the value is displayed regardless of the side registration correction amount COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG CST3 Storage side regst adj dspl Pikup deck3 Lv 1 Details Display the side registration misalignment position amount of the storage of the POD middle deck As an indicator when side registration the storage is adj...

Page 1144: ...egistration shift amount offset that is the fixing assembly paper edge measure the value is displayed regardless of the side registration correction amount COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG CST5 Storage side regst adj dspl Pikup deck5 Lv 1 Details Display the side registration misalignment position amount of the storage of the secondary POD upper deck As an indicator when side registration the storage is...

Page 1145: ...side registration shift amount offset that is the fixing assembly paper edge measure the value is displayed regardless of the side registration correction amount COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG CST7 Storage side regst adj dspl Pikup deck7 Lv 1 Details Display the side registration misalignment position amount of the storage of the secondary POD lower deck As an indicator when side registration the stor...

Page 1146: ...ide registration shift amount offset that is the fixing assembly paper edge measure the value is displayed regardless of the side registration correction amount COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG CST9 Storage side regst adj dspl Pikup deck9 Lv 1 Details Display the side registration misalignment position amount of the storage of the second secondary POD middle deck As an indicator when side registration t...

Page 1147: ...ate method 1 Ask users to prepare several sheets of output paper at job start and after the continuous feed approx 5 sheets each 2 Measure the leading edge margin of each output paper and calculate the difference from the average value Changes of margin margin at jog start margin after continuous feed 3 Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adjust set range 50 to 50 Unit 0 3 mm Default ...

Page 1148: ...ght occur in a paper with feeding direction less than 240 mm jam code 0112 Display adjust set range 0 to 10 Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ DUPDCL05 Dplx decrlr inlet mrgn adj pikup deck5 Lv 1 Details Use the paper on the secondary POD upper deck as a target adjust the pressure level of the duplex decurler roller If the pressure level of the duplex decurler roller...

Page 1149: ...m might occur in a paper with feeding direction less than 240 mm jam code 0112 Display adjust set range 0 to 10 Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ DUPDCL09 Dplx decrlr inlet mrgn adj pikup deck9 Lv 1 Details Use the paper on the second secondary POD middle deck as a target adjust the pressure level of the duplex decurler roller If the pressure level of the duplex dec...

Page 1150: ...paper with tab side being fed first Operation check after installation Check adjustment when replacing the Image Reference Sensor or the Reflection type Transmission type Sensor at the Active Registration Unit Check adjustment when replacing the Active Registration Unit Adj set operate method Input the setting value and press OK Display adjust set range 50 to 50 Unit mm Default value 0 Related ser...

Page 1151: ...er Display adjust set range 3 to 3 Default value 0 ACS EN Set of ACS mode judgment area Lv 2 Details To set the judgment area for ACS mode As the greater value is set the judgment area is increased Use case When adjusting the ACS judgment area Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value switch negative positive by key and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adjust set range 2 to...

Page 1152: ... operate method Enter the setting value switch negative positive by key and press OK key Display adjust set range 2 to 2 2 0 second 1 60 seconds 0 120 seconds 1 240 seconds 2 360 seconds Appropriate target value 1 to 1 Related service mode COPIER ADJUST DEVELOP VPP WB COPIER ADJUST MISC TBSIS WB COPIER ADJUST MISC TRSD BB Set of black band threshold value Lv 2 Details To set the toner ejection amo...

Page 1153: ...K key 2 Execute D max control and D half control manually 3 Check the sleeve ghost in half tone Display adjust set range 0 to 42 Unit 10 mm Appropriate target value 21 to 42 Default value 0 PG BB Black band pattern setting Lv 1 Details To set the pattern at black band mode If the black band ejection time is reduced improve the productivity set to 2 If the density is thin set to 0 1 Use case When c...

Page 1154: ...nd press OK key Display adjust set range 0 to 24 Unit 7 8125 mV T 8 45 EXP LED COPIER ADJUST EXP LED PR EXP Current adj of pre exposure LED1 Lv 2 Details To make a fine adjustment of exposure amount by changing the current value of pre exposure LED1 When ghost occurs increase the value by 10 mA unit and check every time As the value is increased by 1 the current is increased by 1 mA Use case When ...

Page 1155: ...rd number setting Lv 1 Details Set the card number used for the card reader A series of numbers from the entered number to the number of cards specified by CARD RNG can be used Use case At the time of installation of the card reader After replacement of the HDD Adj set operate method 1 Enter the number and press the OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Caution The card management information depart...

Page 1156: ... information such as the device counter failure and consumables to the sales company s server via SOAP protocol COPIER FUNCTION INSTALL RGW ADR RL setting of sales company server Lv 1 Details Set the URL of the sales company s server used by Embedded RDS Use case At the time of using Embedded RDS Adj set operate method 1 Select the URL 2 Enter the URL and press the OK key 3 Turn OFF ON the main po...

Page 1157: ...play adjust set range During operation ACTIVE When the operation finished normally OK When the operation failed NG Required time Approx 1 minute T 8 47 CCD COPIER FUNCTION CCD DF WLVL1 White level adj in book mode color Lv 1 Details Automatically adjust the white level for copyboard scanning by setting the paper which is usually used by the user on the copyboard glass Use case At the time of repla...

Page 1158: ...ical unit DADF reader DF WLVL3 White level adj in book mode B W Lv 1 Details Automatically adjust the white level for copyboard scanning by setting the paper which is usually used by the user on the copyboard glass Use case At the time of replacement of the copyboard glass At the time of replacement of the optical unit At the time of replacement of the reader controller PCB clearing of RAM data Ad...

Page 1159: ...r approximately 60 seconds and lights off automatically Use case When the image failure seems to be caused by a laser output failure Adj set operate method Select the item and press the OK key Caution Do not use this item for normal servicing Display adjust set range At start START During operation ACTIVE At termination OK Required time Approx 60 seconds POWER C Check laser C light ON Lv 1 Details...

Page 1160: ...ay adjust set range 0 or 1 0 Stop cleaning 1 Execute cleaning Default value 0 WIRE CLN Cleaning of all charging wire Lv 1 Details Clean all charging wires for consecutive 5 times simultaneously when replacing the charging wire Polish new charging wires to remove foreign matters or protrusions Use case At the time of replacement of the primary charging assembly primary pre transfer charging assembl...

Page 1161: ...pecified by FX CL FQ Use case When a mark of the fixing pressure roller claw vertical line in sub scanning direction is printed Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press the OK key Caution After execution of this item perform printing of thick paper over a weight of 200g and make sure that no mark of the pressure roller claw is printed Display adjust set range 0 or 1 0 Do not execut...

Page 1162: ...7 mm Unit mm Default value 14 2 Related service mode COPIER TEST PG TYPE T 8 52 PANEL COPIER FUNCTION PANEL LCD CHK Check of LCD panel dot missing Lv 1 Details Check whether there is a missing dot on the LCD panel on the control panel Use case At the time of replacement of the LCD panel Adj set operate method 1 Select the item and press the OK key 2 Check that the LCD panel lights up in the order ...

Page 1163: ...haust fan FM4 5 Developing assembly cooling fan FM5 6 7 Not used 8 Fixing assembly heat exhaust fan 1 FM8 9 Fixing assembly heat exhaust fan 2 FM9 10 Fixing sheet cooling fan 1 FM10 11 Fixing sheet cooling fan 2 FM11 12 Not used 13 Pre fixing feed exhaust fan FM13 14 Fixing sheet cooling fan 3 FM14 15 Power supply cooling fan 1 FM15 16 Power supply cooling fan 2 FM16 17 Not used 18 Laser scanner c...

Page 1164: ...or M72 73 Pull out motor M73 74 75 Not used 76 Waste toner feed motor M76 77 Not used 78 Escape delivery motor M78 During operation ACTIVE At termination OK Default value 1 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION PART CHK MTR ON Supplement memo The escape delivery motor M78 exists in the POD deck COPIER FUNCTION PART CHK MTR ON Motor movement checking Lv 1 Details Start operation check for the motor ...

Page 1165: ... the error code history Adj set operate method Select the item and press the OK key PWD CLR Password clear of system administrator Lv 1 Details Clear the password of the system administrator set by the user mode Use case At the time of clearing of the password of the system administrator Adj set operate method Select the item and press the OK key COPIER FUNCTION CLEAR ADRS BK Clear of address book...

Page 1166: ...N CLEAR CA KEY Delete CA certificate and key pair Lv 2 Details Simultaneously delete the CA certificate and key pair which are additionally registered by the user Use case At the time of replacement discarding of the device by a service person Adj set operate method 1 Select the item and press the OK key 2 Check that OK is displayed 3 Turn OFF ON the main power Caution Unless this item is executed...

Page 1167: ...t for replacement Processing is executed at the time of replacement of the encryption board and a new encryption key is generated Use case At the time of replacement of the encryption key for the HDD encryption board Adj set operate method 1 Select the item and press the OK key 2 Check that OK is displayed 3 Turn OFF ON the main power Caution Since all data in the HDD becomes unavailable when exec...

Page 1168: ...ng operation ACTIVE At termination OK Required time Approx 30 seconds CL ADJ Not used COPIER FUNCTION MISC P ENV PRT Inside temp hmdy fix roller temp log Lv 1 Details Print the data of temperature and humidity in the machine temperature of the surface of the fixing roller as logs Use case To grasp information of temperature in the machine fixing temperature for trouble analysis Adj set operate met...

Page 1169: ...secondary transfer inner roller When homopolar current continues to be applied to the secondary transfer inner roller the resistance increases Because the voltage increases the life of the roller is shortened when the machine has been reaching the end of life causing an image failure to occur due to electric discharge When a reverse bias is applied to the secondary transfer inner roller during idl...

Page 1170: ... set range During operation ACTIVE When operation finished normally OK When operation failed NG Required time 2 seconds Related service mode COPIER DISPLAY DENS P B AVE P B MAX P B MIN P OFFSET Not used COPIER FUNCTION MISC P P LED Light intensity adj of patch sensor Lv 2 Details Adjust the light intensity of the patch sensor It is usually executed automatically The result is displayed under COPIE...

Page 1171: ... the paper feed assembly T 8 58 SYSTEM COPIER FUNCTION SYSTEM DOWNLOAD Shift to download mode Lv 1 Details Make the machine enter the download mode and wait for a command Perform downloading by SST Use case At the time of version update Adj set operate method 1 Select the item and press the OK key 2 Perform downloading by SST Caution Do not turn off the power before HOLD is displayed Display adjus...

Page 1172: ...me of analyzing the cause of a trouble Adj set operate method Select the item and press the OK key Caution Change the setting value following an instruction provided by Quality Support Division Display adjust set range 0 to 3 0 Save PLOG at detection of Reboot Exception 1 Safe PLOG at detection of Reboot Exception Encode 2 Save SUBLOG at detection of Reboot Exception Encode 3 Save SUBLOG in overwr...

Page 1173: ...F and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 OFF calculated from the detected original size 1 ON calculated from the specified paper size Default value 0 COPIER OPTION FNC SW SENS CNF Setting of original detection size Lv 2 Details Setting of original detection size according to AB configuration Inch configuration A configuration Select 1 Inch configuration or 2 A configurati...

Page 1174: ...e recognized in DADF stream scanning mode To convert to the specified size to properly formulate image when the Inch AB configuration DADF detects B5 paper Use case Upon request from the user In the case of pickup of special paper size original from DEDF Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 2 ...

Page 1175: ...ate identify the cause of image fault whether it s due to D max control or not Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 2 0 OFF 1 ON 2 Full correction only no simplified D max control Appropriate target value 1 Default value 1 COPIER OPTION FNC SW MODELSZ2 Globaliztn of PP size detect in bookmode ...

Page 1176: ...ccurence Lv 2 Details Setting whether to reboot in the case of E240 error In the case of E240 error the machine is automatically rebooted due to the possibility of continuous operation of the drive system while the spooled print job is cleared Print job can be obtained if selecting the setting not to reboot Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and th...

Page 1177: ...automatic connection USB device cannot be used if disconnecting and then connecting the USB device To enable connection again the power needs to be turned OFF and then ON With the setting to enable automatic connection connect again after disconnecting and then connect the USB device again Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 ...

Page 1178: ...aution Do not use this at the normal service Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 50 sheets intermittent 1 100 sheets intermittent Default value USA 1 Countries other than USA 0 ILSZ JAM Size mismatch JAM detection ON OFF Lv 2 Details ON OFF setting for size mismatch JAM detection Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 ON 1 OFF Default value 0 COPIER OPTION FNC SW W RAID Setting of RAID board installation Lv 1 ...

Page 1179: ...s OK key Caution Increase the number of sheets increase the interval causes higher frequency of image fault Display adj set range 0 to 255 0 No control Unit 100 sheets Default value 0 COPIER OPTION FNC SW INTER 1 Bk band ctrl intervl set low Duty only Lv 1 Details Set the number of sheets between intervals for black band discharging control which operates only for low duty When the value is increm...

Page 1180: ...hen press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 ON 1 OFF Default value 0 COPIER OPTION FNC SW MIB NVTA RFC compatible character stringMIB write Lv 1 Details As default MIB object which NVT ASCII can be written exists in order to link with LUI entry value This violates RFC order so a problem like garbled 2 byte characters may occur in the SNMP monitoring system s...

Page 1181: ...turned OFF If there is any option not supporting automatic shutdown when 1 is set the machine is not shut down correctly Use case When options supporting not supporting automatic shutdown are mixed Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Caution If there is even just one option not supporting automatic shutdown when 1 is s...

Page 1182: ...alue 1 COPIER OPTION DSPLY SW T LW LVL Not used MEAP DSP Screen switch set from MEAP to standard Lv 2 Details Setting to enable disable switch from MEAP screen to the standard screen COPY SEND BOX screen etc Setting to display hide the arrow mark on MEAP screen In the case of an error jam alarm the screen is switched to the standard screen to display warning even if disabling this mode Use case Up...

Page 1183: ...ser Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide display 1 Display Default value 1 COPIER OPTION DSPLY SW UI HOLD Disp hide of screen for Hold Lv 2 Details Setting to display hide screen for Hold Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then pre...

Page 1184: ... 2 Details Switch the setting of alarm jam when the input horizontal registration is out of standard Set this item to 0 to set alarm and to 1 to set jam When an alarm frequently occurs due to a failure in paper loading to the compartment the setting is switched to jam Use case Upon request from the user Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Alarm 1 Jam Default value 0 SW T REG Switch at input lead regi o...

Page 1185: ...3 twice every large size image x 3 2 2 times Once every small size image x 2 once every large size image x 1 3 0 67 times Once every small size image x 6 once every large size image x 3 4 0 5 times Once every small size image x 8 once every large size image x 4 Default value 0 COPIER OPTION IMG FIX RAG CONT Level set of fixing frace restrict mode Lv 1 Details Setting the level of fixing trace rest...

Page 1186: ...fixing roller when 175 kg pressure is applied 2200 pulse This item is used for Thick Paper 2 181 to 300 g m2 Coated Paper 5 151 to 180 g m2 Coated Paper 6 181 to 240 g m2 and Embossed Paper When loop control is set to OFF an image failure a line in main scanning direction due to the fixing feed speed can be prevented Use case When a line in main scanning direction is not eliminated even when the s...

Page 1187: ...e soiled with ink melt with preprint paper plain paper reduces the external heat temperature because the fixing temperature will not be reduced if just adjusting the fixing temperature COPIER OPTION IMG FIX TEMP 02 Adj of fixing temp POD upper deck Lv 2 Details Adjusting fixing temperature Plain paper 1 up to 79 g m2 plain paper 2 80 to 105 g m2 To reduce fixing temperature reduce the fixing tempe...

Page 1188: ... soiled with ink melt with preprint paper plain paper reduces the external heat temperature because the fixing temperature will not be reduced if just adjusting the fixing temperature COPIER OPTION IMG FIX TEMP 04 Adj of fixing temp POD lower deck Lv 2 Details Adjusting fixing temperature Plain paper 1 up to 79 g m2 plain paper 2 80 to 105 g m2 To reduce fixing temperature reduce the fixing temper...

Page 1189: ...soiled with ink melt with preprint paper plain paper reduces the external heat temperature because the fixing temperature will not be reduced if just adjusting the fixing temperature COPIER OPTION IMG FIX TEMP 06 Adj of fixing temp sec POD middle deck Lv 2 Details Adjusting fixing temperature Plain paper 1 up to 79 g m2 plain paper 2 80 to 105 g m2 To reduce fixing temperature reduce the fixing te...

Page 1190: ...e soiled with ink melt with preprint paper plain paper reduces the external heat temperature because the fixing temperature will not be reduced if just adjusting the fixing temperature COPIER OPTION IMG FIX TEMP 08 Adj of fixing temp POD3 upper deck Lv 2 Details Adjusting fixing temperature Plain paper 1 up to 79 g m2 plain paper 2 80 to 105 g m2 To reduce fixing temperature reduce the fixing temp...

Page 1191: ...2 plain paper 2 80 to 105 g m2 To reduce fixing temperature reduce the fixing temperature and the temperature of external heat 1 external heat 2 following the ratio of 1 2 if the fixing temperature is 1 deg C set external heat 1 external heat 2 temperature to 2 deg C To increase temperature increase only the fixing temperature while keeping external heat 1 external heat 2 temperature to 230 deg C ...

Page 1192: ...t range 0 to 1 0 Standard mode 1 Mode with priority on fixing performance Default value 0 Supplement memo Following can be applied at the same time COPIER OPTION IMG FIX OHP TEMP COPIER OPTION IMG FIX FX LVL05 Set of fixing abilty secPOD upper deck Lv 1 Details Setting for fixing performance Selecting the mode with priority on fixing performance makes the paper in the deck to be fed with the seque...

Page 1193: ... OK key Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Standard mode 1 Mode with priority on fixing performance Default value 0 Supplement memo Following can be applied at the same time COPIER OPTION IMG FIX OHP TEMP COPIER OPTION IMG FIX FX JAM W Adj fix web slnd drve times at jam recvr Lv 1 Details Adjusting the number of drives for fixing web solenoid in the case that the fixing roller temperature is 180 deg C...

Page 1194: ...3 4 Fixing mode 1 in 15 deg C or more and fixing mode3 in less than 15 deg C Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION IMG FIX FIX ENV1 to 2 FIX ENV4 to 5 FX LVL01 to 10 COPIER OPTION IMG FIX FIX ENV4 Set of fixing mode Coated Special PP Lv 1 Details To set the fixing performance productivity for coated paper and special paper excluding thin plain and thick paper When 0 is specified auto ...

Page 1195: ...rinting stops in case of paper with 221 mm or more in width 3 Printing stops regardless of paper type Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION IMG FIX F SIWA1 F SIWA3 COPIER OPTION IMG FIX F SIWA3 Set ppr wrinkle prev termination condtn Lv 2 Details To set the conditions to terminate the paper wrinkle prevention at the time of starting a job Target media are plain paper 52 to 80 g m2 and...

Page 1196: ...rn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 300 Unit 10 sec 2ROT TIM Set idling tie in sec trans conduction Lv 2 Details Setting the time for idle rotation while the secondary transfer is at conductive state 1 increment of the value increases the time for idle rotation by 10 sec Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON th...

Page 1197: ... interval By setting 1 or 2 when the 2nd side is soiled the secondary transfer reverser bias becomes OFF or 0V is applied Use case When the 2nd side is soiled Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and then press OK key Display adj set range 0 to 2 0 ON 1 OFF 2 Apply 0 V Default value 0 T 8 63 IMG DEV COPIER OPTION IMG DEV DRM IDL Set first power on idle rotation time Lv 2 Details To set i...

Page 1198: ...OK key Caution Selecting the bigger value can activate the Vcont limiter Display adj set range 32 to 32 Unit 1 Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 COPIER OPTION IMG DEV DUPDWN N Vcont offset adjustment coated PP Lv 1 Details Adjusting the offset amount for Vcont that is determined by D max control to be used for output of coated paper group The value is shown in percentage for Vcont from D ...

Page 1199: ...to be used for output of thin paper 52 up to 64 g m2 The value is shown in percentage for Vcont from D max control result The bigger the value in positive number the darker the image gets The smaller the value in negative number the lighter the image gets Use case In the case of changing density with thin paper 52 up to 64 g m2 Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and then press OK key C...

Page 1200: ... x 1000 continues for setting value of S SHD 01 pages it is judged as a jam and the jam code 0CFF is displayed Use case When an image failure occurs Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and then press OK key Caution Do not use this at the normal service Display adj set range 32 to 32 32 to 1 Not used Appropriate target value 1 Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION IMG LSR S ...

Page 1201: ...appear on the image if there is dust With dust detection correction control the image is corrected to prevent black lines once dust is detected COPIER OPTION IMG RDR DFDST L2 Dust detect level adj in DADFmode aftJB Lv 1 Details Adjusting dust detection level with dust detection correction control that is executed after the job is completed in DADF mode Reduce the value in the case of frequent disp...

Page 1202: ...t black lines may appear on the image Display adj set range 0 to 255 0 OFF Default value 200 Supplement memo Dust causes the black lines on the image Once the dust detection correction control detects the dust it corrects the image to prevent the black lines COPIER OPTION IMG RDR DF2DSTL2 Adj Dust detect lvl at DADF job end Back Lv 1 Details In DADF mode to adjust the dust detection level of dust ...

Page 1203: ...nal Functions Copy Settings Photo mode COPIER OPTION IMG MCON TMC SLCT Setting of error diffusion coefficient Lv 2 Details Setting of coefficient to be used for error diffusion process Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 2 0 small granularity small dot stability 1 large granularity large dot ...

Page 1204: ...the test pattern 1 Display test pattern can be selected Default value 0 Related user mode Additional Functions Adjustment Cleaning Auto gradation correction adjustment Full correction adjustment COPIER OPTION IMG MCON C PDL T Setting of PDL gradation reference Lv 2 Details Setting whether to give priority on gradation or density as gradation reference with PDL If giving priority on gradation halft...

Page 1205: ...inear control that is the same control with quality paper group Use case When there is a failure in halftone density or gradation on coated paper Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and then press OK key Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Linear control same with quality paper group 1 Use special paper gLUT Default value 1 Related service mode COPIER OPTION IMG MCON C SM P G Supplement memo...

Page 1206: ...en press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 255 0 No execution Unit 500 sheets Default value 4 T 8 68 ENV SET COPIER OPTION ENV SET ENVP INT Set interval to get inside temp humid Lv 1 Details Setting the cycle to obtain log of the temperature and humidity inside the machine surface temperature of the fixing roller 1 increment of the value increases the c...

Page 1207: ...ulti upr deck Lv 1 Details Adjusting threshold for paper remaining level to be determined as no paper in the upper deck of the POD deck Multi Deck In the case that too many sheets of paper is remained in the deck increase the setting value so that more sheets of paper can be used almost to the limit 1 increment of the value reduces the paper remaining level by 20 sheets approx Use case Upon reques...

Page 1208: ...se Upon request from the user Caution Paper remaining level varies according to the air floatation condition Display adj set range 0 to 5 Unit Approximately 20 sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION FEED SW DK1 REST DK2 REST DK3 REST DK4 REST DK5 REST DK6 REST DK8 REST DK9 REST DK10REST COPIER OPTION FEED SW DK8 REST Adj paper rest level in POD3 upper deck Lv 1 Details Adjusting...

Page 1209: ...next delivery speed is specified by the delivery speed control and the switching operation of delivery receipt speed will be decreased Duplex delivery after reverse delivery Increase the speed once the trailing edge of a paper passes through the fixing until its leading edge reaches to the downstream equipment Reverse delivery after duplex delivery Decrease the speed once a paper is reversed after...

Page 1210: ...ain power supply Caution There should be no pre fixing corner bend or inner delivery sensor delay jam Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Upper position 1 Lower position Default value 0 COPIER OPTION FEED SW PFIX P 4 Pstn set prefixing feed assy 106 128g m2 Lv 1 Details Lowering standby position of the pre fixing feeding assembly to secure feeding stability This mode only applies to LTR size or smaller...

Page 1211: ... main power supply Caution There should be no pre fixing corner bend or inner delivery sensor delay jam Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Upper position 1 Lower position Default value 0 COPIER OPTION FEED SW PFIX P 8 Pstn set prefixing feed assy 210 256g m2 Lv 1 Details Lowering standby position of the pre fixing feeding assembly to secure feeding stability This mode only applies to LTR size or small...

Page 1212: ...ion is 60 minutes with FAN TIME 0 or 1 80 minutes with 2 When FAN ROT 1 full speed the duration is 60 minutes with FAN TIME 0 40 minutes with 1 80 minutes with 2 When FAN ROT 2 half speed the duration is 80 minutes regardless of FAN TIME When FAN TIME 3 it is controlled to shorten the duration of Fan operation until the main power switch is turned OFF according to the time T from stop of printing ...

Page 1213: ...re fix feed up dwn ctrl 130kg Lv 1 Details Set ON OFF of the up down control of the pre fixing feed assembly when 130 kg pressure is applied to the pressure roller 1500 pulse In the up down control the pre fixing feed assembly is lifted up right before the paper enters the assembly and is lifted down right before it enters the fixing nip Because the suction efficiency of the fan in the pre fixing ...

Page 1214: ... mode COPIER OPTION FEED SW DK3 TURN DK4 TURN COPIER OPTION FEED SW DK3 TURN ON OFF of MDeck Pickup Rol last rotn mid Lv 1 Details To set whether to execute last rotation of the Pickup Roller on the Multi Deck middle for 50 msec after completion of job As the usage is extended a part of the Separation Roller engaged with the Pickup Roller becomes worn and the roller stops rotation As a result of t...

Page 1215: ...high among the delivery trays Default value 0 Related user mode Function Settings Common Paper Output Settings Output Tray Settings COPIER OPTION FEED SW D MXDSZ Prdctvty prrty mod in media mix 2 sided Lv 1 Details At a 2 sided job in media mixed situation productivity is reduced because paper circulation inside of the machine is stopped When 1 productivity priority mode is set productivity improv...

Page 1216: ...ust set range 0 to 1 0 Tab part 1 Non tab part Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER FUNCTION TEST PG COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ TAB SKEW TAB TOP COPIER OPTION FEED SW TBTP PRT COPIER OPTION FEED SW CONT APS Set Pickup Cassette select for next job Lv 1 Details To set the method for selecting the Pickup Cassette for succeeding jobs Normally papers are picked up from the Paper Cassette with high p...

Page 1217: ...ort number Lv 2 Details Setting of SMTP transmission port number Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 65535 Default value 25 COPIER OPTION NETWORK SMTPRXPN SMTP reception port number setting Lv 2 Details Setting of SMTP reception port number Use case Upon re...

Page 1218: ...t and the password between the SMTP server and the user to approve e mail transmission only when it s authenticated COPIER OPTION NETWORK NS GSAPI Limit GSSAPI auth method at SMTP auth Lv 2 Details Restricting use of GSSAPI authentication method at the time of SMTP authentication Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF a...

Page 1219: ...t browse the device RUI in which MEAP application is running Port 8080 is reserved for redirect of EFI controller with iR side Display adj set range 0 to 65535 Default value 8000 COPIER OPTION NETWORK SSH SW ON OFF of SSH server function Lv 2 Details ON OFF setting of SSH server function Use case As needed basis this mode is used for the Japanese models only and not used with overseas models outsi...

Page 1220: ... through the following COPIER OPTION NETWORK DA CNCT and selecting 1 for DA CNCT the following item is also ON COPIER OPTION NETWORK STS PORT CMD PORT SSH SW DA PORT Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 OFF 1 ON installed Default value 0 Supplement memo DA Digital Accessory COPIER OPTION NETWORK DA CNCT Connection setting of WPGW Lv 2 Details Setting WPGW connection Use case This mode is used for the Ja...

Page 1221: ...he user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Caution Go through the following COPIER OPTION NETWORK WUEV SW and if WUEV SW is 0 this mode is active if the notification is enabled Display adj set range 1 to 65535 Default value 11427 Related service mode COPIER OPTION NETWORK WUEV SW COPIER OPTION NETWORK WUEV RTR Setting...

Page 1222: ...than the specified value and get the user s approval Display adj set range 0 to 999 0 Do not ignore e mail body text Unit 1 character Default value 0 Supplement memo 1 Kanji character is calculated as 2 byte and the control codes such as linefeed code etc are included in the number of characters COPIER OPTION NETWORK DNSTRANS Setting of DNS transfer priority Lv 1 Details Setting of priority order ...

Page 1223: ...e managed by SA Security Association SPD value is managed when IPSec board is used Normally SRAM needs to be cleared in the case of mismatch in SPD value NCONF SW ON OFF of Network Configurator function Lv 1 Details ON OFF setting for Network Configurator function If the user does not use the function select OFF to prevent remote attack through network Use case Upon request from the user Adj set o...

Page 1224: ... case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 following the current mode 1 addition of the item Default value 0 COPIER OPTION CUSTOM BOX BKUP Allow forbit to restore box backup data Lv 1 Details Setting whether to permit restore of box backup data You can select eit...

Page 1225: ... range 00000000 to 11111111 Default value 00000000 Related service mode COPIER OPTION CUSTOM DEV SP1 SP3 to SP8 COPIER OPTION CUSTOM DEV SP3 Device special settings 3 Lv 2 Details To execute the device special settings 3 Use case When specific instructions are given from the Quality Support Division Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and then press OK key Caution Change the setting val...

Page 1226: ...settings 8 Lv 2 Details To execute the device special settings 8 Use case When specific instructions are given from the Quality Support Division Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and then press OK key Caution Change the setting value in accordance with the instructions from the Quality Support Division Display adj set range 00000000 to 11111111 Default value 00000000 Related service m...

Page 1227: ...ply Display adj set range 0 to 999 Default value The value differs according to the location COPIER OPTION USER COUNTER3 Display of software counter 3 Lv 1 Details Displaying counter type for software counter 3 on the screen to check counter status Use case Upon request from the user dealer Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power...

Page 1228: ...on only Default value 0 COPIER OPTION USER MF LG ST Dspl hide of extra long original button Lv 2 Details Setting to display hide Extra Length Original button Use case When making copy using the extra length original from DADF Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide no display 1 Display D...

Page 1229: ...lue If the value is decreased the dot is dispersed and halftone pitch unevenness increases Display adj set range 1 to 5 Default value 2 Supplement memo TBIC Error diffusion method used for pseudo halftone processing image processing COPIER OPTION USER HDCR DSP Setting of HDD complete clear method Lv 2 Details Setting of data erasing method of HDD complete erase clear function Use case In the case ...

Page 1230: ...e the value of COPIES command for the next page or later is invalid Same control applies as Canon made PCL at the time of non sort mode 2 to 65535 for future use Default value 0 COPIER OPTION USER CNT SW Set default dspl items on charge counter Lv 1 Details Setting of default display items of the charge counter on the screen to check the counter status Use case Upon request from the user Adj set o...

Page 1231: ...partment ID With the setting to require entry entry of 7 digit password is required as well as entry of department ID Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Department ID only 1 7 digit password entry Default value 0 COPIER OPTION USER RUI RJT Conect set a...

Page 1232: ...Setting of MEAP safe mode Lv 2 Details Setting of safe mode for MEAP platform MPSF is displayed on the control panel in safe mode In safe mode MEAP application is stopped while just the system application which starts with initial state is activated This mode enables obtaining log for cause analysis of MEAP failure Use case To perform system recovery processing in the case that MEAP platform fails...

Page 1233: ...t to that of iR2200 2800 3300 series compatibility with existing machine 2 Image processing equivalent to that of iR105 compatibility with existing machine 3 Spare 4 2 sided print with landscape and portrait mixed when using Canon made controller compatibility with non Canon made controller 5 to 65535 Spare Default value 0 COPIER OPTION USER CNCT RLZ Setting of connection serialize function Lv 2 D...

Page 1234: ...n Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Keep 1 Delete Default value 0 COPIER OPTION USER DOM ADD Additional entry of mail destintn domain Lv 2 Details Setting to automatically add domain specified in User Mode to the sending address To entered at the time...

Page 1235: ...ER OPTION USER DK3 ASST Air heater setting of POD middle deck Lv 1 Details Set the condition media environment to turn on the paper separation air heater at the POD middle deck When the media is switched from non coated paper to coated paper paper pickup operation does not start until the temperature of the paper separation air heater reaches the specified temperature To shorten the wait time make...

Page 1236: ...50 sec Default value 0 Related user mode Additional Settings Timer Settings Auto Clear Time COPIER OPTION USER HDCR DSW Dspl hide of HDD complete clear ON OFF Lv 1 Details Setting to display hide ON OFF for hard disk complete clear in User Mode With this setting HDD data complete clear function is available with ON OFF button on the screen to set HDD complete clear Use case Upon request from the u...

Page 1237: ...e media 2 Turning on the heater constantly Not dependent on environment media Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 ASST to DK3 ASST DK5 ASST to DK10ASST COPIER OPTION USER DK5 ASST Air heater setting of POD2 upper deck Lv 1 Details Set the condition media environment to turn on the paper separation air heater at the tandem POD upper deck When the media is switched from non c...

Page 1238: ...on the media 2 Turning on the heater constantly Not dependent on environment media Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 ASST to DK5 ASST DK7 ASST to DK10ASST COPIER OPTION USER DK7 ASST Air heater setting of POD2 lower deck Lv 1 Details Set the condition media environment to turn on the paper separation air heater at the tandem POD lower deck When the media is switched from ...

Page 1239: ...ndent on the media 2 Turning on the heater constantly Not dependent on environment media Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 ASST to DK7 ASST DK9 ASST DK10ASST COPIER OPTION USER DK9 ASST Air heater setting of POD3 middle deck Lv 1 Details Set the condition media environment to turn on the paper separation air heater at the second tandem POD middle deck When the media is sw...

Page 1240: ... set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press the OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 20 Unit 1 second Default value 20 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 BSTP to DK8 BSTP DK10BSTP COPIER OPTION USER DK1 BSTP Float fan stop set in host deck operatin Lv 1 Details Turn off the paper separation fan when an image formation request was not made even after t...

Page 1241: ...uring continuous operation of the tandem POD middle deck Make a setting of after how many seconds the fan is turned off when the timing of the request has elapsed Use case Change the setting value to change the time until turning off the paper separation fan which has been operating continuously Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press the OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Disp...

Page 1242: ... Unneeded tab paper auto ejection ON OFF Lv 1 Details To set whether to eject unneeded tab papers automatically at every set By selecting 1 when inputting job which needs tab papers escape ejection is executed to tab papers not needed for the next job every time a set is output Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Displ...

Page 1243: ...with perfect binder Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 150 to 270 Unit 1 sheet Default value 200 COPIER OPTION USER PBMAX T1 Set max signature at P binder thick PP Lv 1 Details Setting the maximum number of sheets for inner sheet signature thick paper with perfect binder 1 increment of the value ...

Page 1244: ...or the USB external memory device When this setting is made the item is not displayed and the administrator of the user cannot change the setting to use the MEAP driver for the USB external memory device Use case When prohibiting the administrator of the user from changing the setting of Use the MEAP driver for the USB external memory device set 0 after the specified setting is completed Adj set o...

Page 1245: ... that the stack thickness with the maximum number of sheets is 25 mm or less Also inform the user that the operation is not guaranteed before setting this mode Display adj set range 150 to 300 Appropriate target value 200 Default value 200 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER PBMAX N1 PBMAX N2 PBMAX T1 PBMAX T2 PBMAX T3 PBMAX T4 PBMAX T5 PBMAX T6 COPIER OPTION USER DK10ASST Air heater setting o...

Page 1246: ...ndition no dependence on media 2 Always turning ON the air heater no dependence on environment and media Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK12ASST DK13ASST COPIER OPTION USER DK12ASST Air heater set of M inserter middle deck Lv 1 Details Setting the condition media environment to turn ON the floatation air heater in the middle deck of the multi insertion unit When switching ...

Page 1247: ...hange the time for turning OFF of the floatation fan during continuous operation Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 20 Unit 1 second Default value 20 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 BSTP to DK9 BSTP COPIER OPTION USER INS ACC ON OFF of multi inserter ACC Lv 1 Details Set ON OFF o...

Page 1248: ... press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Caution Be sure to receive approval from the user in advance by explaining that there is a possibility that alignment may decrease by giving priority on productivity Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default value 0 Related service mode SORTER OPTION BUF THK1 Related user mode Settings Registration Common Settings Finisher Output Priori...

Page 1249: ... Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 PNTP to DK3 PNTP DK5 PNTP to DK13PNTP Related user mode Settings Registration Common Settings Register Paper COPIER OPTION USER DK5 PNTP Sec PD Upr punched ppr dble fd prev mod Lv 1 Details To set ON OFF of pre punched paper double feed prevention mode of the Secondary POD Upper Deck If double feed occurs frequently when feeding pre punc...

Page 1250: ...OFF 1 ON Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 PNTP to DK7 PNTP DK9 PNTP to DK13PNTP Related user mode Settings Registration Common Settings Register Paper COPIER OPTION USER DK9 PNTP Sec PD2 Mid punched ppr dble fd prev mod Lv 1 Details To set ON OFF of pre punched paper double feed prevention mode of the Secondary POD 2 Middle Deck If double feed occurs frequently when feed...

Page 1251: ... frequently with pre punched paper Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Caution When 1 is set double feed is decreased but productivity decreases Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 OFF 1 ON Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER OPTION USER DK1 PNTP to DK11PNTP DK13PNTP Related user mode Settings Registration Common Settings Re...

Page 1252: ...ser Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide no display 1 Display Default value 0 U4 NAME Dspl hide of PP name in PPsize group U4 Lv 2 Details Setting to display hide the paper name that is detected with paper size group U4 Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Ente...

Page 1253: ...CCV interface Give priority on speed in the case to keep processing performance of printer engine Give priority on the control for the upper limit number of sheets in the case to correctly stop output with limitation for the upper limit number of sheets Use case Upon request from the user in the case of connecting to the external counter management system using the control card interface Adj set o...

Page 1254: ...ler than the minimum currency unit with Additional Functions mode COPIER OPTION ACC MAX PRC Set of coin manager maxmum price Lv 1 Details Setting of maximum amount to be handled with coin manager Enter 8800 when specifying 8800 yen as the maximum amount to be handled with the coin manager that supports Japanese Yen In the case to specify 1 to 4 Euro Pound Swiss Franc Dollar by going through the fo...

Page 1255: ...rintMe equipped with print server Use case Upon request from the user Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF and then ON the main power supply Display adj set range 0 to 9999999 Default value 0 AP CODE Set output pass code from print server Lv 2 Details Setting the path code for output from print server Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and...

Page 1256: ...se key is displayed under TR ENPDF Caution This mode is enabled when SEND function is installed Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST SPDF Installation state dspl of Searchable PDF Lv 2 Details To display installation state of Searchable PDF when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether Searchable PDF is installed Adj set operate method 1 Select ST SPDF 2 Enter 0 and ...

Page 1257: ... then press OK key The transfer license key is displayed under TR SCR Caution This mode is enabled when there is 3DES USH H Board Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST HDCLR Installation state display of Data Erase Lv 2 Details To display installation state of Data Erase for old model when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether Data Erase for old model is installed ...

Page 1258: ...en replacing the device Adj set operate method 1 Select ST WEB 2 Enter 0 and then press OK key The transfer license key is displayed under TR WEB Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST HRPDF Install state dspl of High Compress PDF Lv 2 Details To display installation state of High Compression PDF when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether High Compression PDF is ins...

Page 1259: ...transfer license key is displayed under TR TSPDF Caution This mode is enabled when SEND function is installed Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST USPDF Install state dspl of Dgtl User Sign PDF Lv 2 Details To display installation state of Digital User Signature PDF when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether Digital User Signature PDF is installed Adj set operate ...

Page 1260: ...ST AMS 2 Enter 0 and then press OK key The transfer license key is displayed under TR AMS Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST ERDS Install state dspl E RDS 3rd Pty Expnsn Lv 2 Details To display installation state of E RDS 3rd Party Expansion when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether E RDS 3rd Party Expansion is installed Adj set operate method 1 Select ST ERDS ...

Page 1261: ... device Adj set operate method 1 Select ST PSLI5 2 Enter 0 and then press OK key The transfer license key is displayed under TR PSLI5 Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST LIPS5 Install state dspl LIPS LX LIPS4 func JP Lv 2 Details To display installation state of LIPS LX LIPS4 function JP only when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether LIPS LX LIPS4 function JP on...

Page 1262: ...vice Adj set operate method 1 Select ST PCLUF 2 Enter 0 and then press OK key The transfer license key is displayed under TR PCLUF Display adj set range 24 digits COPIER OPTION LCNS TR ST PSLIP Install state dspl of PS LIPS4 func JP Lv 2 Details To display installation state of PS LIPS4 function JP only when transfer is disabled Use case When checking whether PS LIPS4 function JP only is installed...

Page 1263: ...method 1 Select ST HDCR2 2 Enter 0 and then press OK key When installation has been completed the transfer license key is displayed under TR HDCR2 Display adj set range When operation finished normally OK Default value 0 TR HDCR2 Trns lcns key dspl HDD Init All Data Set Lv 2 Details To display transfer license key to use HDD Initialize All Data Settings when transfer is disabled Use case When repl...

Page 1264: ...s Display adj set range Type 8 characters Node ID 8 digits Order 2 digits Supplement memo Delivery options connected to ARCNET Stacker Tandem stacker Finisher Multi inserter Perfect binder COPIER OPTION ACCPST D ACC4 Set of delivery option connection order Lv 1 Details Setting of connecting order for delivery options to be connected with ARCNET Use case At the time of installation When replacing D...

Page 1265: ...etails Setting of connecting order for pickup options to be connected with ARCNET Use case At the time of installation When replacing DC controller PCB at RAM clear Adj set operate method 1 Check where is ACC 1 option in the connecting order from the host machine 2 Enter the order number and then press OK key 3 Turn OFF and then ON the main power of the host machine and the options Display adj set...

Page 1266: ... after test print output Display adjust set range 0 to 50 0 Normal print 1 Grid 2 17 gradations Tbic rank 2 3 17 gradations 600dpi 134 line screen or 141 line screen 4 Solid white 5 Halftone density 80H Tbic rank 2 without image correction 6 Halftone density 80H 134 line screen or 141 line screen without image correction 7 Solid black 8 Horizontal line 4 dots 27 spaces 9 Horizontal line 6 dots 50 ...

Page 1267: ... 2 lower deck 17 Multiple deck upper deck 18 Multiple deck middle deck 19 Multiple deck lower deck 2 SIDE Set of PG 2 sided mode Lv 1 Details Setting of 1 sided 2 sided print for PG output Use case At the time of trouble analysis Adj set operate method Select the item and then press OK key Display adjust set range 0 to 1 0 1 sided 1 2 sided Default value 0 PG QTY Setting number of PG output Lv 1 D...

Page 1268: ... in network Loopback address 127 0 0 1 Checking of TCP IP with this machine is available because the signal is returned before NIC NIC network interface board Local host address IP address of this machine COPIER TEST NETWORK IPV6 ADR Setting of PING send address IPv6 Lv 1 Details Set the IPv6 address to send PING When PING is sent to this address by COPIER TEST NETWORK PING IP6 the network connect...

Page 1269: ...ize 1 small size 1 A blank sheet is not counted Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 RMT PRT Remote print counter Lv 1 Details Counter is advanced when the paper is delivered outside the machine according to the account counter at report print Large size 1 small size 1 A blank sheet is not counted Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 BOX PRT BOX print counter Lv 1 Details Counter is advanced when th...

Page 1270: ...up total counter Lv 1 Details Large size 1 small size 1 Unit Number of sheets C4 Cassette 4 pickup total counter Lv 1 Details Large size 1 small size 1 Unit Number of sheets MF Manual pickup total counter Lv 1 Details Large size 1 small size 1 Unit Number of sheets DK Deck pickup total counter Lv 1 Details Large size 1 small size 1 Unit Number of sheets 2 SIDE 2 sided pickup total counter Lv 1 Det...

Page 1271: ...FEEDER FEED DADF original pickup total counter Lv 1 Use case When checking the total counter of original pickup by DADF Unit Number of sheets L FEED DADF original pickup total countr large Lv 1 Use case When checking the total counter of large size original pickup by DADF Unit Number of sheets S FEED DADF original pickup total countr small Lv 1 Use case When checking the total counter of small siz...

Page 1272: ...Left deck pickup sensor counter Lv 1 Details Left deck pickup sensor counter C3 SENS Cassette 3 pickup sensor counter Lv 1 Details Cassette 3 pickup sensor counter C4 SENS Cassette 4 pickup sensor counter Lv 1 Details Cassette 4 pickup sensor counter SDPD SEN Side paper deck pickup sensor counter Lv 1 Details Side paper deck pickup sensor counter RK F SEN Host right deck pull out sensor counter Lv...

Page 1273: ...lue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER PRDC 1 PR WI U2 Pri charge wire left unit parts counter Lv 1 Details Drawer connector housing Drawer connector socket 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or repl...

Page 1274: ...item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER PRDC 1 FX EX TH Ex heat roller thermistor parts counter Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate ...

Page 1275: ...hange the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 Supplement memo This is commonly used as operator maintenance parts counter COPIER COUNTER PRDC 1 TN FIL3 Developing toner filter parts counter Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line...

Page 1276: ...life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 Supplement memo This is commonly used as operator maintenance parts counter PO UNIT Pre pri transfr charge assy parts countr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking ...

Page 1277: ...item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 Supplement memo This is commonly used as operator maintenance parts counter COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 PT DRM Drum unit parts counter Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumpt...

Page 1278: ...ue Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 BLT2 Delivery decurlr belt unit2 parts countr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When...

Page 1279: ...lear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 Supplement memo This is commonly used as operator maintenance parts counter COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX LW BS Press roller insulatn bush parts counter Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replac...

Page 1280: ...lect the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 DL BLT1 Delivery decurlr belt unit1 parts countr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1281: ...ed life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Default value 0 Supplement memo This is commonly used as oper...

Page 1282: ...e 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Counter is advanced by 1 per 1 sheet of feeding regardless of read mode 1 sided 2 sided COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 LNT TAP1 Dust collect sheet 1 counter DADF Lv 1 Details Dust collect sheet 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or repla...

Page 1283: ...When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 NON SORT Non sort ...

Page 1284: ...he value Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DL STC R In dlvry guide rght statc prts cntr F AG Lv 1 Details Displaying the parts counter and the estimated life of finisher inner delivery guide static eliminator The 1st line shows the number of sheets transported after the previous replacem...

Page 1285: ...m enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 IS F RL1 Upr tray feed roller prts countr insertr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the pa...

Page 1286: ...lue from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number...

Page 1287: ...ounter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 CUT HLDR Cutter blade holder parts countr P bindr Lv 1 Details Trimming blade holder 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To cle...

Page 1288: ...placement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 PN DR RL Energy Drive Roller parts cuntr P Punchr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj s...

Page 1289: ... counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DEO FIL Deodorize filter parts counter P binder Lv 1 Details Following deodorizing filter sheet Deodorizing filter rear upper cover deodorizing filter glue vat unit deodorizing filter rear cover deodorizing sheet front cover L1 deodorizing sheet front cover R1 deodorizin...

Page 1290: ... value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 STK PTH Relay path parts counter P binder Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate...

Page 1291: ...ue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 ST2 STC2 Stk tray exit sttc elmntr prts cntr STK2 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set ope...

Page 1292: ...y Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 D2 L PD Lower deck seprtn pad parts counter POD2 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clea...

Page 1293: ...cing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Product name of 2 knife trimmer 2 knife trimmer A1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 TRM ...

Page 1294: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET5 Die set 5 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate met...

Page 1295: ...t Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET11 Die set 11 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate met...

Page 1296: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET17 Die set 17 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1297: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET23 Die set 23 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1298: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET29 Die set 29 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1299: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET35 Die set 35 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1300: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET41 Die set 41 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1301: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET47 Die set 47 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1302: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET53 Die set 53 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1303: ...ent Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 DIESET59 Die set 59 parts counter P puncher Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate m...

Page 1304: ...ter replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement memo Pruduct name of P Puncher Professional Puncher B1 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 TRM CUT5 Btm trim upr blade prts cntr 2 knf trim Lv 1 Details Rear upper blade 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or rep...

Page 1305: ...e estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Supplement mem...

Page 1306: ...ue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 SWG DL 2 Swng exit center rollr prts cuntr Fin AG Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set ope...

Page 1307: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 TRY CL2 Low tray oneway clutch prts cuntr Fin AG Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set o...

Page 1308: ...ue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 IS ELM2 Thrgh feed exit sttc EM prts cntr insrtr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set opera...

Page 1309: ...ue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 M1 M PD Mid deck separtn pad prts contr M insrtr Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set oper...

Page 1310: ...r the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 PD BRG 1 Uppr deck sintered brng prt cuntr sidePD Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter...

Page 1311: ...ress OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER DRBL 2 PD PU R3 Lowr deck pickup rollr prts cuntr sidePD Lv 1 Details Lower deck pickup roller front rear 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or rep...

Page 1312: ...elect the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 TRM CUT Cutter upper blade parts countr Fin AG Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set ...

Page 1313: ... To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Appropriate target value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DRBL 1 DRM SNS Drum potential sensor parts counter Lv 1 Details Target parts Drum potential sensor DP1 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use c...

Page 1314: ... key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Appropriate target value 0 FUS HTR Fixing unit heater parts counter Lv 1 Details Target parts Fixing heater H2 H3 pressure heater H8 H9 external heat heater H4 H5 external heat heater2 H6 H7 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumpt...

Page 1315: ... Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Appropriate target value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DRBL 2 REG ROL Active regis unit roller parts counter Lv 1 Details Target parts Skew correction roller 2pc registration roller 2pc registration front roller 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumptio...

Page 1316: ...set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Appropriate target value 0 T 8 92 PD1 SW COPIER COUNTER PD1 SW PRM W A Switch dspl Primry charging wire counter Lv 1 Details Set whether or not to dis...

Page 1317: ...operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default value Subject to the destination Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 PO UNIT T 8 93 DB1 SW COPIER COUNTER DB1 SW 2TR ROLA Switch dspl Sec trns ex roller prts cntr Lv 1 Details Set whether or not to display the secondary transfer external roller in the ...

Page 1318: ...Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default value Subject to the destination Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX RF RL COPIER COUNTER DB1 SW ITB CL U Switch dspl ITB clean unit parts counter Lv 1 Details Drawer connector housing Drawer connector socket 1st line total counter value from the previous replacemen...

Page 1319: ...Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default value Subject to the destination Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX LW BS COPIER COUNTER DB1 SW FX LW BR Swtch dspl Press roller bearing prts cntr Lv 1 Details Set whether or not to display the 2 pressure roller bearings in the list of parts to be replaced under the operator maintenance mode When it is selected to display the units a...

Page 1320: ...in power Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default value Subject to the destination Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 DL BLT2 DUP BLT Swtch dspl Duplx decurlr belt unit PTcntr Lv 1 Details Set whether or not to display the duplex decurler belt unit in the list of parts to be replaced under the operator maintenance mode When it is selected to display the unit and the counter va...

Page 1321: ...as a guide Select the item and enter the timing of cleaning as a guide Caution Clear the counter value after cleaning Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER CLN SW AR FIL COPIER COUNTER AVE CLN AR FIL COPIER COUNTER CLEANING FIX U Fixing assembly cleaning counter Lv 1 Details Drawer connector housing Drawer connector socket 1st...

Page 1322: ... parts replacement For the estimated life on the right side enter the operator replacement interval referring to the average value It is linked to PRDC 1 OZ FIL1 The entered value is reflected to each other Use case Improve the accuracy of replacement interval by judging the use condition and environment based on the average value of the counter and setting estimated life for each user Adj set ope...

Page 1323: ...life Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 PRM UNIT COPIER COUNTER AVE PRD1 PO UNIT PT cntr avg pre primry trnsfr chrg assy Lv 1 Details Display the average value of the pre primary transfer charging assembly on the parts counter The average value on the left side is calculated based on the result of parts replacement T...

Page 1324: ...d life Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER PRDC 1 PR WI U1 COPIER COUNTER AVE PRD1 PR WI U2 PT cntr avg Prmry charg wire left unit Lv 1 Details Display the average value of the primary charging wire left unit on the parts counter The average value on the left side is calculated based on the result of parts replacement The nu...

Page 1325: ...d Select the item and enter the estimated life Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX UP RL COPIER COUNTER AVE DRB1 FX WEB PT cntr avg Fixing web Lv 1 Details Display the average value of the fixing web on the parts counter The average value on the left side is calculated based on the result of parts replacement The n...

Page 1326: ...ment interval by judging the use condition and environment based on the average value of the counter and setting estimated life for each user Adj set operate method Select the item and enter the estimated life Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX RF RL COPIER COUNTER AVE DRB1 ITBCLN U PT cntr avg ITB cleaning unit L...

Page 1327: ...e Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX UP BR COPIER COUNTER AVE DRB1 FX IN BS PT cntr avg Fixing roller insultng bush Lv 1 Details Display the average value of the fixing roller insulating bush on the parts counter The average value on the left side is calculated based on the result of parts replacement The number o...

Page 1328: ...timated life Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER DRBL 1 FX UCLW COPIER COUNTER AVE DRB1 FX LCLWU PT cntr avg Prssr rollr sprt claw unit Lv 1 Details Display the average value of the pressure roller separation claw unit on the parts counter The average value on the left side is calculated based on the result of parts replacem...

Page 1329: ...DRBL 1 DUP BLT is used for the result of parts replacement For the estimated life on the right side enter the operator replacement interval referring to the average value It is linked to DRBL 1 DUP BLT The entered value is reflected to each other Use case Improve the accuracy of replacement interval by judging the use condition and environment based on the average value of the counter and setting ...

Page 1330: ... mode When it is selected to display the unit and the counter value reached the specified value it is also displayed in the caution list Use case To set whether or not to display the unit in the cleaning parts list under the operator maintenance mode Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default ...

Page 1331: ...ey Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D1 M L M Sheet counter Mid deck lifter motor POD Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To c...

Page 1332: ...alue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D1 U RL1 STcntr Upr vertcl path roller1 parts POD Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1333: ...alue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D1 H RL4 Sht cntr Horizntl path roller4 parts POD Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1334: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D2 M SL Sht cntr Mid deck pickup solenoid POD2 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set o...

Page 1335: ...lue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D2 U RL2 STcntr Upr vertcl path rollr2 parts POD2 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set ...

Page 1336: ...ts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 FIN CMN1 Sht cntr Common feed path to 12M Fin AF Lv 1 Details Buffer upper cover ...

Page 1337: ...fe Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 IU RV RL Sht cntr Reverse path roller to 12M IFU Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts o...

Page 1338: ...after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 SP BND Parts counter of fold assembly P Binder Lv 1 Details Spine bending press harness right Spine bending press harness left 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the par...

Page 1339: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 STPL SFT Operatn cuntr Stapler assy shift Fin AG Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1340: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D3 U BT Sht cntr Uppr deck pickup feed belt POD3 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1341: ...alue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D3 L BT STcntr Low deck pick feed belt prts POD3 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set ...

Page 1342: ...alue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 D3 H RL3 Sht cntr Horizntl path rollr3 parts POD3 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1343: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 M1 U BT ST cntr Uppr deck pick feed belt M Insrt Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1344: ...lue and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 M1 U RL1 Sht cntr Upr vertcl path roller1 M insrt Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set ...

Page 1345: ... after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 M1 H RL4 Sht cntr Horizntl path rollr4 prts M ins Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the...

Page 1346: ...ted life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A1 PD TRQ3 Lowr deck torque limitr prt cuntr sidePD Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of p...

Page 1347: ...ter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 ST2 T RL Prts countr Relay feed assy roller STK2 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method ...

Page 1348: ...ter the timing of cleaning as a guide Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 Related service mode COPIER COUNTER CLEANING AR FIL COPIER COUNTER AVE CLN FIX U CL cntr avg Fixing assembly Lv 1 Details Display the average value of the fixing assembly cleaning counter The average value on the left side is calculated based on the result of parts cleaning The number of...

Page 1349: ...he timing of cleaning as a guide on the right side enter the operator cleaning interval referring to the average value It is linked to CLEANING FD U 2 The entered value is reflected to each other Use case Improve the accuracy of cleaning interval by judging the use condition and environment based on the average value of the counter and setting timing of cleaning as a guide for each user Adj set op...

Page 1350: ...hing performed by the Pro Puncher die set 7 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER SORTER DIESET8 Punching tonal on die set 8 P Puncher Lv 1 Details Display the total number of punching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 8 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 DIESET9...

Page 1351: ...unching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 21 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER SORTER DIESET22 Punching tonal on die set 22 P Puncher Lv 1 Details Display the total number of punching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 22 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 ...

Page 1352: ...unching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 35 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER SORTER DIESET36 Punching tonal on die set 36 P Puncher Lv 1 Details Display the total number of punching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 36 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 ...

Page 1353: ...unching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 49 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER SORTER DIESET50 Punching tonal on die set 50 P Puncher Lv 1 Details Display the total number of punching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 50 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 ...

Page 1354: ...umber of punching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 63 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER SORTER DIESET64 Punching tonal on die set 64 P Puncher Lv 1 Details Display the total number of punching performed by the Pro Puncher die set 64 Use case At the time of checking the usage of each die set Unit Number of times Defaul...

Page 1355: ... ST2 UTRY Stack counter of upper tray STK2 Lv 1 Details Counter to indicate the number of sheets that are stacked on the upper tray of the secondary stacker Use case At the time of checking the usage Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER SORTER ST2 RTRY Stack counter of stack tray1 STK2 Lv 1 Details Counter to indicate the number of sheets that are stacked on the stack tray1 of the ...

Page 1356: ... 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range...

Page 1357: ...e item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A3 IS FD1 Prt cntr of upper bin feed area Insertr Lv 1 Details Separation feed guide upper 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption le...

Page 1358: ...oll Through feed roller center 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after rep...

Page 1359: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A3 D1 L FN2 ST cntr of lower deck side left fan POD Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set...

Page 1360: ...value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DBL A3 D3 U FN2 ST cntr of upper deck side left fan POD3 Lv 1 Details 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj se...

Page 1361: ...cement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Unit Number of sheets Default value 0 ...

Page 1362: ...hod To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement Display adj set range 0 to 99999999 Appropriate target value 0 COPIER COUNTER H DRBL 3 SIDE F Sheet countr of side air floatation fan Lv 1 Details Target parts Side air floatation fan 1 FM42 Side air f...

Page 1363: ...counter of ex delivery drive motor Lv 1 Details Target parts External delivery motor M40 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value ...

Page 1364: ...o 3 Duplex feed roller 1st line total counter value from the previous replacement 2nd line Estimated life Use case When checking the consumption level of parts or replacing the parts Adj set operate method To clear the counter value Select the item and press the Clear key To change the estimated life Select the item enter the value and press OK key Caution Clear the counter value after replacement...

Page 1365: ...prox 113 FEEDER DISPLAY RDSN RCV Dspl of read sensor receive voltage Lv 1 Details Display the light receiving voltage value for the read sensor Use case When jams frequently occur Adj set operate method Remove and insert the paper at the sensor position and check the value at presence absence of the paper Display adj set range 0 to 255 Appropriate target value At the presence of paper lower than 1...

Page 1366: ...ding edge of the image at the time of DADF scanning When the value is incremented by 1 the margin at the leading edge of the image is decreased by 0 5 mm The image moves toward the leading edge of the paper Use case At the time of installation of DADF At the time of replacement of the reader controller PCB clearing of the RAM data Adj set operate method 1 Set A3 original on the original pickup tra...

Page 1367: ...r controller PCB post separation sensor 1 SR2 post separation sensor 2 SR3 post separation sensor 3 PCB2 registration sensor PCB3 read sensor 1 PCB4 read sensor 2 SR5 Adj set operate method Enter the value and press the OK key MTR CHK Specifying DADF operation motor Lv 1 Details Specify the DADF motor to operate The motor is activated by MTR ON Use case At the time of operation check Adj set opera...

Page 1368: ...Display adj set range 0 Separation solenoid SL1 Related service mode FEEDER FUNCTION SL ON FEEDER FUNCTION SL ON Operation check of DADF solenoid Lv 1 Details Start operation check for the solenoid specified by SL CHK Use case At the time of operation check Adj set operate method 1 Select the item and press the OK key The unit operates for approximately 5 seconds and automatically stops 2 Press th...

Page 1369: ...detect Lv 1 Details Set ON OFF for mixed loading detection of AB size and INCH size group documents Use case To enable mixed loading of AB group and Inch group documents Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press the OK key Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 OFF Do not enable mixed loading 1 ON Enable mixed loading T 8 111 ...

Page 1370: ...rection Display adj set range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST CLCT SB Acmltn switch back mvmnt amnt adj trimmr Lv 1 Details To adjust the amount to push on the inner sheet to the reference wall of the integration unit As the value is increased by 1 push on amount changes by 0 1 mm setting value of 0 is equivalent to 10 mm increase decrease Use case When the displacement or damag...

Page 1371: ...o 50 Unit 0 1 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST GRP CHNG Adj of main grip shift position trimmer Lv 2 Details To adjust the grip position at the paper shift on the main grip so that the nip position of paper stack is moved As the value is decreased by 1 the grip position is moved down by 0 1 mm setting value 0 is equivalent to 10 mm Use case When changing the nip position of paper stack by the stac...

Page 1372: ...reased cut angle gets larger Use case When the right angle is not accurate after the stack is cut Display adj set range 100 to 100 Unit 0 1 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST 200RGT 2 Adj 200sheet stck tail right angle trmmr Lv 2 Details To adjust the cut angle on the tail side when the right angle is not accurate at 3 direction cut for 200 sheet stack As the value is changed by 1 the rotation degre...

Page 1373: ...To prevent the glue peeling at the edge decrease the edge treatment amount To prevent the over glue increase the edge treatment amount Display adj set range 0 to 5 Unit 1 mm Default value 2 SORTER ADJUST GLU EDG4 Tail edge treatment in no trim trimmr Lv 1 Details To set the edge treatment amount at tail front side in no top tail trimming As the value is increased by 1 the edge treatment amount is ...

Page 1374: ...ace is widened application amount increased space is narrowed application amount is decreased Use case When the glue application amount is not appropriate on the paper stack Display adj set range 20 to 20 Unit 0 05 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST GLU AMT6 Glue amount adj6 trimmer Lv 1 Details To adjust the glue application amount on the return way at the glue thick application by changing the spa...

Page 1375: ...eased space is narrowed application amount is decreased Use case When glue peeling occurs with normal glue application amount on the coated inner sheet Display adj set range 20 to 20 Unit 0 05 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST GLUAMT5C Coated paper glue amount adj5 trimmer Lv 1 Details To adjust the glue application amount on the coated paper on the return way at the glue thick application by chang...

Page 1376: ...g when EEPROM master controller PCB is replaced Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adj set range 32 to 32 Unit 0 16 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST ST1 ALT1 Right tray push on pstn in feed way stk Lv 1 Details To adjust the push on position in feed direction of right tray on the stack unit of stacker As the value is increased by 1 the push on position moves by...

Page 1377: ...ory setting when EEPROM master controller PCB is replaced Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adj set range 34 to 34 Unit 0 15 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST ST2 ALT1 Rght tray push on pstn in feed way stk2 Lv 1 Details To adjust the push on position in feed direction of right tray on the stack unit of secondary stacker As the value is increased by 1 the push ...

Page 1378: ...hod Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adj set range 128 to 127 Unit 0 1 mm Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST PF A4RZ2 Adj of A4 RZ fold position 2nd PFU Lv 1 Details Adjust the 2nd fold position of A4R paper Z fold position of the paper folding unit Increase the input value by 1 the fold position will move by 0 1 mm Use case If the fold position adjustment in ...

Page 1379: ... method Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adj set range 128 to 127 Unit 0 1 mm Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST PFLTRRZ2 Adj of LTRR Z fold position 2nd PFU Lv 1 Details Adjust the 2nd fold position of LTRR paper Z fold position of the paper folding unit Increase the input value by 1 the fold position will move by 0 1 mm Use case If the fold position adjustme...

Page 1380: ...od Enter the setting value and press OK key Display adj set range 128 to 120 Unit 0 1 mm Appropriate target value 0 Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST PF A4R32 Adj of A4R out 3 fold position 2nd PFU Lv 1 Details Adjust the 2nd fold position of A4R paper 3 fold position of the paper folding unit Increase the input value by 1 the fold position will move by 0 1 mm Use case If the fold position adjustment ...

Page 1381: ...0 Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST PFLTRR42 Adj of LTRR 4 fold position 2nd PFU Lv 1 Details Adjust the 2nd fold position of LTRR paper 4 fold position of the paper folding unit Increase the input value by 1 the fold position will move by 0 1 mm Use case If the fold position adjustment in additional function mode is inadequate Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press OK key Display ad...

Page 1382: ...paper Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1 mm SORTER ADJUST STP R2 Rear 1 staple positin half size Fin AG Lv 1 Details To adjust the position of rear 1 staple on the finisher for A3 B4 A4 B5 LDR LTR EXEC 8K 16K paper As the value is changed by 1 the staple position moves by 0 1 mm toward front toward ...

Page 1383: ...j set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1 mm Appropriate target value 0 SORTER ADJUST TRM CUT2 Trimming position adj L size Fin AG Lv 1 Details On the trimmer of the finisher to adjust the trimming position on the stack that is larger than A4 As the value is changed by 1 the paper stack stop position moves b...

Page 1384: ...Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 20 to 20 Unit 0 2 mm Default value 0 SORTER ADJUST SDL RLPT Sddl Sttch Diseng Rol diseng amnt Fin AG Lv 1 Details To adjust the disengagement amount of Saddle Stitcher Disengagement Roller As the value is incremented by 1 the disengagement amount is increased by 0 5 mm Use case When the feed failure with thin paper etc occurs on the Saddle Stitcher ...

Page 1385: ...itch Display adj set range 0 to 50 Unit 1 msec SORTER ADJUST BFR UPLT Adj Swng Roll rising tmg for LTR Fin AG Lv 1 Details To adjust the Swing Roller rise timing when LTR size paper is waited in the buffer path As the value is incremented by 1 the rise timing becomes early by 1 msec Use case When misalignment occurs in LTR size buffer paper Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and then...

Page 1386: ...n press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Display adj set range 1 to 44 Unit 1 degree Appropriate target value 1 SORTER ADJUST RTR UPB5 Adj Ppr Rtn Roll rise angle B5 Fin AG Lv 1 Details To adjust the Paper Return Roller rise angle when processing is performed to B5 size paper As the value is incremented by 1 the roller rise angle is increased by 1 degree Use case When misalignment occurs...

Page 1387: ...stallation of professional puncher Use case When adjusting the side registration position Adj set operate method 1 Connect the machine with the puncher and turn ON the power 2 Switch the hardware switch of the puncher to the setup mode side 3 Sselect the item in service mode and then press OK 4 When OK is displayed set A4 or LTR original to any pickup source and press a start key on the service mo...

Page 1388: ...ase At the replacement of multi inserter controller PCB Adj set operate method Select the item and press OK key Display adj set range In processing ACTIVE at normal termination OK at abnormal termination NG Required time Approx 5 min Related service mode SORTER FUNCTION INS BK R SORTER FUNCTION PIU BK W Backup data write of CON PCB IFU Lv 1 Details Backup data saved on the hard disk is written to ...

Page 1389: ... Details Paper maximum width LTR of inserter lower tray is automatically adjusted Use case When erroneously detected the size mismatch jam at the pickup of inserter lower tray Adj set operate method 1 Set the LTR paper on the inserter lower tray and align it with the width of slide guide 2 Select the item and press OK key FIN CON RAM clear of CON PCB Fin AG Lv 1 Details RAM clear of finisher contr...

Page 1390: ...he setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power Display adj set range 0 to 2 0 Normal 1 Wider 2 Entire image no margin Default value 2 MD SPRTN Function rstrct at finishr error Fin AF Lv 1 Details To set whether to stop the host machine at finisher error or not Use case When not to stop the host machine at finisher error occurrence Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value an...

Page 1391: ...ivery control for thin paper Default value 0 Related service mode SORTER OPTION CURL SW Supplement memo Same setting can also be specified on the service purposed DIP switch on the finisher Same setting value is applied to the finisher side and the host machine side SORTER OPTION PN SKEW Pstn accuracy of punch hole Fin AF AK Lv 1 Details Set of punch hole position accuracy due to skew Fin AF AK To...

Page 1392: ...0 Not separate for top bottom and fore edge 1 Separate for top bottom and fore edge Default value 0 SORTER OPTION CURL SW Set of curl mode Lv 1 Details To set the delivery speed according to the curl direction upward downward curl To improve the stack failure due to paper curl Use case When stack failure occurs due to paper curl Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK Display...

Page 1393: ...ated user mode Additional Functions System Settings Device Management Settings Perfect binding glue application amount fine adjustment SORTER OPTION GLU OF3N Plain booklet glue amount set3 P binder Lv 1 Details To set the adjustment value of glue application amount at perfect binding plain paper101 to 150 sheet The glue application amount is adjusted by changing the space between the paper stack a...

Page 1394: ...ated user mode Additional Functions System Settings Device Management Settings Perfect binding glue application amount fine adjustment SORTER OPTION GLU OF3C Coated booklet glue amount set3 P binder Lv 1 Details To set the adjustment value of glue application amount at perfect binding coated paper 101 to 150 sheets coated paper plain paper 101 to 150 sheets The glue application amount is adjusted ...

Page 1395: ...the setting value and press OK Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Limit 1 Limitless Default value 0 SORTER OPTION ST2 SLM Set of separator limit at stk unit stk2 Lv 1 Details To set whether to limit the number of separation sheet with same width different length at the stack unit of the secondary stacker When 1 is set stack over detection is disabled Use case When a user has decided that the stackabil...

Page 1396: ...lue and then press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Caution When limitless operation is set to ON the saddle stacking condition decreases Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 OFF 1 ON Default value 0 SORTER OPTION SD STCNB Set sddl delivery stack quantity Fin AG Lv 1 Details To increase the saddle stacking number When 1 is set the saddle stack over count is increased and the stacking number in...

Page 1397: ...ode SORTER OPTION PRD PRTY SORTER OPTION PRCS MX1 Set stck SPD at mix ppr type sort Fin AG Lv 1 Details The speed is decreased when stacking papers on the Finisher Process Tray in the case of mixing papers which the paper types paper weight or paper material differ When 1 is set the stacking speed at sort mode does not decrease and productivity is improved but the stacking condition may decrease U...

Page 1398: ...Display adj set range 0 to 2 0 OFF 1 ON Coated paper Recycled paper 2 ON Coated paper Plain paper Default value 0 SORTER OPTION STP MAX Set max number of sheets for staple Fin Lv 1 Details To set the maximum number of sheets to be stapled in the Finisher Use case When increasing the stapleable quantity upon user s request When decreasing the stapleable quantity at the time of staple failure occurr...

Page 1399: ...the Saddle Adj set operate method Enter the setting value and press OK key Caution If the setting value is larger than the default upper limit on the specification Saddle V fold failure may occur Display adj set range 1 to 16 Default value 5 THN STK Set thin paper stacking method Low Tray Lv 1 Details To set the method for stacking thin papers on the Lower Tray When 1 is set the method is changed ...

Page 1400: ... level 3 of printer setting menu Use case Upon user s request Adj set operate method 1 Enter the setting value and press OK key 2 Turn OFF ON the main power switch Display adj set range 0 to 1 0 Hide 1 Display Default value 0 MENU 4 Hide dis of printer setting menu lvl 4 Lv 2 Details To set whether to display or hide the level 4 of printer setting menu Use case Upon user s request Adj set operate ...

Page 1401: ... 1 the image is shifted by 0 1 mm toward the horizontal scanning direction toward rear right edge margin is decreased toward front right edge margin is increased Title Toner splash occurs in trail edge of half tone image Explaination Detailed explanation In a low humidity environment toner splash might occur in the trail edge of the image when half tone image duplex printing is performed on the sp...

Page 1402: ... Explaination Detailed explanation Approx 10mm width blurred image A appears on approx 300mm from the leading edge on the large size heavy paper If the similar symptom occurs Cause Paper is pulled between the secondary transfer roller and the fixing roller Field Remedy 1 Set the front and backside of the paper reversely 2 If the symptom still occurs check the version on Service Mode COPIER DISPLAY...

Page 1403: ...nt Cleaning Curl Correction for Each Paper Source select pick up point to be adjusted press to adjust the correction OK 2 Referring the steps shown below adjust the buffer displacement amount to 4mm 2 1 Turn ON the power of the finisher 2 2 Turn ON the power switch of the host machine to be on standby 2 3 Open the front cover and put the door switch tool into the door switch 1 2 4 Remove the screw...

Page 1404: ...rce Settings select the corresponding paper source and check that 0 is set to the numerical value entry field 4 Make the following selection Additional Functions System Settings Device Management Settings Adjust fixing for natural conditions and check that Fixing Priority is set 5 Make the following selection Service Mode COPIER OPTION IMG FIX FIX ENV1 to 5 and set the category of basis weight whi...

Page 1405: ...ce Mode COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG SLID The default setting is 3 for both the first and second sides A lower value will increase the fuser wear and may increase registration reliability A higher value will reduce the fuser wear and may reduce the registration reliability Title Reduction of time for adjusting solid and halftone density Explaination Refer to FAQ information Title Stabilization of im...

Page 1406: ...ging CIS TH CIS life becomes approximately 1 3 by fixing to CIS threshold fixed mode in CIS detection mode Make a readjustment in CIS TH when CIS or the Registration Unit was replaced Title Prevention of side registration displacement Explaination Refer to FAQ information Title Image density loss Explaination Detailed explanation In the low humidity environment image density loss due to excessive ...

Page 1407: ...ed Cause As the Drum cleaning blade was wrongly faced and installed the Toner slipped beneath and got into the Developing assembly to damage the Developing sleeve Field Remedy 1 Install the Drum cleaning blade correctly 2 Remove the Toner inside the Developing assembly to replace the Developing sleeve unit Reference The following is the steps after the replacement of the Developing sleeve unit 1 O...

Page 1408: ...the issue Title The Default Key is corrupted or invalid is displayed Explaination Detailed explanation When executing the following work or operation the key certificate for encryption communication and the CA certificate that verifies the external server certificate can be erased Replace format HDD Replace the main controller PCB clear RAM If The Default Key is corrupted or invalid was displayed ...

Page 1409: ...imary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charging assembly and test print to check printed image a 6 If the front side of the test print image is still dark rotate the plastic screw D counter clockwise for half rotation Install primary charging assembly to main unit in accordance with the replacement procedure for primary charging assembly and t...

Page 1410: ... main power OFF ON Title Photo Sensitive Drum Unit Explaination 1 Execute offset adjustment of potential sensor for photosensitive drum with a service mode Potential sensor offset adjustment COPIER FUNCTION DPC OFST 2 Execute setting of development contrast and charging voltage with a service mode Execution of voltage control COPIER FUNCTION MISC P INTER EX 3 Perform a power cycle of main power OF...

Page 1411: ...FUNCTION SENS ADJ CIS CIS light intensity adjustment 2 Execute right edge registration adjustment 2 1 Measure the right edge margin L1 in increments of 0 1mm of a test print 2 2 In the following service mode adjust the right edge margin L1 to be within the range of standard value 2 5 0 5mm Level 1 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG R Adjustment range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1mm If L1 2 5mm increase the adjustment...

Page 1412: ...l 1 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG SKEW Adjustment range 500 to 500 Unit 0 01mm 3 Execute right edge registration adjustment 3 1 Measure the right edge margin L1 in increments of 0 1mm of a test print 3 2 In the following service mode adjust the right edge margin L1 to be within the range of standard value 2 5 0 5mm Level 1 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG R Adjustment range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1mm If L1 2 5mm ...

Page 1413: ...s of 0 1mm of a test print 4 2 In the following service mode adjust the right edge margin L1 to be within the range of standard value 2 5 0 5mm Level 1 COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG R Adjustment range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1mm If L1 2 5mm increase the adjustment value If L1 2 5mm decrease the adjustment value Explaination 5 Execute leading edge registration adjustment 5 1 Measure the leading edge margin L3...

Page 1414: ... then ON the power executes RAM clear 3 In the case of failure to upload backup data before replacement e g DC controller PCB was damaged enter the value for each Service Mode item described on the service label Because the value described on the service label may not be the latest check the value with list of Service Mode items P PRINT that was printed out in advance and enter the value on the li...

Page 1415: ...ute step 3 3 Enter the value in the following service mode Service mode COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG SKEW Title Magnification ratio in main scanning Explaination 1 Measure the image length Ly in main scanning direction on the test print 2 Calculate the magnification ratio in main scanning direction ratio My and the value to enter in Service Mode SMy My Ly Ly 100 A3 paper Ly 292 mm 11 x 17 inch paper...

Page 1416: ... Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER ADJUST IMG REG MAG V Adjustment range 100 to 100 Unit 0 01 Title Right edge margin Explaination 1 Measure the right edge margin L1 0 1 mm basis on the test print and execute adjustment so that the right edge margin L1 meets the specification of 2 5 0 5 mm MEMO Be sure that the magnification of 1 Skew and 2 In main scanning direction is within the...

Page 1417: ...at the lead edge margin L3 meets the specification of 2 5 0 5 mm MEMO Be sure that the magnification of 1 Skew and 2 In main scanning direction is within the standard to execute this adjustment Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG TOP Adjustment range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1 mm In case of the following L3 2 5mm Reduce the adjustment value In case of following L3 2 5 mm ...

Page 1418: ...re installation Unpacking Checking the contents Installation Operation when moving the machine Card Reader C1 imagePRESS Printer Kit A1 Cassete Heater 32 Reader Heater Kit G1 Tab Feeding Attachment E1 IPSec Board B1 B2 Voice Guidance Kit E1 Expansion Bus F1 F2 System Upgrade RAM B1 Removable Hard Disk Kit AA1 ...

Page 1419: ...the package of this product Check the symbol to use the necessary parts from the contents in the package The symbol to indicate the parts to be used from the contents Symbols in the illustration The frequently performed operations works are described with symbols in this procedure Check the description below To install remove Screw Connector Harness Tighten Remove Connect Disconnect Connect Secure...

Page 1420: ... 8A 120 127V 8A 120 127V 5 5A 120 127V 12A 208V 15A Secondary POD Deck Secondary POD Deck POD Deck High Capacity Stacker High Capacity Stacker Perfect Binder Multi Insertion Unit Folding Unit Saddle Finisher Booklet Trimmer Integration Unit 100 240V 1A 120 127V 4A 208V 20A 8A 100 240V 2 8A 120 127V 5 5A Punch Trimmer Professional Puncher Reader DADF iPR 1110 Paper Deck Insertion Unit Folding Unit ...

Page 1421: ...ng time in a poorly ventilated room although the ozone amount generated while running this machine does not harm human health Be sure to provide adequate ventilation of the room to keep the work environment comfortable Checking installation site Since this machine weighs approx 500 kg check that the floor at the installation site is durable enough Checking installation space 1 The foot of the host...

Page 1422: ...m 1 2 3 1 512 mm 1 Host machine 2 Side Paper Deck 3 Insertion Unit 4 Professional Puncher 5 Professional Puncher Integration Unit 6 Paper Folding Unit 7 Finisher F 9 8 F 9 9 3 In case of unpacking in the room following space is necessary to unpack taking out the h ost machine from the box 1 676 mm 1 956 mm 1 532 mm 280 mm 4 When installing the host machine place the machine in a well ventilated ro...

Page 1423: ...e power switch on the control panel for 3 sec or more 2 Work on the touch panel by following the instructions on the shutdown sequence screen 3 A message is shown telling Executing shutdown Once a message which tells that the power of the option devices can be turned off is shown on the control panel of the host machine turn OFF the power switch of the pickup delivery options NOTE The machine perf...

Page 1424: ...sure to work in a group of 2 or more people when installing the host machine NOTE Dimension of the host machine and the transportation container is shown in the figure Secure the unpacking space to work 970mm 1676mm 1532mm F 9 13 1 Remove the packing box of the host machine 2 Remove the fixtures for the host machine 4 pieces each Nut Spring washer Washer and Attaching plate NOTE Prepare the compat...

Page 1425: ...TION Note when inserting the forklift claw under the host machine Do not make the forklift claw damage the adjusters Do not lift the machine together with the plastic F 9 16 5 Move the host machine to the installation site CAUTION Be sure to hold the indicated area to move the host machine to prevent the deformation F 9 17 6 Remove all the tapes attached to the external surface of the host machine...

Page 1426: ... Size Change Label x 1 1 Service book holder x 1 2 Touch pen x 1 3 Coaxial connector x 1 4 Terminal connector x 2 5 Media display plate x 1 6 Process unit cover x 1 7 Cleaning tool x 1 8 ITB stopper shaft x 1 9 Paper size label x 1 16 Screw TP M4x8 x 9 15 Rubber cap x 4 14 Stepped screw with yellow screwhead For Process unit cover M4 x 2 13 Stepped screw M4 x 3 F 9 19 ...

Page 1427: ...t For Asia Oceania only Check the advice books and CDs according to the following For UL For EUR For Asia Oceania e Manual CD yes yes e Manual UK E F S CD yes e Manual G I CD yes Easy Operation Guide yes yes Troubleshooting yes yes Users Guide yes Color Network ScanGear CD ROM yes SEND TRIAL USA B1 yes TAIWAN Battery leaflet yes India WEEE Directive Notice yes F 9 20 T 9 1 ...

Page 1428: ... be installed 1 Decide where to install the host machine Loosen the screw and turn the 2 adjustors with your hand until they are lowered to be securely in contact with the floor NOTE Be sure to use your hand to turn the adjustors If your hand does not fit in use a screwdriver so that you can use your hand to turn the adjustors Adjustor Stopper A F 9 21 2 Turn the stopper B and fix it Screw TP M4X8...

Page 1429: ... cover F 9 23 2 Remove all the tapes attached inside NOTE Since tapes in area A are removed in a later step do not remove them at this point CAUTION If some guides are moved when the tapes are removed an error may occur at the later service mode timing thus be careful not to move the guides when removing the tapes F 9 24 CAUTION Check that there is no removal or move of the guide or the lever that...

Page 1430: ...ation Removing the toner blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit Removing the toner blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit 1 Remove the 4 screws of fixing feed unit NOTE Keep removed 4 screws x4 F 9 26 2 Turn the lever in the direction of arrow to pull out the fixing feed unit to the front F 9 27 ...

Page 1431: ...al F 9 28 4 Remove the tapes package material and 2 tags F 9 29 5 Remove the 2 fixing feed frame fixing plates 2 screws CAUTION Keep the 2 removed fixing feed frame fixing plates 2 screws and 4 screws removed in step 4 in a secure plate When moving the machine by truck etc place the stored 2 fixing feed frame fixing plates 2 screws and 4 screws removed in step 1 to the original position to prevent...

Page 1432: ...nit Installation Installation Removing the toner blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit 6 Remove the 2 fixing members for the fixing unit F 9 31 7 Release the lock lever to put the fixing inner delivery unit back F 9 32 8 Push the 2 claws to pull out the fixing delivery unit to the front F 9 33 ...

Page 1433: ...al and the package material of fixing feed unit Installation Installation Removing the toner blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit 9 Put the 2 claws and pull out the fixing feed unit F 9 34 10 Remove the fixing front upper cover 2 screws loosen F 9 35 ...

Page 1434: ...ed unit Installation Installation Removing the toner blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit 11 Release the 2 web release levers FREE to remove the fixing web unit F 9 36 12 With holding the fixing web holding plate and rotate the gear in the direction of the arrow to take up the slack F 9 37 ...

Page 1435: ...age material of fixing feed unit Installation Installation Removing the toner blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit 13 Fit the fixing web unit to the pin to install TOP VIEW F 9 38 14 While gently pushing the fixing web unit lock the 2 web release levers LOCK F 9 39 ...

Page 1436: ...er blocking material and the package material of fixing feed unit 15 Tighten the 2 screws to install the fixing front upper cover 2 screws tighten F 9 40 16 Push in the fixing feed unit to the host machine 17 Turn the lever of the fixing feed unit clockwise to lock CAUTION Do not get the tags caught when putting the fixing feed unit back to the host machine F 9 41 ...

Page 1437: ... Removing the transportation packing member of the ITB unit step 7 x2 F 9 42 2 Lift the primary charging cleaning motor unit to remove the primary charging assembly F 9 43 CAUTION Do not touch the charging wire when removing the primary charging assembly F 9 44 3 Remove the drum rotation prevention member and the drum home position detection flag The removed the drum rotation prevention member wil...

Page 1438: ...process unit 4 When removing the drum home position detection flag if the flag part is facing down pay attention to the following points CAUTION Be careful not to displace the drum home position detection sensor by the flag part when removing and make sure that the sensor does not come off F 9 46 NOTE Check that the ITB pressure lever is disengaged as shown in the figure F 9 47 ...

Page 1439: ...Installation Removing the transportation packing member of the process unit 5 Hold the grip to pull out the process unit until it s locked 4 screws The removed spring will be used in Installing the developing assembly step 17 x4 F 9 48 6 Put your hand to remove the fixing tape at the bottom of the process unit F 9 49 ...

Page 1440: ...ing assembly 1 Hold the grip and open the process unit upper cover 2 screws The removed screws will be used in step 10 2 Turn the lock lever in the direction of arrow and then lock the process unit upper cover x2 TOP VIEW F 9 50 3 Place A3 paper on the drum NOTE To protect the photosensitive drum F 9 51 4 Remove the 2 developing pressure fixing tapes F 9 52 ...

Page 1441: ...llation Installation Installing the developing assembly 5 Pull out the developing pressure shaft in the direction of arrow F 9 53 6 Put the gear into the hole at the right side of the developing assembly place the developing assembly and move it in the direction of the arrow F 9 54 ...

Page 1442: ...ecure the developing assembly NOTE Push both ends of the developing assembly pressure shaft until it fits into the groove F 9 55 8 Remove A3 paper that has been placed on the drum 9 Turn the lock lever in the direction of arrow to release the lock of the process unit upper cover 10 Hold the grip to close the process unit upper cover 2 screws use the screws removed in step 1 x2 F 9 56 ...

Page 1443: ...y be displaced by simply pulling out the process unit Pushing the process unit forcibly may deform the drum frame 11 Push the 2 claws of the process unit and put back the process unit until it reaches 10 mm away from the host machine F 9 57 12 Place the process unit as shown so that it is positioned approx 10 mm away from the host machine Align the plate of the process unit with the plate of the h...

Page 1444: ...e host machine by aligning the groove of the drum home position detection flag with the groove of the drum shaft F 9 59 NOTE If the groove of the drum home position detection flag is aligned with the groove of the drum shaft go to step 16 If not go through the procedure from step 14 14 Take note of the following points when fixing the process unit CAUTION When turning the drum be sure to turn the ...

Page 1445: ...Installing the developing assembly Installation Installation Installing the developing assembly CAUTION Do not touch the drum surface F 9 61 15 Align the groove of the drum home position detection flag with the groove of the drum shaft F 9 62 ...

Page 1446: ...nit to the host machine CAUTION If the process unit fails to be fitted into the rear turn the groove of the drum home position detection flag by 45 degree to find the appropriate position to push in to the rear F 9 63 17 Secure the process unit 4 screws use the screws removed in step 5 at Removing the transportation packing member of the process unit x4 F 9 64 ...

Page 1447: ...ortation packing member of the process unit 1 stepped screw use the stepped screw removed in step 3 at Removing the transportation packing member of the process unit CAUTION When tightening the screw be sure to hold the drum home position detection flag and fix it If the screw is not securely tightened uneven pitch may occur Turning the drum clockwise may damage the surface of the drum F 9 65 NOTE...

Page 1448: ...ed in A area of the drum home position sensor Check that the drum home position sensor is not disengaged F 9 67 CAUTION Place the arm of the pre primary transfer charging assembly on the side of the drum home position detection flag If the arm of the pre primary transfer charging assembly is not placed properly the dust collection roller does not rotate and as a result the stray toner cannot be co...

Page 1449: ...cking member of the ITB unit Removing the transportation packing member of the ITB unit 1 Turn the lever in the direction of arrow and pull out the fixing feed unit and the ITB unit simultaneously F 9 69 NOTE If the ITB unit is dirty be sure to clean it 2 Place the ITB stopper shaft F 9 70 NOTE Pack the ITB stopper shaft separately when moving the machine ...

Page 1450: ... 3 Remove the tape Holding the handle lift the unit a little to make some space under it and remove the tape and the ITB Unit Fixation Member F 9 71 4 Remove the fixing tape of transfer cleaning unit F 9 72 5 Check that the hook of transfer cleaning unit is securely placed CAUTION Be sure that the hook of transfer cleaning unit is securely placed otherwise toner may disperse F 9 73 ...

Page 1451: ...ed unit to the host machine 9 Turn the lever of the fixing feed unit clockwise to lock 10 Lift the primary charging cleaning motor unit and install the primary charging assembly 11 Turn the ITB pressure lever clockwise to make the ITB belt engaged CAUTION Be sure to make the ITB belt engaged here otherwise the ITB can be damaged F 9 74 12 Insert the protrusion and install the process unit cover 2 ...

Page 1452: ...eck Installation Installation Removing the packing member of the deck Removing the packing member of the waste toner container 1 Pull out the waste toner deck and remove the packing tape F 9 76 Removing the packing member of the deck 1 Push the latch and release the lock F 9 77 ...

Page 1453: ...F 9 79 CAUTION If the paper supply detection flag gets hit or impact when removing the cardboard it may be deformed Once it s deformed the deck may become defective thus check the paper supply detection flag F 9 80 CAUTION Keep the cardboard inside the deck in the safe place When moving this equipment by track place the kept cardboard in the original position To prevent the bottom plate inside the...

Page 1454: ...itial installation service mode 1 5 Put the deck back to the host machine Installing the cleaning tool 1 Install the cleaning tool to the host machine NOTE Be sure to keep it because it will be used during maintenance work F 9 81 NOTE When installing the color image reader simultaneously close the front right cover and front left cover When the color image reader is not installed simultaneously go...

Page 1455: ...on Installation Installing the cleaning tool 2 Open the waste toner deck 3 Remove the sensor push plate 1 screw The removed spring will be used in Other Installations step 4 x1 F 9 82 4 Close the waste toner deck 5 Install the sensor push plate to the door open close switch F 9 83 ...

Page 1456: ...e turned off is shown on the control panel of the host machine turn OFF the power switch of the pickup and delivery options 4 The main power switch of this equipment is automatically turned OFF once the shutdown process is complete 5 Disconnect the power plug for the outlet Fixing assembly Host machine 1 Connect the 2 power plugs Host machine Fixing assembly CAUTION Use the correct power cord to m...

Page 1457: ...installation Service Mode 1 1 Check that no paper is loaded in the deck and turn ON the main power NOTE Floatation fan airflow adjustment is automatically executed only if there is no paper in the deck while the main power is turned ON F 9 87 NOTE You can get in the Service Mode even though there is a message Replace the toner container Open the toner replacement cover Set the toner container on t...

Page 1458: ...o 0 once TONER S to be performed later is complete TONER S CARD AINR OFF E RDS RGW PORT COM TEST RGW ADR RGW ADR 0 1 https a01 ugwdevice net ugw agenti INSTALL NO PAPER 1 2 Counter Test Option Function Adjust I O Display 0 0 1 2001 0 1 0 0 0 1 443 443 1 65535 OK F 9 88 3 Execute ITB neutral position adjustment Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER FUNCTION INSTALL INIT ITB INIT ITB TO...

Page 1459: ...ecuting toner supply in Service Mode When the color image reader is not installed simultaneously check that the door open close switch has the sensor push plate 1 Open the toner replacement cover 2 Turn ON the toner replacement switch F 9 90 3 Remove the cap of the toner container and install the toner container 4 Close the toner replacement inner cover and the toner replacement cover NOTE It is n...

Page 1460: ...W ADR INIT ITB 194 sec 3 0 443 https a01 ugwdevice net ugw agenti INSTALL SERVICE 1 1 Counter Test Option Function Adjust I O Display 3 0 443 1 2001 0 1 1 65535 OK F 9 92 F 9 93 6 When NO TONER is displayed at the upper right on the Service Mode screen put the second toner container NOTE You can set the 2nd toner container when NO TONER is displayed while TONER S is in progress toner is being stir...

Page 1461: ...aching the label 1 Push the deck open close button to pull out the deck F 9 94 2 Put the label in appropriate language to the indicated position as needed Paper Supply Label 1 Paper Supply Label 2 Paper Size Change Label Paper Supply Label 1 Paper Supply Label 2 Paper Size Change Label F 9 95 3 Close the deck ...

Page 1462: ...rm Moving the control panel arm 1 Remove the upper right cover 2 NOTE Angle adjustment of the control panel arm is available while the power is turned ON F 9 96 2 Remove the stopper pin with holding it 1 screw The removed stopper pin and screw will be used in step 4 CAUTION Be careful not to drop the stopper pin x1 F 9 97 ...

Page 1463: ...lation Installation Moving the control panel arm 3 Turn the control panel in the direction of arrow until it stops F 9 98 4 Install the stopper pin that has been removed in step 2 1 screw use the screw that has been removed in step 2 x1 F 9 99 5 Install the upper right cover 2 ...

Page 1464: ...ltaneously do not fix the top cover 1 Install the upper right cover 2 the upper cover and the upper left cover 2 on the rear side 3 stepped screws M4 3 screws TP M4X8 3 cover rubbers NOTE Cut the tap by the screw thread of stepped screw and tighten the screw Once the stepped screw is installed it won t come off x6 F 9 100 2 Remove the upper front cover 3 stepped screws loosen F 9 101 3 Install the...

Page 1465: ...tep2 1 cover rubber F 9 103 Setting paper CAUTION Paper needs to be set in the deck otherwise you cannot check whether the host machine is READY with the host machine status display at the upper right on the Service Mode screen Since the paper is detected by the sensor load the paper with 10 mm or more in height 1 Push the deck open close button to pull out the deck F 9 104 ...

Page 1466: ...etting paper 2 Adjust the deck guide plate side trail edge for the paper size and set the paper F 9 105 3 Secure the side guide plate F 9 106 4 Close the deck 5 Attach the appropriate paper size label following the paper size you set in the deck on the media display plate A3 F 9 107 ...

Page 1467: ...9 108 6 Install the media display plate to the deck F 9 109 Setting paper size 1 Enter the initial settings screen Initial setting screen Additional Functions Register Paper 2 Select the paper type and press Settings 3 Select the desired paper size and press Next 4 Select the desired paper type and press OK 5 If your desired paper type is not in the list press Detailed Settings select the paper ty...

Page 1468: ... 1 1 Counter Test Option Function Adjust I O Display OK TBLT CLN WIRE CLN OK WIRE EX FX CL FQ FX CLN 0 1 5000 5 0 0 1 F 9 110 2 Press reset key once 3 Patch S light intensity correction background detection EPC DMAX Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER FUNCTION MISC P INTR EX LEVEL 2 CAUTION Be sure to execute this mode after checking that the host machine status at the upper right o...

Page 1469: ...djustment because this image position adjustment by Service Mode executes adjustment for all the paper registered in the management setting for paper type Image position adjustment is also available by selecting the following Additional Functions System Settings Paper Type Management Settings However adjustment in Additional Functions is executed on each registered paper basis If there are many va...

Page 1470: ...ment amount R is 0 2 or more R 0 2 R 0 2 execute step 3 3 Enter the value in the following service mode Service mode COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG SKEW F 9 114 2 Magnification ratio adjustment in main scanning direction 1 Measure the image length Ly in main scanning direction on the test print Ly 2 Calculate the magnification ratio in main scanning direction ratio My and the value to enter in Service...

Page 1471: ...ws Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER ADJUST IMG REG MAG V Adjustment range 100 to 100 Unit 0 01 F 9 116 4 Adjustment of the right edge margin 1 Measure the right edge margin L1 0 1 mm basis on the test print and execute adjustment so that the right edge margin L1 meets the specification of 2 5 0 5 mm NOTE Be sure that the magnification of 1 Skew and 2 In main scanning direction is...

Page 1472: ...so that the lead edge margin L3 meets the specification of 2 5 0 5 mm NOTE Be sure that the magnification of 1 Skew and 2 In main scanning direction is within the standard to execute this adjustment L3 Get in Service Mode to select the following COPIER ADJUST FEED ADJ REG TOP Adjustment range 50 to 50 Unit 0 1 mm In case of the following L3 2 5mm Reduce the adjustment value In case of following L3...

Page 1473: ...stem Settings Network Settings Change network settings Check connection 4 Follow the instructions on shutdown sequence to turn OFF the main power 5 Turn ON the main power switch Ping operation procedure 1 Go through the following Additional Functions System Settings Network Settings TCP IP Setting IPv4 Setting PING command 2 Enter IP address with numeric keypad on the control panel and press Execu...

Page 1474: ...following Additional Functions System Settings Network Settings TCP IP Setting IPv4 Setting IP Address Setting and note the IP address in the IP Address field 2 Select the following Additional Functions System Settings Network Settings TCP IP Setting IPv4 Setting PING command and enter the IP address If the display shows Response from the host the IP address specified on the host machine is correc...

Page 1475: ...ook holder F 9 119 2 Set the touch pen F 9 120 NOTE If the color image reader is not installed simultaneously go through the following operation 3 Remove the sensor push plate 4 Open the waste toner deck and install the sensor push plate The screw removed in step 3 at Installing the cleaning tool 5 Close the waste toner deck 6 Close the front left cover and the front right cover ...

Page 1476: ...position Installation Installation Label position Label position 1 Put the appropriate language label onto the indicated position Figure shows the label setting for UL FC9 0231 FC9 0232 FC9 0233 FC9 0234 FC9 0235 FC9 0236 FC9 0245 FC9 0247 F 9 121 ...

Page 1477: ...60 Installation Installation Label position Installation Installation Label position Figure shows the label setting for EUR FC9 0231 FC9 0232 FC9 0233 FC9 0234 FC9 0235 FC9 0236 FC9 0237 FC9 0245 FC9 0246 F 9 122 ...

Page 1478: ...lation Installation Label position Installation Installation Label position Figure shows the label setting for Asia Oceania FC9 0231 FC9 0232 FC9 0233 FC9 0234 FC9 0235 FC9 0236 FC9 0245 FC9 0247 FC9 0248 FC9 0249 F 9 123 ...

Page 1479: ...er plug for outlet Fixing assembly Host machine 3 Remove the developing assembly 4 Pack ITB Stopper Shaft separately 5 After removing the developing assembly cover the toner supply mouth with the elastic tape 6 Install the deck package material 7 Open the front left cover and the front right cover of host machine and then fix the fixing feed unit with the removed 4 screws 8 Release the ITB pressur...

Page 1480: ...C1 Checking Contents Card Reader C1 Card Reader C1 Point to Note About Installation CAUTION Installation of the card reader calls for a Card Reader Attachment Kit G1 Checking Contents Card Reader C1 C 1 Card Reader x 1 2 Screw RS tight M4x10 x 1 3 Toothed washer x 1 Not used in this equipment F 9 124 ...

Page 1481: ...ent Kit G1 Card Reader Attachment Kit G1 1 Card Reader installed stay x 1 2 Card Reader Cover x 1 3 Cord Guide x 6 4 Card Reader Seal x 1 5 Fixing Tape x 2 6 New Card Reader I F plate x 1 7 Card Reader Harness 1 x 1 8 Card Reader Harness 2 x 1 9 Relay Connector x 1 10 Edge Saddle x 1 11 Edge Saddle x 1 12 Screw bind M4x6 x 3 13 Screw bind M4x8 x 1 F 9 125 ...

Page 1482: ... card number that will be used in the service mode of this equipment COPIER FUNCTION INSTALL CARD If the number is not inputted even if the card is inserted it will not be recognized 1 Remove the short connector of the card reader The removed short connector will not be used x1 F 9 126 2 Remove the card reader installed plate 1 screw the removed screw will be used on the step 4 x1 F 9 127 3 Remove...

Page 1483: ...screw removed on the step 2 x1 F 9 129 5 Connect the connector of the card reader and connector of the card reader harness 2 x1 F 9 130 6 Fasten the ground wire of the card reader and the ground wire of the card reader harness 2 together with card reader installed stay 1 screw bind M4X6 x1 F 9 131 7 Install the clip of the card reader harness 2 1 screw bind M4X6 x1 F 9 132 ...

Page 1484: ...the edge saddle and fix the card reader harness 2 x1 F 9 133 9 Store all sorts of the cables in the card reader installed stay be sure not to let the cables caught and install the card reader cover in the direction of the arrow F 9 134 10 Fix the card reader cover 1 screw bind M4X6 x1 F 9 135 11 Put the 2 fixing tapes F 9 136 ...

Page 1485: ...1 Installation Procedure 12 Put the card reader seal F 9 137 13 Install the relay connector and edge saddle in the NEW Card Reader I F plate F 9 138 14 Remove the 3 screws of the controller cover x3 F 9 139 15 Remove the controller cover in the direction of the arrow 12 screws loosen F 9 140 ...

Page 1486: ...9 69 9 69 Installation Card Reader C1 Installation Procedure Installation Card Reader C1 Installation Procedure 16 Remove the CP side cover 5 screws x5 F 9 141 17 Open the controller box 2 screws x2 F 9 142 ...

Page 1487: ...lation Card Reader C1 Installation Procedure 18 Remove the face cover 2 screws the removed screws will be used in the step 23 x2 F 9 143 19 Pass the card reader harness 2 to the hole of the host machine and install the New Card Reader I F plate 1 screw bind M4X8 x1 F 9 144 ...

Page 1488: ...tion Procedure 20 Install the connector and reuse band of the card reader harness 2 and fix the harness using the edge saddle x2 x1 F 9 145 21 Connect the card reader harness 1 of the relay connector x1 F 9 146 22 Connect the connector of the card reader harness 1 to the main controller PCB x1 F 9 147 ...

Page 1489: ...n Procedure 23 Install the NEW Card Reader I F plate 2 screws use the screws removed on the step 18 x2 F 9 148 24 Close the controller box 25 Install the CP side cover 26 Remove the cover of the 6 cord guides F 9 149 27 Peel the peel off paper of the 6 cord guides and put them on the host machine F 9 150 ...

Page 1490: ...put it on the host machine F 9 152 30 Install the controller cover 31 Insert the power plug 32 Turning ON the Power 33 Enter the card number 1 2001 that will be used in the service mode COPIER FUNCTION INSTALL CARD Enter the smallest card number of the card used by the user 1000 pages of the card are usable from the entered number 34 ON OFF the main power according to the shut down sequence 35 Set...

Page 1491: ...RD 2 Press the reset key and exit from Additional Functions 3 Select Additional Functions System Settings Network Settings TCP IP Settings IPv4 IP Address Settings and set the IP Address Getaway Address Subnet Mask according to the user environment 4 Press the reset key and exit from Additional Functions CAUTION Select Additional Functions System Settings System Manager Settings and it is necessar...

Page 1492: ...F Host Machine imagePRESS Printer Kit A1 Checking Contents CD Guides LIPS User Software CD PS User Software CD Licence Access Number Certificate 1 Extension RAM x 1 Extension memory 512 MB Turning OFF Host Machine Refer to CAUTION Points to note when turning OFF the main power switch in installation of the host machine F 9 153 ...

Page 1493: ...the 3 screws from the controller cover x3 F 9 154 2 Remove the controller cover in the direction of the arrow 12 screws loosen F 9 155 3 Release the claw of the DIMM stopper of the main controller PCB 1 in the direction of the arrow and install the extension RAM F 9 156 4 Install the controller cover 5 Insert the power plug to the outlet 6 Turn the main power switch ON ...

Page 1494: ...btain license key 16 digits number written in the License Access Number Certificate and device serial number e g ABC01234 are neccessary For the Device Serial Number press the host machine counter key and Serial No will show 2 Copy the 24 digits of the license key shown in the Web browser in the License Access Number Certificate space CAUTION Be sure to do recheck that there is no miss in the numb...

Page 1495: ...put Connector X1 5 Screw Toothed Washer M4X8 X2 Only 1 pc is used 6 Power Supply Label X1 7 Screw RS tight M4X8 X2 8 Screw Binding M4X4 X1 9 Wire Saddle X3 10 Cable Protection Bushing X1 11 plug cover X1 12 RoHS Label X1 F 9 157 Check Items when Turning OFF the Main Power Check that the main power switch is OFF 1 Turn OFF the main power switch of the host machine 2 Be sure that Control Panel Displ...

Page 1496: ...er Deck Unit Installation Procedure Connecting to Host Machine Removing the Paper Deck Unit 1 Slide out the waste toner container tray 1 fully to the direction of the arrow A 1 A 2 Push the position A of the latch 1 with a screw driver and open the deck A 1 F 9 158 F 9 159 3 Slide out the paper deck 1 fully to the direction of the arrow A A 1 4 Push the 2 rail stoppers 1 to slide out the deck furt...

Page 1497: ...nstallation Cassete Heater 32 Installation Procedure Connecting to Host Machine Removing the Paper Deck Unit 5 Return the waste toner container tray 1 at the default position 1 6 Remove the connector cover 1 1 Screw 2 x1 1 2 F 9 162 F 9 163 7 Remove the Harness 1 Wire Saddle 1 1 Edge Saddle 2 1 Connector 3 1 2 3 x2 x1 F 9 164 ...

Page 1498: ...e Heater 32 Installation Procedure Connecting to Host Machine Removing the Paper Deck Unit 8 Remove the front cover 2 5 Screws 1 Caution Mark lines on the positions of the 5 screws before removing so that the front cover can be attached in the correct position F 9 165 x5 2 1 1 1 1 F 9 166 9 Remove the connector cover 1 1 Screw 2 x1 2 1 F 9 167 ...

Page 1499: ... cables 1 from the connectors 2 11 Remove the 4 cable clips 3 CAUTION Points to note when removing Before plugging in the connector 3 secure the flat cables 1 with the cable clips 2 1 2 2 3 F 9 168 x2 x4 3 3 1 2 F 9 169 12 Remove the paper deck unit 1 to the direction of the arrow 3 Screws 2 CAUTION Points to note when removing the unit Fit the 2 cut offs 2 of the paper deck unit 1 to the 2 hooks ...

Page 1500: ... Procedure Connecting to Host Machine Installing Cassette Heater Unit Installing Cassette Heater Unit 1 Open the front door 2 Remove the covers that are located above the deck 1 2 Screws 2 x2 1 2 F 9 172 F 9 173 3 Remove the heater mount 1 above the deck by sliding it to the front side The removed Screw will be used in step 8 1 Connector 2 2 Screws 3 x2 x1 1 2 3 F 9 174 ...

Page 1501: ...ount x1 1 2 5 Fit the heater unit 1 to the 2 bosses 2 on the heater mount to install 1 Screw Toothed Washer M4X8 3 x1 1 3 2 F 9 175 F 9 176 6 Connect the cable 1 of the heater unit with the cable 2 on this machine x1 2 1 7 Fit the 2 ribs 2 of the heater mount into the 2 rear upper holes 1 inside the deck CAUTION Be sure to fit the ribs 2 of the heater mount into the rear upper holes 1 in the deck ...

Page 1502: ...ation Cassete Heater 32 Installation Procedure Connecting to Host Machine Installing Cassette Heater Unit 8 Install the heater mount 1 1 Connector 2 2 Screws 3 Use the screws which is removed at step 3 x2 x1 1 3 2 9 Close the front door 10 Install the paper deck unit which was removed in the previous step 11 Turn ON the heater switch ...

Page 1503: ...e the upper middle lower deck NOTE The steps below describe how to install the cassette heater unit to the inside of POD deck Upper deck The same steps are applicable to cassette heater unit installation in POD deck middle lower deck secondary POD deck upper middle lower deck and thus skipped here 1 Open the Deck Right Front Cover 1 When connecting to the Secondary POD Deck is open the Secondary P...

Page 1504: ...llation Procedure Connecting to POD Deck Secondary POD Deck Removing the Deck Unit 5 Remove the 3 wire saddles 1 edge saddle 2 and the connector 3 1 1 2 3 x4 F 9 182 6 Loosen the 4 screws 1 and remove the front cover 2 NOTE Mark lines on the positions of the 4 screws 1 before removing so that the front cover 2 can be attached in the correct position 1 1 1 2 x4 F 9 183 ...

Page 1505: ...econdary POD Deck Removing the Deck Unit Installation Cassete Heater 32 Installation Procedure Connecting to POD Deck Secondary POD Deck Removing the Deck Unit 7 Push the 2 rail stoppers 1 to slide out the upper deck 2 further 1 2 1 F 9 184 8 Remove the connector cover 1 1 Screw 2 2 1 F 9 185 ...

Page 1506: ...ve the 2 flat cables 1 from the connectors 2 10 Remove the 4 cable clips 3 CAUTION Points to note when removing Before plugging in the connector 3 secure the flat cables 1 with the cable clips 2 1 2 2 3 F 9 186 1 3 3 2 F 9 187 11 Remove the upper deck unit 1 to the direction of the arrow 3 Screws 2 CAUTION Points to note when removing the unit Fit the 2 cut offs 2 of the upper deck unit 1 to the 2...

Page 1507: ...eck lower inner cover 5 3 Screws 6 CAUTION Depending on the locations to install the cassette heater unit remove either of deck upper front middle inner lower inner covers 1 2 6 4 3 4 5 F 9 190 Installing Cassette Heater Unit 1 Remove the heater mount 1 inside of the upper deck to the forward The removed Screw will be used in step 6 1 Connector 2 2 Screws 3 CAUTION The steps below describe how to ...

Page 1508: ...of the heater mount x1 1 2 3 Fit the heater unit 1 to the 2 bosses 2 on the heater mount to install 1 Screw Toothed Washer M4X8 3 x1 1 3 2 F 9 191 F 9 192 4 Connect the cable 1 of the heater unit with the cable 2 on the POD deck x1 2 1 5 Fit the 2 ribs 2 of the heater mount into the 2 rear upper holes 1 inside the deck CAUTION Be sure to fit the ribs 2 of the heater mount into the rear upper holes...

Page 1509: ... Procedure Connecting to POD Deck Secondary POD Deck Installing Cassette Heater Unit 6 Install the heater mount 1 1 Connector 2 2 Screws 3 Use the screws which is removed at step 1 x2 x1 1 3 2 7 Install the Deck Upper Front Middle Inner Lower Inner Covers which were removed in the previous step 8 Install the deck unit which was removed in the previous step 9 Turn ON the heater switch ...

Page 1510: ...rning off Host Machine Reader Heater Kit G1 Checking Contents 2 Screw flat head M4X4 x 4 Binding screw can also be used 1 reader heater x 1 3 heater sheets x 1 Turning off Host Machine Be sure to refer to CAUTION Points to note when turning OFF the main power switch in installation of the host machine F 9 195 ...

Page 1511: ...ter Kit G1 Installation Procedure Installation Reader Heater Kit G1 Installation Procedure Installation Procedure 1 Open the DADF F 9 196 2 Remove the right retainer cover 2 screws x2 F 9 197 3 Remove the DF cable cover 2 screws x2 F 9 198 ...

Page 1512: ... 4 Remove the copy board glass CAUTION When removing the copyboard glass be sure not to get your fingers touched with the glass surface or the backside of the white plate In case the glass is soiled clean it with lint free paper F 9 199 F 9 200 5 Align the 5 heater sheets in the marking line and put them on Marking line F 9 201 ...

Page 1513: ...ter Kit G1 Installation Procedure 6 Install the reader heater 4 screws flat head M4X4 x4 Shaft Binding screw can also be used CAUTION Do not scratch the surface of the guide shaft F 9 202 7 Pass the connector under the rail Wire CAUTION Do not scratch the surface of the wire and the rail F 9 203 ...

Page 1514: ...stallation Procedure 8 Loosen the screw and shift the harness guide in the direction of the arrow to make a space A to pass the harness A Screw F 9 204 9 Put the harness along the claws of FFC guide in the 4 places MEMO Make sure to keep the harness tightly put x4 F 9 205 10 Connect the connector x1 F 9 206 ...

Page 1515: ...dles Sheet MEMO Check the sheet position Sheet Sheet F 9 208 F 9 207 12 Aligning with the boss tighten the screw that has been loosened in step 8 13 Install the removed cover copy board glass DF cable cover right retainer cover 14 Close the DADF 15 Make sure that the environment switch is ON 16 Insert the power plug to the outlet 17 Turn the main power switch ON ...

Page 1516: ... 9 99 9 99 Installation Tab Feeding Attachment E1 Checking Contents Installation Tab Feeding Attachment E1 Checking Contents Tab Feeding Attachment E1 Checking Contents 1 Tab Feeding Attachment x 1 F 9 209 ...

Page 1517: ...Attachment E1 Installation Procedure Installation Procedure 1 Press the deck open close button to open the deck MEMO Make sure to turn On the host machine when performing the procedure If not the machine cannot open and close the deck F 9 210 2 Install the tab feeding attachment F 9 211 3 Close the deck ...

Page 1518: ...ec security board after the PCI bus extension kit is completely installed Checking Contents 3 Wireless LAN auxiliary plate 1 2 Screw TP M3 6 2 1 IPSec security PCB 1 Included with B2 only Not used in this equipment CD Guides FCC IC Sheet B2 only Turning OFF Host Machine Refer to CAUTION Points to note when turning OFF the main power switch in installation of the host machine F 9 212 ...

Page 1519: ...edure 1 Remove the 3 screws from the controller cover x3 F 9 213 2 Remove the controller cover of the host machine in the direction of the arrow 12 screws loosen F 9 214 3 Install IPSec security PCB to PCI bus extension PCB 2 screws x2 F 9 215 4 Install the controller cover 5 Insert the power plug into outlet 6 Turn ON the main power switch ...

Page 1520: ...Installation IPSec Board B1 B2 Post installation Check Post installation Check 1 Check that the IPSec security board is recognized Service mode COPIER DISPLAY ACC STS PCI If the IPSec Board is displayed that means IPSec board is correctly recognized 2 Exit the service mode ...

Page 1521: ...n Voice Guidance Kit E1 Checking before Installation Installation Voice Guidance Kit E1 Checking before Installation Voice Guidance Kit E1 Checking before Installation To operate this equipment the color image reader is required ...

Page 1522: ...x 1 5 Voice guidance board x 1 6 Voice board support plate x 1 7 Cable x 1 9 Ferrite core x 2 15 Edge saddle x 1 16 Wire holder x 1 10 Card spacer x 2 1 8 Cord guide x 7 Screw binding M4x16 x 1 Screw binding M3x16 x 1 Screw binding M4x6 x 1 14 Screw TP M3x6 x 2 2 12 2 11 13 1 6 pieces are used with this product 2 They are not used with this product CD Guides Voice guidance guide Voice guidance gui...

Page 1523: ...r unit lower to the speaker unit upper 1 screw binding M4x6 x1 F 9 217 2 Remove the backing tape of double sided tape and put it on the below position of speaker unit F 9 218 3 Remove the backing tape of speaker seal and put it on the below position of speaker unit F 9 219 4 Remove the voice board support plate 2 screws removed screw will be used in step 5 MEMO Removed voice board will not be used...

Page 1524: ...llation Voice Guidance Kit E1 Installation Procedure 6 Install the 2 ferrite cores on both sides of cables CAUTION Install the ferrite core within 50 mm from the end of cable 50mm F 9 222 F 9 223 7 Remove the reader communication cable after removing the plug cover A x2 x1 F 9 224 ...

Page 1525: ...ion Voice Guidance Kit E1 Installation Procedure 8 Remove the 3 screws of controller cover x3 F 9 225 9 Remove the host machine controller cover in the direction of the arrow 12 screws loosen F 9 226 10 Remove the CP side cover 5 screws removed screw will be used in step 19 x5 F 9 227 ...

Page 1526: ...ce Guidance Kit E1 Installation Procedure Installation Voice Guidance Kit E1 Installation Procedure 11 Open the controller box 2 screws x2 F 9 228 12 Remove the blanking plate 2 screws removed screws will be used in step 16 x2 F 9 229 ...

Page 1527: ...lation Procedure Installation Voice Guidance Kit E1 Installation Procedure 13 Install the wire holder MEMO This is used to bundle the commercial earphone cord to be prepared by users It is not used at installation F 9 230 14 Install the 2 card spacers F 9 231 ...

Page 1528: ...nce Kit E1 Installation Procedure Installation Voice Guidance Kit E1 Installation Procedure 15 Install the voice guidance board F 9 232 16 Install the voice guidance board 2 screws TP M3x6 2 screws Use the screw removed in step 12 x4 F 9 233 ...

Page 1529: ...h the wire holder CAUTION Be sure to take up the slack of the earphone cord after putting it through the wire holder to prevent it from being caught by the fan F 9 235 18 Install the edge saddle to the CP side cover F 9 236 19 Put the cable installed in step 17 through the edge saddle and install the CP side cover 4 screws Use the screw removed in step 10 CAUTION Be sure to take up the slack of th...

Page 1530: ...21 Install the reader communication cable 22 Install the plug cover A 23 Remove the cover of cord guide 6 pieces will be used with this equipment F 9 238 24 Remove the double sided tape and install the 6 cord guides F 9 239 25 Put the cable through the cord guide and install the cord guide cover F 9 240 26 Remove the double sided tape on the speaker unit and install it F 9 241 ...

Page 1531: ...Kit E1 Checking after Installation 27 Install the cable to the speaker unit F 9 242 28 Insert the power plug into outlet 29 Turn ON the main power switch Checking after Installation 1 Default setting Register Voice specification setting Voice guidance from the speaker 2 Make sure that it is surely turned ON ...

Page 1532: ...ce Guidance Kit E1 When about to Use When about to Use When about to use 1 Hold down the reset key for 3 sec or more 2 When the number of copy displayed on top of screen is put in a red frame voice guidance is ready to use When stopping to use 1 Hold down the reset key for 3 sec or more ...

Page 1533: ...on Bus F1 F2 Checking Contents 1 PCI bus expansion PCB X 1 5 PCI riser support plate X 1 3 Card spacer X 3 2 Riser support plate X 1 4 Screw TP M3x6 X 5 Included with F2 only Not used in this equipment Turning OFF Host Machine Refer to CAUTION Points to note when turning OFF the main power switch in installation of the host machine F 9 243 ...

Page 1534: ...stallation Procedure Installation Procedure MEMO When installing the IP Sec security board at the same time install it after the step 5 1 Remove the 3 screws on the controller cover x3 F 9 244 2 Remove the controller cover in the direction of the arrow 12 screws loosen F 9 245 3 Install the 3 spacers F 9 246 ...

Page 1535: ...expansion PCB to the Riser support plate 2 screws TP M3x6 x2 F 9 247 5 Install the PCI bus expansion PCB to the connector of main controller PCB 1 3 screws TP M3x6 x3 F 9 248 MEMO When installing the IP Sec security board install it before the step 6 6 Install the controller cover 7 Insert the power plug to the outlet 8 Turn ON the main power switch ...

Page 1536: ...Machine Installation System Upgrade RAM B1 Turning OFF Host Machine System Upgrade RAM B1 Checking Contents 1 Expansion memory x 1 Turning OFF Host Machine Refer to CAUTION Points to note when turning OFF the main power switch in installation of the host machine F 9 249 ...

Page 1537: ... color scan is performed in 600dpi resolutions 1 Remove the 3 screws from the controller cover x3 F 9 250 2 Remove the controller cover in the direction of the arrow 12 screws loosen F 9 251 3 Release the claw of the DIMM stopper of the main controller PCB 2 in the direction on the arrow and install the memory F 9 252 4 Install the controller cover 5 Insert the power plug to the power outlet 6 Tur...

Page 1538: ...ost installation check Installation System Upgrade RAM B1 Post installation check Post installation check 1 Check that 512MB more memory is added to RAM and its capacity is changed to 1024MB Service mode COPIER DISPLAY ACC STS RAM 2 Exit the service mode ...

Page 1539: ...Note About Installation Removable Hard Disk Kit AA1 Points to Note About Installation CAUTION This manual has been issued by Canon Inc for qualified persons to learn technical theory installation maintenance and repair of Products At servicing be sure to turn OFF the power source according to the specified steps and disconnect the Power Plug ...

Page 1540: ...s Checking the Contents HDD1 HDD2 8 Ring core 1 9 RHDD label sheet 1 2 iVDR Unit HDD1 1 7 Screw binding screw with washer M3X6 3 6 Screw binding screw with washer M4X8 4 6 RHDD label 1 1 RHDD Unit 1 1 4 RHDD LED cable 1 1 3 iVDR Unit HDD2 1 2 5 SATA iVDR plug connector 2 1 Not used in this equipment 2 1 pc is used in this equipment F 9 253 ...

Page 1541: ...chine Refer to CAUTION Points to note when turning OFF the main power switch in installation of the host machine Installation procedure CAUTION Be careful not to deform the grounding plate when putting down the RHDD unit grounding plate F 9 254 1 If the color image reader is connected remove the plug cover first then remove the reader communication cable x2 x1 F 9 255 ...

Page 1542: ... Hard Disk Kit AA1 Installation procedure 2 Remove the controller small cover 7 screws the removed cover and the screws will not be used anymore x7 F 9 256 3 Remove the 3 screws of the controller cover x3 F 9 257 4 Loosen the 8 screws and remove the controller cover in the direction of the arrow F 9 258 ...

Page 1543: ...lation Removable Hard Disk Kit AA1 Installation procedure 5 Remove the HDD of the host machine 2 connectors Wire saddle in 1 place 2 screws CAUTION Do not drop the HDD x2 x2 F 9 259 6 Remove the HDD support plate from the HDD 4 screws the removed screws will be used in step 20 x4 F 9 260 ...

Page 1544: ...rom the HDD support plate The removed spacers and cushion bushes will be used in step 18 F 9 261 8 Install the HDD support plate in its original place in the host machine 9 Install the SATA iVDR plug connector in the HDD F 9 262 10 Remove the tapes and package members on the external of RHDD unit 11 Remove the screw of the RHDD unit rear plate The removed screw will be used in step 40 F 9 263 ...

Page 1545: ...es of the RHDD unit rear plate and the RHDD unit Remove the RHDD unit rear plate by moving the slotted screwdrivers in the direction of the arrow CAUTION Be careful not to scratch the gasket of the RHDD unit rear plate gasket gasket F 9 264 13 Open the front plate of the RHDD unit 14 Remove the packing component attached in the front plate F 9 265 15 Remove the HDD case unit of the HDD1 F 9 266 ...

Page 1546: ...ation Removable Hard Disk Kit AA1 Installation procedure 16 Close the front plate 17 Remove the HDD case cover from the HDD case unit 2 screws the removed screws will be used in step 21 x2 F 9 267 18 Install the 4 spacers and 4 cushion bushes removed in the step 7 in the HDD case F 9 268 ...

Page 1547: ... case F 9 269 20 Hold the HDD case with one hand and install the HDD after adjusting it to the position of the screw hole 4 screws use the screw removed in the step 6 CAUTION Do not drop the HDD x4 F 9 270 21 Insert the protrusion part of the HDD case cover to the hole of the HDD case and install the HDD case cover 2 screws use the screws removed in the step 17 x2 F 9 271 ...

Page 1548: ...1 of the R HDD label to the handle of the HDD case unit 23 Write down the serial number of the host machine to the label for recording the number and affix it to the area indicated in the figure HDD No Serial No XXXXXXXX F 9 272 24 Remove the 2 cables of the host machine The removed cables will not be used anymore 2 connectors Wire saddle in 2 places x2 x2 F 9 273 ...

Page 1549: ...ocedure 25 Connect the connector of the iVDR unit HDD1 2 connectors Wire saddle in 2 places x2 x2 F 9 274 26 Remove the fan cable of the host machine 1 connector Wire saddle in 5 places x5 F 9 275 27 Install the fan cable by winding it on the ring core F 9 276 28 Fix the iVDR unit HDD1 cable and fan cable Wire saddle in 1 place F 9 277 ...

Page 1550: ... the host machine side compared to the edge saddle edge saddle F 9 278 31 Insert the host machine plate between the grounding plate of RHDD unit and the gasket Move RHDD unit to the right and install it by aligning it with the screw hole of controller cover 4 screws binding w washer M4X8 3 screws binding w washer M3X6 CAUTION Be careful not to press the 2 gaskets of RHDD unit by the host machine p...

Page 1551: ...he PCB cover of the DC controller has been removed for service maintenance reason the cover may be deformed and the screw hole position may not fit In that case follow the below procedure from step 32 1 to 32 9 and adjust the screw hole position before installation 32 1 Remove the CP side cover 5 screws x5 F 9 280 32 2 Open the controller box 2 screws x2 F 9 281 ...

Page 1552: ...se the controller box 32 5 Refer to the step 30 and fix the iVDR unit HDD1 cable and the fan cable with the edge saddle of RHDD unit 32 6 Refer to the step 31 and install RHDD unit 32 7 Open the controller box and tighten the 4 screws loosened in the step 32 3 F 9 283 32 8 Close the controller box 2 screws 32 9 Install the CP side cover 33 Open the front plate of the RHDD unit 34 Insert the HDD ca...

Page 1553: ...HDD label sheet of the concerned language on the top of the label sheet originally adhered there 36 Close the front plate of the RHDD unit F 9 285 37 Install the iVDR unit HDD1 to the HDD1 and tighten the 2 screws F 9 286 38 Fix the iVDR unit HDD1 cable Wire saddle in 2 places x2 F 9 287 39 Connect the connector of fan cable Wire saddle in 2 places x2 F 9 288 ...

Page 1554: ... protrusion part of the RHDD unit in the hole of the rear plate and install the rear plate of the RHDD unit after adjusting it to the position of the boss 1 screw use the screws removed in the step 11 F 9 289 41 Connect the reader communication cable and install the plug cover When the color image reader is installed 42 Connect the power plug to the outlet ...

Page 1555: ... Service Tools General Circuit Diagram General Timing Chart Operator Maintenance Appendix ...

Page 1556: ...rvicing the machine Tool name Tool No Ctgr Appearance Remarks Door Switch FY9 2002 A Use for electrical checks for adjustment of laser power in combination with the laser power checker Tester extension pin TKN 0093 A Tester extension pin L shaped FY9 3038 A Used as a probe extension when making electrical checks Digital multimeter FY9 3039 A Used as a probe extension when making electrical checks ...

Page 1557: ...arance Remarks NA 3 test Sheet FY9 9196 A Used for adjusting checking images Loupe CK 0056 B Used for checking images Cleaning tool A To clean the feed guide This is not a service tool 1 of this are enclosed at shipment of the host machine Mirror positioning tool FY9 3040 040 B Used for positioning mirror mounts ...

Page 1558: ... name Tool No Ctgr Appearance Remarks Signal check tool CHECK BOARD PCB ASS Y FY9 4050 000 B For signal check of the PCB with CSR Connector Reference Category A Must be kept by each service engineer B Must be kept by each group of about five engineers C Must be kept by each warkshop T 10 1 ...

Page 1559: ...ly lithium soap Molybdenum disulfide MO 138S Tool No CK 0427 500 g can Lubricating oil Mineral oil paraffin family Tool No CK 0524 100 cc Lubricating oil Lubrication e g drive areas friction areas Silicone oil Tool No CK 0551 20 g Lubricating oil EM 50L Lubrication e g gears Special oil Special solid lubricating agent Lithium soap Tool No HY9 0007 Lubricating oil Lubrication e g scanner rail Fixin...

Page 1560: ... 2 3 1 J1407F 2 3 4 1 J1314L FT8 250 FT7 1 2 3 4 J1314D J1314DH 2 3 4 1 J1485F 2 1 J1007 2 1 J1538F FT6 FT5 4 3 2 1 J1423L 1 6 5 4 3 2 J4411M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J1431M 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1014 2 1 6 5 4 3 J1431F 2 1 J1419F 2 1 J1538M 2 3 1 J1002 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 J2070 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 J1013 1 3 2 4 FT13 2 1 J1012 MT11 MT9 2 3 4 5 1 J101A 15 14 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1004 NM 1 4 3 2 J2526F 1 4 3 2 J1515 2 3 1 ...

Page 1561: ... 4 3 2 1 8 J1121 3 2 1 J1533D 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1107 1 4 3 2 J1133 3 4 5 6 1 2 J2050 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1472 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1477M 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 J1477F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1474 FT22 FT21 1 4 3 2 J1507F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1105 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1123 2 3 1 J1389F 2 3 1 J1153 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 J1104 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 1 5 4 3 2 J1508F 2 3 4 1 J1487F 2 1 J53M 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 J1122 2 3 4 1 J4...

Page 1562: ...CNT2 ALL_OFF FAN_12V_HALF FAN_12V_FULL FAN_24V_HALF FAN_24V_FULL 24V_DOOR_DTC SEESAW FAN_12V_LOCK FAN_24V_A_LOCK FAN_24V_BC_LOCK FAN_24V_D_LOCK FAN_ON FAN_LOCK 12V_HOMTOR HORL_ON SHOT_SW GND 5V SEESAW 1 2 3 4 J1423D J1423DH 19 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 J225 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 19 J1131 2 3 1 J1403F 1 2 J1110 2 1 J1108 1 2 3 4 5 J1154 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 ...

Page 1563: ...H_CASE F_UP_ROL_M_TH_FILM F_UP_ROL_S_TH GND EX_UP_M_TH EX_LO_S_TH EX_LO_M_TH EX_UP_S_TH 3 3V_ANALOG GND GND REV FIN_RESET FIN_RMT 3 3V TO J1545L GND GND 24V TO Power relay PCB F 3 To P 1 TO Fixing heater contro PCB TO POD DECK C1 Option 12V_TEST GND_TEST GND 1 2 3 4 4 1 2 3 J1590DH 2 1 J1419M 2 3 1 J1403M 1 2 3 4 5 J1545D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1587 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1587L 1 2 3 J245 J445_3 J1587D_4 J445_2 J...

Page 1564: ...ED_ON GND DRUM_HP GND DCBL_CLK17 RESET ITB_CNCT_IN ITB_CNCT_OUT GND 3 3V_ANALOG DP_SNS GND M2_FG M7_FG CNCT_SNS M9_CW M9_CLK J1427LH MT19 M4 FT12 FT17 2 3 4 1 J1488M 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J217 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J218 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 11 J221 4 1 2 3 J1425D M4 MT20 11 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 ...

Page 1565: ... P 19 TO Reverse delivery driver PCB GND TO J1490F Power relay PCB GND 5V 12V 38VB GND GND AWG20 AWG20 AWG20 AWG20 38VA GND 24V 2 3 4 5 6 1 J1505M 1 4 3 2 J1490M FT18 J1441DH 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 19 J220 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J219 J1437DH 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 J1437D J1439DB 5 6 4 1 2 3 J1439D J1439DA 4 1 2 3 J1442D J1439DB_BUS 0 9 19 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15...

Page 1566: ...14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 J1447D J1447DH 11 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1447L 12 1 J1453LB J1453LWH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 J223 FT23 J222WH J1449DA 3 2 1 4 J1449D J1449DB J1449DWH J1449DB_BUS 0 16 1 4 3 2 J1507M M4 MT22 J1453DB J1453DWH J1453DH J1453DB_BUS 0 12 J222B J222B_BUS 0 12 J1453DA...

Page 1567: ...ARC_RXIN ARC_RXIN GND 5V N C 8V AD_SCK GND GND AD_CTRL AD_CS 5V GND GND BURST OUTER_HEATER_LO_SUB_ERR OVERLAP_AD_DATA CONNECT 5V 24V PRESS_ROLLER_HEATER ERR GND PRESS_ROLLER_HEATER_SUB_ON PRESS_ROLLER_HEATER_SUB ERR 1 2 3 4 5 J1391LA 5 4 3 2 1 J1391LB 1 2 3 4 5 J1391LC 1 2 3 4 J1396 1 2 3 4 J297 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J247 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1615D 1 2 3 4 5 J289 5 4 3 2 1 J1391D...

Page 1568: ...4 5 6 1 7 J1697D J1697LH J1603LA J1603DA 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J912 2 1 J5920D 1 2 3 J5930 J1603LA_BUS 0 14 J1603DA_BUS 0 14 J1603D 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J910 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J911 J5920DH J5916DH 2 1 J5926 NM 2 3 4 5 1 J5928L 1 2 3 4 5 J1698L J1698LH J1634DH J5915DH J1616DH 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1697L 2 1 J915 NM 3 2 1 J1634D 1 2 3 J1616D 2 1 J1696F 1 2 3 J5911L 1 ...

Page 1569: ... 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J3530 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J914 3 2 1 J5917L J1436DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 11 J1436L 2 1 J1514L J5913DH 2 1 J5913D J1514DH 1 2 J1514D 1 2 3 4 5 J918 1 2 J5913L 1 2 3 J5917D J5917DH FT42 2 1 6 5 4 3 J3532 3 4 5 6 1 2 J3531 1 2 3 J5931 3 2 1 J5922 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J913 J1428LB J1428LA J1428LWH 4 1 2 3 J1428L 2 3 4 1 J1486F M4 MT24 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 1...

Page 1570: ... J1390D 1 2 3 J1383D 1 2 3 J1390L 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1540L 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J326 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J325 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1541D 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J1541L J1541LH J1374DH 1 2 3 MT73 MT71 MT69 MT74 MT72 MT70 3 2 1 J1346 J1548DH 3 2 1 J1350 1 2 3 J1351 1 2 3 J1349 1 2 3 J1377L 1 2 3 J1374L 3 2 1 J1375L 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1548D 1 2 3 J1347 1 2 3 J1375D 3 2 1 J1...

Page 1571: ...320 J2339DH 1 2 3 J2340D J2343DH 5 4 3 2 1 J2328L 1 2 3 4 5 J2327L 4 3 2 1 J1328 J2327DH 1 2 3 4 5 J2327D 1 2 3 J1337 3 2 1 J1338 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1544L J2337DH 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J1544D J2340DH 1 2 3 J1339 3 2 1 J1340 3 2 1 J1343 1 2 3 3 2 1 J2343D 1 2 3 J2340L 3 2 1 J2339D 3 2 1 J2339L 1 2 3 J2338L J2338DH 1 2 3 J2338D 3 2 1 J2337L 1 2 3 4 5 J2332L J2330DH 5 ...

Page 1572: ... 4 5 6 1 2 J1356D J1552DH 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1354 2 3 4 5 6 1 J1551M 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1637M 14 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J335 15 14 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J334 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J331 J1362DH 3 4 5 6 1 2 J327 5 4 3 2 1 6 6 1 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1362L 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1551F J1600DH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 J333 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 J1600D 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J30...

Page 1573: ...V10 TV10 PS42 GND GND 5V PS20_PS From DC controller PCB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 J303 1 4 3 2 J1372M 1 4 3 2 J1372F 3 4 5 6 1 2 J301 J1556LH J1373LH 2 3 4 1 J3541F 2 3 4 1 J3541 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 J1556L MT62 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 J311 2 3 4 5 1 J300 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1556D 2 3 4 1 J310 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J3540 9 8 2 3 4...

Page 1574: ...3V 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J616 2 3 4 1 J5520 5 4 3 2 1 6 2 1 7 6 5 3 2 1 4 1 2 J612 1 2 3 J5523L 2 3 4 1 J1381 1 4 3 2 J1312L J1312LH J5523DH 3 2 1 J5523D 2 1 J1412L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1410L 1 2 3 J614 J1410DH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1410D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1501L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1501D J1501DH 3 4 5 6 1 2 J611 4 3 2 1 J1312D 2 1 J5614 1 2 J618 1 2 J1412D J1412DH 1 2 3 J5519 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J610 7 6 5 4 3...

Page 1575: ..._LED_ON RESET ITB_CNCT_IN ITB_CNCT_OUT AWG20 AWG20 AWG20 AWG20 GND GND 24V 12V M9_CLK M9_CW M9_I0 From DC controller PCB J1425LWH J1426DB_BUS 0 20 J1434DH 2 3 4 1 J1433M 1 4 3 2 J1433F J1435DH 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1434L 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1435L FT30 2 3 4 1 J600 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J605 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 J602 3 2 1 4 J...

Page 1576: ...5519M 1 2 3 J1395 3 2 1 J5532 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1311L 3 2 1 J5534 1 2 3 J5535 2 1 6 5 4 3 J5516F 3 4 5 6 1 2 J5515F 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5518M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5517M 1 6 5 4 3 2 J5516M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5515M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5513M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5512M 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 11 12 13 14 15 J514 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J512 3 4 5 6 1 2 J5550L 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5510M 1 6 5 4 3 2 J5521M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J5520M 5 4 3 2 1 6 2 1 6 5 4...

Page 1577: ...2 3 4 5 J545 3 2 1 J1426L 1 2 3 J1426D 1 2 3 J1592L 3 2 1 1 2 3 J5529 1 2 3 J1393 J1319LH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1319L 3 2 1 J5525 3 2 1 J5524 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J1317L J1317LH 1 2 3 J1417D J1324LH 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 J1324D 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1324L 1 2 3 3 2 1 J5542 1 2 3 J5543 3 2 1 J5546 1 2 3 J5541 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1319D 3 2 1 1 2 3 1 2 3 J1417L 1 2 3 PCB7 Reverse delivery driver PC...

Page 1578: ...1506M 38VA 38VB 5V 12V GND 24V GND 38VA GND 38VB GND 5V GND 12V GND 2 3 4 5 6 1 J1506M 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1506F 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J500 2 3 4 1 J1467F NM 2 3 4 1 J1467M NM J1470LH J1470D FT31 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 19 J1470L J1469LH 19 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 J503 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 J502 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1469L 3 2 1 4 6 5 J1439L J1440LB_BUS 0 9 J...

Page 1579: ...2 1 8 11 12 J1557L 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J413 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 16 15 14 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1554M 21 22 23 24 17 18 19 20 16 15 14 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1554F 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1563F 1 4 3 2 J1568F 2 1 J1565M J1564DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1564L 2 1 J1565F 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 11 12 13 J410 10 9 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 11 12 J412 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J418 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J5427 8 7 6 5 4 3 ...

Page 1580: ...13 14 15 16 17 J441 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1413D 3 2 1 J5451D 1 2 3 J5451L 21 11 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1571D 3 2 1 J1578D 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1618D 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 J1625D 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1625L 2 1 J5475L 2 1 1 2 J5475D 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1596L 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1596D 3 2 1 J5448 3 2 1 J5435 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1575L 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1575D 1 2 3 ...

Page 1581: ...3 2 1 J1585D J1585DH J1588LH 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 1 J1517D 1 3 2 J1518D 1 3 2 J1539L 3 2 1 J5452 3 2 1 J5453 J1580DH J5473DH J1615LH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1580D J1694DH 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 J1613D J1613DH 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1615L 1 2 3 J5616L 1 2 3 J1585L 3 2 1 J5473D 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J1694L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1580L 1 2 3 J5440 1 2 3 J1588L 1 3 2 J1517L 1 2 3 4 J1463 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 ...

Page 1582: ...2 3 4 J1691L J1598DH 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1597L 1 4 3 2 J5422 3 2 1 1 2 3 2 3 4 1 J5463 3 2 1 J1331L J1582LH J7206LH 1 2 J7206L 1 2 3 J1584L J1584DH 1 2 3 J1584D 3 2 1 J5454 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1583L 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1598D 3 2 1 J1331D J1331DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1597D J1597DH 4 3 2 1 J1691D J1691DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1583D J1583DH 19 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 J1582L 2 1 J1371L J1371DH 1 2 J1371D 1 2 3 4 5...

Page 1583: ...6 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1416L 2 1 J3548 2 3 4 5 1 J3547 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J3511 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J3501 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J3570 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J470 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J474 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 J1388D 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J473 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 11 J471 17 16 15 ...

Page 1584: ... GND N C FUSER_WEB_SL_ON FIX_ROL_PRS_MTR_LOCK FUSER_SPLIT_FAN_INSIDE_ON FUSER_SPLIT_FAN_OUTSIDE_ON FUSER_SPLIT_FAN1_ERR FUSER_SPLIT_FAN2_ERR N C N C WEB_SNS_OFF N C N C FUSER_BELT_POSITION_SNS_REAR FUSER_BELT_POSITION_SNS_FRONT GND OUTER_HEAT_PRS_MTR_I1 OUTER_HEAT_PRS_MTR_I0 P3 3V CNCT 24V ERR 5V ERR GND OUTER_HEAT_PRS_MTR_CW OUTER_HEAT_PRS_MTR_CLK GND FIX_OUTER_CNCT2 GND RWZ_CNCT1 M11_FIX_MTR_ON ...

Page 1585: ...C RSV_IN1 N C N C GND FIX_DOOR_FAN_SNS FIX_DOOR_FAN_ON FIX_DOOR_FAN_CONT 2 3 4 1 J1467D 2 3 4 5 1 J1519 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 J1520 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J4384LC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J4384LB 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J4384LA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J4384D J4384DH 1 2 3 4 5 J852 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J814 3 2 1 J5472D J5472DH 3 2 1 J5472L 3 2 1 J1535L J1535DH 1 2 3 J1535D 3 2 1 J5478D J5478DH J5471DH 1 2 3 J5471D 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8...

Page 1586: ...6 J1527DH 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J819 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1648L J1648LH 1 2 3 J1522L 3 2 1 J1643LH J1643L 1 6 5 4 3 2 J1534M 2 1 6 5 4 3 J1528F 2 3 4 5 6 1 J1528M 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1534F 6 1 2 3 4 5 J1693LH 3 4 5 6 1 2 J830 3 4 5 6 1 2 J815 J1570DH J1562DH J1602DH 2 1 6 5 4 3 J1649L J1649DH 3 4 5 6 1 2 J1649D J1644DH 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J853 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J1693D 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J1693L 1 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 J1570D 3 ...

Page 1587: ...LD_ENB PVREQ GND GND P2_PPO4 SYS_RESET GND 24V GND GND N C DEC ACC CTL22B P1_PRTS J1685DH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J1685L 3 2 1 J1 1 2 3 4 5 J10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J1685D 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 J703 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J263 11 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J701 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 J262 J708WH J708A J708B J261A J261B J261WH 1 2...

Page 1588: ...TS 12V N C 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 J5 1 2 3 J23 3 2 1 J7977D J7977DH 1 2 3 J7977L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 J2117 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 J1040 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 J1624 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J1623 1 2 3 4 5 J1310 J2014 J1471 36 1 J9202 J9201 4 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31...

Page 1589: ... 1 2 3 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 J1668 1 2 3 J1683 1 2 3 J1684 1 2 3 J1680 3 2 1 J1681 3 2 1 J1682 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1678L 7 1 6 5 4 3 2 8 9 10 11 12 J1667 J1678DH 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J1678D 3 2 1 J1666 1 2 3 J1676D J1676DH 1 2 J1671F 2 1 J1670L 1 2 3 J1676L 2 1 J1671M 1 2 3 J1677 J1670DH 1 2 J1670D 2 1 J1672 2 1 J1669 2 3 4 1 J1664 1 2 3 J1679 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 J1674F 8 7 6 5 4 3...

Page 1590: ... 4 3 2 J7205D 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 J5407D J7028LA J7614DH 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J7614D 1 J7632M 1 J7631M 2 1 J7630F 2 3 1 J7633F 2 3 1 J7604F 2 3 1 J7604M 2 3 4 5 6 1 J7618M 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1323M 1 5 4 3 2 J4407 3 4 5 6 1 2 J4406 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 J4405 J7028LB 5 6 4 1 2 3 J7028L MT59 2 1 J7630M 2 3 1 J7633M 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J1323F 3 4 5 6 1 2 J7617F 2 3 4 5 6 1 J7617M 2 3 4 5 ...

Page 1591: ... 3 J5112 1 2 3 3 2 1 J5115 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 15 14 13 12 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 J7765L J7765DH 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J7765D FT36 J4360LA J4360LB J4360LWH 4 1 2 3 J4360L 2 3 4 1 J7655F MT63 20 1 J4360SB J4360SWH 20 1 J4360SA 2 3 4 1 J7655M 2 3 4 1 J4350S 1 2 3 4 5 6 J4380S J4360LB_SUB 0 20 2 3 4 5 1 J4370S 1 2 3 J5114 1 2 3 J5111 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J4381 1 2 3 J7619D 1 2 3 4 J4382...

Page 1592: ...LOW SEPARATE FAN2 PWM LOW BLAST FAN1 PWM LOW BLAST FAN2 PWM LOW BLAST FAN3 PWM LOW SEPARATE FAN1 FG LOW SEPARATE FAN2 FG LOW BLAST FAN1 FG LOW BLAST FAN2 FG LOW BLAST FAN3 FG GND SIDE FAN1 CONT1 SIDE FAN2 CONT1 UPPER LIMIT SNS SIDE FAN1 CONTO SIDE FAN2 CONTO BK W CST HEATER N CST HEATER H J7965LLH 21 11 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 J7965LD 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 ...

Page 1593: ...1 2 J5681LL 2 1 6 5 4 3 J5447LD J5447LDH 3 2 1 J5189L 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 2 3 4 5 6 1 7 J2107L 3 2 1 3 2 1 2 1 J5571LL J7967LLH J7966LLH 1 3 2 J5517LD 1 3 2 J5516LD 2 1 J5627LD 3 2 1 J5188L 4 3 2 1 J9606L J5060LDH 3 2 1 J5057L 1 2 3 J5060LD J5138LLH 1 2 3 J5138LL 1 2 3 J5138LD 3 2 1 J7959LL J7959LLH 3 2 1 J7959LD MT7964L 4 1 2 3 J7964L J7964LB J7964LA J7964LWH MT7964D FT7964D 11 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ...

Page 1594: ...istration feed motor1 Pre registration feed motor2 Deck feed motor2 Deck feed motor3 Vertical path upper motor Developing sleeve drive motor Dust collecting bias Secondary transfer cleaning bias Suction belt motor Registration front motor Pre fixing feed motor Straight delivery motor1 Delivery decurler motor1 Fixing roller main heater Fixing roller sub heater Pressure roller main thermistor Start ...

Page 1595: ...elivery motor Pressure roller sub thermistor Pull out motor Deck feed motor1 Pre registration feed motor1 Pre registration feed motor2 Deck feed motor2 Deck feed motor3 Vertical path upper motor Developing sleeve drive motor Dust collecting bias Secondary transfer cleaning bias Suction belt motor Registration front motor Pre fixing feed motor Straight delivery motor1 Delivery decurler motor1 Fixin...

Page 1596: ...dical replaced consumable ORP parts Cleaning work Troubleshooting work Operator Replaceable Parts Operator Maintenance Mode Overview This mode assists the operator for correct operator maintenance System Monitor Operator Maintenance Mode End Replacement Cleaning Adjustment Cleaning Warning Maintenance Log Replaceable Parts Cleanable Parts Management Settings Details Clear Count 1 1 Std Limit Count...

Page 1597: ...he value saved on the controller of the machine The same data of the mechanical system is used irrespective of either for LUI or for the external controller Operator maintenance mode for Main Machine UI Enter the operator maintenance mode for Main Machine UI in Additional Function Operator maintenance mode Done System Monitor Copy Settings Mail Box Settings Communications Settings System Settings ...

Page 1598: ...lay the list of the parts that have been replaced and cleaned Display the parts for which the counter has been cleared Y Y List of the parts to be replaced Display all the information of the parts to be replaced by the operator Y Y List of the parts to be cleaned Display all the information of the parts to be cleaned by the operator Y Y Adjustment cleaning auto gradation adjustment test print etc ...

Page 1599: ...arge wire unit 1 FM3 2875 PRDC 1 PO WI U AVE PRD1 PO WI U PD1 SW PO WIREA ON ON ON ON ON ON Once every twice of the replacement it is replaced by replacing the Pre primary Transfer Charging Assembly Developing assembly 1 FM3 2885 DRBL 1 DV UNT K AVE DRB1 DV UNT K DB1 SW DV UNT K ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF When removing the Developing Assembly clean the Developing Assembly Lower Plate and the Downstrea...

Page 1600: ...F OFF OFF OFF Press roller sprt claw unit x6 6 FM3 2776 DRBL 1 FX LCLWU AVE DRB1 FX LCLWU DB1 SW FX LCLWU ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Delivery decurler belt unit 1 1 FM3 2611 DRBL 1 DL BLT1 AVE DRB1 DL BLT1 DB1 SW DL BLT1 ON ON ON ON ON ON Delivery decurler belt unit 2 1 FM3 2613 DRBL 1 DL BLT2 AVE DRB1 DL BLT2 DB1 SW DL BLT2 ON ON ON ON ON ON Duplexing decurler belt unit 1 FM3 2613 DRBL 1 DUP BLT AVE ...

Page 1601: ...G Dust proof glass CLN SW DP GRS AVE CLN DP GRS CLN SW DP GRS A OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Dust proof filter x4 CLN SW AR FIL AVE CLN AR FIL CLN SW AR FIL OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Fixing assembly CLN SW FIX U AVE CLN FIX U CLN SW FIX U OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Feeding assembly 1 CLN SW FD U 1 AVE CLN FD U 1 CLN SW FD U 1 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Feeding assembly 2 CLN SW FD U 2 AVE CLN FD U 2 CLN SW FD ...

Page 1602: ...nd SNMP v 3 User and Context Settings in SNMP Settings in Network Settings You cannot import export the Time until Hold Job Auto Erase Copy Settings SRAM MCON2 Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Yes 3 Remote UI Export Import PC Yes SST Sramimg PC 3 You cannot import export the Register Remote Device Communications Settings SRAM MCON2 Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear Yes Remote UI Export Import PC Yes SST ...

Page 1603: ...s of MEAP applications installed to the device to obtain the necessary special license files MEAP application license file HDD Clear Clear Yes SMS PC No User authentication information registered by SSO H Single Sign On H local device authentication HDD Clear Clear Yes SSO H PC No Data saved by MEAP application HDD Clear Clear 5 Yes PC No 5 When as for what You can back up there is functioning in ...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for imagePRESS 1110

Xerox Document Centre ColorSeries 50 LP Quick Install preview
Document Centre ColorSeries 50 LP
Brand: Xerox Pages: 2
Olivetti d-Copia 120 Online Manual preview
d-Copia 120
Brand: Olivetti Pages: 36
Xerox CopyCentre 232 Supplementary Manual preview
CopyCentre 232
Brand: Xerox Pages: 19
Xerox 2830 Product Safety Data Sheet preview
2830
Brand: Xerox Pages: 2
Olivetti d-COLOR MF552plus Service Manual preview
d-COLOR MF552plus
Brand: Olivetti Pages: 49
Canon imageRUNNER C3480 Sending And Facsimile Manual Sending And Facsimile Manual preview
imageRUNNER C3480
Brand: Canon Pages: 476
Canon iR2200 Series Reference Manual preview
iR2200 Series
Brand: Canon Pages: 362
Canon iR1210 Service Manual preview
iR1210
Brand: Canon Pages: 424
Canon C3226 Quick Start Manual preview
C3226
Brand: Canon Pages: 20
Panasonic FP-7713 Operating Manual preview
FP-7713
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 24
Panasonic FP-7718 Operating Manual preview
FP-7718
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 52
Panasonic FP-7760 Operating Manual preview
FP-7760
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 160
Panasonic FA-A901 Operating Manual preview
FA-A901
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 130
Panasonic FA-A355 User Manual preview
FA-A355
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 26
Panasonic DP-2000 Service Manual preview
DP-2000
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 9
Panasonic FP-7713 Specifications preview
FP-7713
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 1
Panasonic FP-7742 Operating Manual preview
FP-7742
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 64
Panasonic FP-7113 Service Manual preview
FP-7113
Brand: Panasonic Pages: 87

Brands by name

Popular brands

Load more brands